Search results

(1 - 20 of 85)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r...
Show more Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. Calendar I I November 10-13 December 8 January 5 ... .. . ... Interim Registration Late I n t e r i m Registration F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m r Class January 6 . January 8 . I 9:Ooa.m. Class I 1 .. .. 1:00 p.m. I L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system . January 19 . . January 23 ... January 30 . . . Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f c r e d i t courses * L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g courses I n t e r i m ends I The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e : 0 > .. 0 I - 8:00 I1 - 1 :00 - IF00 - 5:00 d L. ;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e The number a w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . * Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine t h e g r a d i n g system. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l The N i t t y G r i t t y One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements. To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m f o r graduation). This C a t a l o g T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1 t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t ~ ~ f f e r cby d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t , a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Options June Interim A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . 2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM International Interims Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981 ims a r e under these departments: . Education EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY: LONDON, page 10. - LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND Foreign Languaqes T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13. THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14. THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND GUATEMALA, page 1 6 . - HAWAII: H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC INTERACTION, page 20. Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College. F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October. Internships I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18. Independent or D l r e c t e d Study Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal . Interim Office. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13 Interims a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t . Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s , h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e i n t e r i m course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Augsburg Policy Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s , admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs. N e e d M o r e Help? Check w i t h : The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) , o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092. 4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Calligraphy ART 1010611 0306 Instructor: P h i l i p Thompson Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t a major p r o j e c t i s required. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o ) - Film-Making I Film-Making ii ART 1024211 0342 Instructor: Paul Rusten T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m . Fees: $70.00 l a b f e e None f o r Film-making I You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r f o r Film-making 11. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) L i f e Drawing ART 10247 Instructor: Norman Hol en A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an hour and a h a l f . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l p e n c i l and p a s t e l s . A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS rn N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t BIOLOGY 20104 Instructor: Erwin Mickel berg Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion. A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals, vitamins and water. 9 An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s . Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 212 T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng BIOLOGY 20185 Instructor: Robert H e r f o r t h A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes? What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 205 M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h BIOLOGY 20301 Instructor: Neal Thorpe The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry, s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e 6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y . Prerequisites: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106) I1 Room: S c i e n c e 202 Wetland Ecology BIOLOGY 2031 1 Instructor: Roberta Lammers In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs, marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g . Prerequisite: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112 I Room: S c i e n c e 213 - D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation BUSINESS 21495 Instructor: K e i s h i r o Matsumoto D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com- m e n t a t i o n and s There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y . Prerequisfte: Time: I A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Room: L2O1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7 CHEMISTRY 341 13 Instructor: E a r l A1 t o n Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry. The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day. knowns and a few q u i z z e s . Lectures - Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory 11 :00 a .m. Prerequisite: H i g h School C h e m i s t r y Distribution: Yes Time: 18111 Room: - 1 :00-4:00 p.m. Science 318 Introduction t o Chemirtry CHEMISTRY 341 04 Instructor: John Holum T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s o f chemistry: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s . Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s . Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r . Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made. A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a chemistry major. Distribution: Time: I , Yes Room: S c i e n c e 318 81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM . , , 4 . An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y CHEMISTRY 34205 Instructor: A r l i n Gyberg A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally 1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent . q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam. Prerequisites: Time: Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223 Room: I Science 320 E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s ECONOMICS 221 20 Instructor: Ed S a b e l l a A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r . Distribution: Time: Economics o r Urban I1 Room: 01 d Main 11 Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains ECONOMICS 22493 Instructor: Satya Gupta Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap* tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models, Z . . Prerequisite: Time: I1 - H i g h School A1 gebra Room: L-1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9 EUROPE January 3-28 E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n EDS 44260 EDE 45260 Instructor: Cost: B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n $1395 An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e 4 # u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example. The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences. Counts t o w a r d m a j o r : F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255) Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t Grading: PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l E n r o l l m e n t : 15 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r . Student Teaching EDUCATION: Instructor: 44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484, 45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484 B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l ( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n . . Prerequisites: Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f instructor. 1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Heritage Reporter ENGLISH 54212 Instructor: Dave Wood "Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only. Prerequisites: Time: English 111 I Room: Old Main 10 Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s ENGLISH 54233 SOCIOLOGY 94233 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular, they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations (approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take a final written examination. Laboratory Fee: Distribution: Time: I1 $35 Yes Room: Science Audi t o r i urn A S e v e n t i e s Sampler ENGLISH 54249 Instructor: Ron Palosaari We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s . AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11 I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t . Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening. Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I1 Old Main 18 Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop ENGLISH 54362 Instructor: Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period. The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l . The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s (normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class. I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n . Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion ENGLISH 54445. Instructor: Barbara Anderson I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e i n t e r i m session. Prerequisite: J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 12 12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM 'EUROPE January 3-28 L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s French 70215/70315 Instructor: Cost: Mary Johnson $1595 Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press, + and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three. French 70315 counts toward major (French) French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign Language) Prerequisites: Grading: 70215: 70315: French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o n l y Enrollment: 15 I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October. F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n FRENCH 70243 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13 d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading, c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r . Yes Room: I O l d Main 27 .EUROPE January 3-28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e GER 72333 Instructor: Cost: Donald Steinmetz $1595 + Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been 4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe. Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne. Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes. Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German. Counts toward German m a j o r - Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language) Prerequisites: Grading: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t i n German Enrol l m e n t : 20 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distri butlon: Time: Yes I Room: Old Main 29 N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311 Instructor: Leif Hanson Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work and field experience required. No special fees. Prerequisite: 75211 - Intermediate level Distribution: Yes Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5 MEXICO January 5-30 The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala SPA 76381 GST 58181 Gunta Rosental s Instructor: Cost: $1395 + T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian, c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala 4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y . Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . ) O p t i o n A: Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t Prerequisite: Option B: General S t u d i e s Prerequisite: Grading: Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r - f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t None (Spanish 11 1 recommended) PIN o n l y E n r o l l m e n t : '30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Safety Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114 Instructor: Doug Nelson P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I(Jan. 5-16) Room: Melby 12 Chemical Dependency Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g . Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s and t e x t book. This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities & Rhythms HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing . This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17 Modern D a n c e HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 Instructor: Pam Paulson An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and design. No previou.s experience necessary. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y Time: I (Jan. 5-16) i course Room: credit. Melby Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n . There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work. T h i s course -- equals o n l y Prerequisite: Time: i course c r e d i t . I n s t r u c t o r approval I1 Room: Melby 13 Coaching of H o c k e y HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey. It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on d r y land and on i c e . Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k . This course -- equals o n l y % course c r e d i t . Prerequisite: Time: 1 I n s t r u c t o r approval Room: Me1by 13 18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes HISTORY 56111/56311 Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e "navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s . I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double (maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper. Distribution: Time: I1 Yes - h i s t o r y o r urban Room: Old Main 12 D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y HISTORY 56299 Instructor: Carl Chrislock During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S. H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e 20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l . Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m . Prerequisite: One h i s t o r y course AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119 H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n ' HAWAII January 4-28 H i s t o r y 56240/56340 P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355 Instructors: Cost: I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan $1495 *+ Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s . Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper. Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Prerequisites: Grading: lower d i v i s i o n , none. upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f instructor. PIN o n l y Enrollment: 30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285 Instructor: Grier Nicholl the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and WaF and World novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period. Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters, the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic forces in the c i t y . Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof s readings, and several visits t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual o r group oral presentation. Distribution: Time: Urban I1 Room: Music 23 B r u s h Up MATHEMATICS 61103 Instructor: Beverly Durkee This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students who wish t o work with t h i s medium. There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades. Time: I Room: Science 108 Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music MATHEMATICS 61 130 Instructor: Ben Cooper In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121 mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The necessary the ma tics will be developed in class. Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra Distribution: Time: Yes Music 5 Room: I An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s MATHEMATICS 61136161336 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas" on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and its links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper. Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: Old Main 23 ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM ~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians MUSIC 82151/82351 Instructor: James D. Johnson M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study. For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do more memory work away from t h e i r instruments. Time: I Room: Music 9 M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c MUSIC 82212/82312 Instructor: Robert ~ a r l i n An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f music. Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions. Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course. Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t one. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Majors: Theory 4; others: No: Majors: e l e c t i v e Yes: Others: Fine A r t s Room: I1 Music 26 Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e M U S I C 82233182433 Instructor: Roberta Metzl e r none &: Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123 . Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the. Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl , Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8 f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB, T. Eitglq, wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh RMT. Graduate sJudents from r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@ Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion w"ll1 be b S rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11 intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal . d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0. Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn. and Tekaa -r e I Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas). would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board. Time: I Room: T h i s fee Music 26 The Opera of Puccini MUSIC 82253 Instructor: Stephen Gabriel sen A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: I Music 4 History of Jazz MUSIC 82377 Instructor: L a r r y Tallman This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s and a f i n a l . Time: I Room: Music 2 24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM a T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g NURSING 81 320 I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e . Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations. Prerequisites: instructor. Time: Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f Room: I O l d Main 13 T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s PHILOSOPHY 83132 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work. Distribution: Time: Yes June 1981 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look a t Some Contemporary Issues PHILOSOPHY 83250 Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1 be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes Time: I1 Room! 01 d Main 1 0 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125 The Starship Accords PHYSICS 84180 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180 Instructors: Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to: A. FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on any of the several planetary systems thought to be suitable for colonization. . B. Help design a system of governance for the entire comuni ty C. Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the colony sent to each location. . Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Music 22 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics PHYSICS 84341 Instructor: Kenneth Erickson Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry, materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures; interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic properties of sol ids. Prerequisites: Time: I Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125 Room: Science 24 26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction +,, POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355 Instructors: I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.) * N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345 Instructor: M i l d a Hedblom The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980 general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes 11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis. Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee, twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges. R P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 25 T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e PSYCHOLOGY 86210 Instructor: Norman Ferguson This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas: 1) How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h anger). AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27 2) Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?) Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11 group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen. Prerequisite: Time: Psychology 105 I1 Room: Psychology 2 ' P o p Psych': What's i t all About? PSYCHOLOGY 86235 Instructor: L y l a Anderegg Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups , happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior. Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today? Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology has disappeared? What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional psycho1 o g i s t s ? I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ? These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format. Each student w i l l be responsible f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e . Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen references. Prerequisites: Time: I1 Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Room: Psychology 3 28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y PSYCHOLOGY 86241 Instructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I ) can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses, See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s . Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I Psychology 3 Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s PSYCHOLOGY 86372 Instructor: Duane Johnson Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r strengths. This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop. Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and a short summary paper. Prerequisites: Registration: Time: I 86105 General Psychology P/N only Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129 Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools 3f.Q RELIGION 87355 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern. Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned reading. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: Room: I Music 23 T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y RELIGION 87369 Instructor: David Fagerberg This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies, but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp. R E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 11 I I- C d \I 3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e SOCIAL WORK 95312 Contact: Eddie Hertzberg An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency treatment agency. Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes, e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency. Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d . Fees: $100 Prerequisites: Time: Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission o f c o n t a c t person I& I 1 Room: Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN. Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention SOCIAL WORK 95410 Instructor: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rosa1i e C l a r k To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n t h e present. To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y . To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y . To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e . To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address domestic violence. Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d . Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n : 4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam 1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper. P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31 F i e l d Work i l l SOCIAL WORK 95466 Instructor: Doug Perry T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15 hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms. This course carries Prerequisites: Time: 4:OO-5:00 o n l y % course c r e d i t . F i e l d Work I 1 Room: Old Main 22 Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films SOCIOLOGY 94233 I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .) T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g SOCIOLOGY 94313 Instructor: Gordon Nelson Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Time: I Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Room: Old Main 22 32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Discussion and D e b a t e SPEECH 98112/98312 Instructor: Ray Anderson Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f problem-sol ving. Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y every day. Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance i n discussions and debates. Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable. Yes I1 Room: Old Main 13 Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r ) SPEECH 98285 Instructor: Ailene Cole This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play. Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music, dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week. Time: 9:30 1:00 - 12:OO 3:OO Room: Stage 11, Old Music AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133 I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication SPEECH 98331 Instructor: Joel Mugge This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication between cultures. The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study o r travel abroad. - Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project. Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Old Main 18 34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Other Courses These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Interim Office. 10163 B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a . - Tuition $159. 551 06 S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h ) Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n . 58120 W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r ) Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s . 85399 Washington Interim A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113. 95312 T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e - I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d . - S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100. 98251 PeacemakingIPIaymaking: A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by Y workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g . Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n J o e l Mugge). Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285. - AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135 Lifetime Sports The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m . They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received. F o l k Dancing PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Time: E r n i e Anderson 12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday Running Room: Melby - A Positive Addiction PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t . There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside. Time: 12:OO-1:00 (meets :an. 12-30) Room: Me1by Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r . Fees: $20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n Time: 12:OO-1:00 Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y 36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Room: Me1by
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar for Full Credit Courses ............................................. .................................................. November 8-11 Interim Registration December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration January 3.. First Day of Interim Class 19:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add January 4 . . January 17.. Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends .............................................. ................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 10.. Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 12.. Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses First group of half credit courses ends January 14.. January 17.. Second group of half credit courses begins January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 26.. January 28.. Interim ends ......... ...................... ................................ ........................... ...................... ....................................................... The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition. International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the following departments: Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish - Europe: The Rhine Frontier History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 16. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. 6/l nterim Courses - 16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1 ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I. Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17 Life Drawing ART 247 - 4001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I........ Room: O M 17 Europe January 3 - 28 Art in London and Paris ART 378 - 4006 Instructor: Mary Swanson This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums, galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art. Fees: $1995 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 103 - 4009 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works. Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science prerequisites. I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study. Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course. The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room. Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What are the rights o( r h unhorn? ~ Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than s II soTves?Is euthanasia ever justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices. Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class participation and examination results. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205 .. 8/l nterim Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4010 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed. Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Room: 205 Time: I . . ...... Immunology BIO 386 - 4011 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112 Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205 Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry CHM 113 - 4014 Instructor: Earl Alton way of learning Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~ some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows: Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F Lab - 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F - 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th.. Room: S 318 ...... Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences CHM 301 - 4015 Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems. Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions, entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand ia membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular structures. Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class examinations. Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus Time: I. ....... Room: S 318 Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems ECO 451 - 4013 Instructor: Satya P. Gupta I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions. Grades will be based on one report and an examination. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent Room: L 1 Time: 1 1 . . ...... Discovery in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375 - 4018 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior t o the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced l O / l nterim Theories of Learning Disabilities EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017 Instructor: Barry Franklin This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80 years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by major theorists and practitioners in the field. The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin Cities. This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or behavioral disabilities. Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019 EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020 EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021 EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022 Instructor: Marie McNeff Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Room: L 6 Time: I . . ...... People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4027 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10 The American Short Story ENG 241 - 4028 Instructor: Toni Clark This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee of approximately $10 for films. Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2 Literature Performed in the Twin Cities ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030 Instructor: Richard B. Sargent During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances, and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions. There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to do an additional research paper. Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction) ENG 362 - 4097 Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream. Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details. Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced 12/l nterim Europe: January 3 - 28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333 - 4032 Instructor: Donald Steinmetz I Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. Cost: $1690 Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Beginning Norwegian Nor 111 - 4033 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4034 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29 . Mexico: January 3 - 27 Basic Conversational Spanish SPA 113 - 4031 Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations, as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211. Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 -4076 Instructor: Staff Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4036 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: Health 320 Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3 14/l nterim Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475 -4035 Instructor: Al Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12 - .. . Coaching of Basketball HPE477-4078 Instructor: Dave Boots Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3 Coaching of Hockey HPE478-4079 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24 Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4037 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23 .. 20th Century South Asia HIS 162 - 4038 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations. Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1 Hawaii January 3 - 27 Hawaii: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian (Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will be required readings. Cost: $1895 Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Grading: P/N only 16/l nterim The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4041 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings, a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Room: M 22 Time: 11.. ...... Being and Becoming Well in American Culture INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term. We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American culture and individually determine what it has to offer. To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers. We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips. Room: O M 25 Time: I.. ...... South Africa: Historical Mirrors, Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum INS 270 - 4045 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented, yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in molding a multi-cultural society? The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations. Room: M 23 Time: I . . ...... Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914 INS 275 - 4042 Instructor: Grier Nicholl Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters, photographers and architects. How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities. Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period. There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects. Distribution: Urban Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21 . Brush Up MAT 103 - 4093 Instructor: Bev Durkee This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108 18/l nterim An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links r to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22 Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming MAT 144 - 4049 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination. (See instructor if you have not taken this examination.) Distribution: Math-Physics Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112 Memorization for Musicians MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054 Instructor: lames D. Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prerequisites: Basic music study Distribution: Music-Art Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 REL 364 - 4086 Instructors: Larry Fleming Philip A. Quanbeck The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical. theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip (Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one r of the supplernenlary group sessions. 1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. This course may not be used toward a music major. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23 Europe January 3 - 28 Music in London and Paris MUS 378 - 4045 Instructor: Robert Karlen rt These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck, Berlioz, and Stravinsky. Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers, Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Cost: $1995 Distribution: Art-Music Grading: P/N only 20/l nterim Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091 Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12 Philosophy of Love - PHI 145 4056 Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination. There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses. Distribution: History-Philosophy Room: O M 22 Time: I.. ...... 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester PHY 322 1 4057 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance, laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327 - 4058 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21 The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being POL 177-4060 Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to 1983 as substantive focus. Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the development of constitutional law. Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions. Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation. Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status. Distribution: Political Science-Economics Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24 . 22/l nterim Mexico: January 3 - 27 Theories of Social Change and Revolution POL 383-4059 Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals, Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered. Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Distribution: Political Science-Economics Grading: P/N only U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives POL 495 - 4084 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include: A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and (2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers. B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are used i n two different regions of the world. The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy recommendations. Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they would implement their recommendations. Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL 158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair. Distribution: Political Science or Economics Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24 . . The Psychology of Personal Adjustment PSY 101 - 4061 Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class participation and one individual project or paper. This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Grading: P/N only Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1 24/l nterim The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Learning PSY 357 - 4063 Instructor: Grace Dyrud Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction. Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2 Theology of Play, Games and Sport REL 328 - 4064 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has a "play" structure. I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books, one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the "intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games. Prerequisites: One course in Religion Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy REL 364 - 4086 MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck Larry Fleming The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical, theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions. 1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366 - 4092 Instructor: Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18 Practicum in Human Services SWK 257 - 4065 Instructor: Doug Perry An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss selection of agency and structure of this course. ~ of problems for which people seek Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies, ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof i nsrlf ~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field. Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123 . Social Services with American lndian People SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066 Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people. A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation. Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day. This course carries only 1/2 course credit. Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim. prerequisites: Sociology 383 Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25 Field Work 111 SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status . . . . Room: M 24 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th.. .. I nterim/27 The Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4068 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations. Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 The Human Potential Movement and Identity: A Sociological Analysis SOC 394 - 4089 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an examination and a paper. There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241 Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285 - 4072 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Stage 2 Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. ....... Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. 28/l nterim HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n Memorial 117A. SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Badminton HPE002-4081 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Melby Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Volleyball HPE002 -4082 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby Racquetball HPE 002 - 4083 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport. Time: 9:20.. Melby ...... International Studv Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Interims Abroad January3-28,1983 Cermany Hawaii The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction German 333 - Donald Steinmetz Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here e TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft modern Germany and France h a ~ their romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure r ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere . Germaris and French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c" rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne. Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc c socier) of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv. Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl ~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and historical sites o i iise counfries J r e readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of competence. . Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . . Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15 ... Cost: $1690. London and Paris History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~ stale. h Focus on hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences. ~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w F i~h cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~ n sessions ~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;. Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement. Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un, noni.; U* division, sophomore standing and consent of Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795. instructor . Mexico Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO i WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca): a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Art in London and Paris Theories of Social Change and Revolution Art 378 - Mary Swanson Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums. galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h museum that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists, b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of ,\LC" d ,""'.,"' V" U C - . ~ . . Y L C . . ....A,-, .."I,., I.. C " < . I _.-bYIICI, .-.. C L , , " , , .,-..,. style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995. be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource, conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular. Music in London and Paris Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi Franck and Stravinsky. Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers. Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none . . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995. Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Basic Conversational Spanish Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15 i sderisnecl h tor sludents w h o have already covered the ~ and are ready t o put their strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3 k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill be regular in-class sessions, small group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~. atrending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities Program in Global Community February 3 - May 2- B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M , ex~co Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n , r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd l Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15, 1982 ACTC HECUA Programs udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC) ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms The SPAN Program Semester or Year Abroad A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen + ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr ~ p h ~ ~or~jso an-h r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller ; CaUwin London and He~delberg,the University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of t y Sev~lle, Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es in A v i p n , France International Business See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog. Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries: Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall. Scholarships, Deadlines Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be accepted until the last day of class. Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20 -612-330-1206
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 2002-2004
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 8 Augsburg College Catalo! 2002-2004 AUGSBUR C O L L E G E OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUCSBURC COLLEGE 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, M N 55454 (61 2) 330-1000 This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and i t s curriculum. Although information was c...
Show more 8 Augsburg College Catalo! 2002-2004 AUGSBUR C O L L E G E OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUCSBURC COLLEGE 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, M N 55454 (61 2) 330-1000 This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and i t s curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it i s subject to change without notice. The written policies in the catalog are the College policies in force at the time of printing. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult Academic Advising, a faculty adviser, the dean of the college, or the registrar. Key offices are listed on page 8 for correspondence or telephone inquiries. Published May 2002 n ureeuriy from the President I hope you are looking at this catalog because you've enrolled at Augsburg College. If so, welcome! All of us hope you find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a clariifylng definition of the vocation to which you feel called, and a confident satisfaction that you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the community in which you will spend time for the next several years. If you're dipping into this volume to find out about Augsburg College and the education it offers, welcome to these pages! May E they convey the fundamental character of our 6 mission: to provide an education especially serviceable in the contemporary world because it has been designed in the midst of and in full contact with the critical social, economic, religious, and political phenomena of the modern city. This education, however practical and professional, will be serviceable over the long haul only to the degree that it respects and pursues certain of what Martin Luther called "the fine liberal arts," and it will be exciting to the degree it is offered for the sake of improving both its students and the world itself. O -? - Y h h The study you are undertaking at Augsburcjor thinking of undertaking-will occur on a small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupiedwith your welfare and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans. As you join the enterprise, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await you here find the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community dedicated to higher learning and good living, in which you can set off in new directions and from which new destinations are reachable. Bon voyage! Sincerely yours, , William V. ~ r a h e President I1 " I .I Academic Calendar - 4 7 ] Directory - 8 I. ' Introducing Augsburg - 9 ,L: I' I 1 I I / . . - Undergraduate Admissions 19 Day Program - 20 Weekend College - 21 Financing Your Education - 25 Student Life - 41 I Academic Information - 53 lepartments and Programs - 89 Includes majors, minors, and course descriptions I College Information - 279 Board of Regents - 280 ELCA, Education Division - 281 Faculty and Administration- 282 Faculty Emeriti - 298 Maps - 301, 302 I Index - 304 For dates referring to academic registration deadlines, please reference the ACTC newspaper. Fall Term 2002 Summer....................................... F a n registration Sept. 1-3ISun.-Tues. .................... New student orientation Sept. 4lWed. ................................Upper-class validation Sept. 4lWed. ................................ Classes begin Oct. 25/Fri. ............................... Mid-term break (one day only) Nov. 18-Dec. 6lMon.-Fri. ............Spring term registration Nov. 28Rhurs. ............................Thanksgiving recess begins Dec. 2Mon. ................................Classes resume Dec. 13/Fri. ..................................Classes end Dec. 16-19lMon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams Spring Term 2003 Jan. 13lMon. ................................Classes begin Jan. 2OlMon. ................................ Martin Luther King Day-no classes Mar. 3/Mon. .............................. Mid-term break begins Mar. 10lMon. ...............................Classes resume Apr. 18/Fri. ..................................Easter break Apr. 2 1lMon.................................Classes resume Apr. 7-18lMon.-Fri. .....................Early registration for fall Apr. 25/Fri. ..................................Classes end Apr. 28-May 1lMon.-Thurs. .......Final exams May 41Sun. ...................................BaccalaureatdCommencement Tentative--consult the 2003-2004 ACTC class schedule or Augsburg Registrat's Office for changes and for academic registration deadlines Fall Term 2003 Summer........................................F a registration Aug. 31-Sept. USun.-Tues. .........New student orientation Sept. 31Wed. ................................. Upper-class validation Sept. 3Mred. ................................. Classes begin Oct. 24/Fri. .................................Mid-term break (one day only) Nov. 17-Dec. 5/Mon.-Fri. ............Spring term registration Nov. 271Thurs. .............................Thanksgiving recess begins Dec. l/Mon. .................................Classes resume Dec. 1UFri. .................................. Classes end Dec. 15-18Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams Spring Term 2004 Jan. 1UMon. ................................Classes begin Jan. 19Mon. .............................. Martin Luther King Day-no classes Mar. l/Mon. .................................M i d - t e a r break begins Mar. 8/Mon. .................................Classes resume Early registration for fall Apr. 5-16/Mon.-Fri. ..................... Apr. 23/Fri. ..................................Classes end Apr. 26-29Mon.-Thurs. ............. Final exams May 2/Sun. ................................... BaccalaureatdCommencement Fall Term 2002 June 10 ........................................Registration begins* Aug. 9 .......................................... Remote registration ends (must register in person after this date) ...... Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without Sept. 13 ............................. notation on record Last day to change grade option or withdraw from class Oct. 21 ........................................ Class weekends: Sept. 6-8, Sept. 20-22, Oct. 4-6, Oct 18-20, Nov. 1-3, Nov. 15-17, Nov. 22-24, Dec. 6-8 Winter Term 2003 Nov. 4 .......................................... Registration begins* Nov. 29 ........................................Remote registration ends (must register in person after this date) Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without Jan. 17 ....................................... notation on record Last day to change grade option or withdraw from class Feb. 17 ...................................... Class weekends: Jan. 10-12,Jan. 24-26, Jan. 31-Feb. 2, Feb. 14-16, Feb. 21-23, Mar. 7-9, Mar. 21-23, Apr. 4-6 Spring Term 2003 Feb. 17 ........................................ Registration begins* Mar. 14 ..................................... .Jemote registration ends (must register in person after this date) Apr. 18 ........................................Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without notation on record May 18 ........................................Last day to change grade option or withdraw from class Class weekends: Apr. 11-13, Apr. 25-27, May 9-11, May 16-18, May 30-June 1, June 13-15,June 27-29 *Questions related to course selection or degree completion should be reviewed with your faculty adviser a week or two prior to registration. Tentative--consult the 2003-2004 Weekend College class schedule or Weekend College program office for changes Fall Term 2003 Class weekends: Sept. 5-7, Sept. 19-21, Oct. 3-5, Oct. 17-19, Oct. 31-Nov. 2, Nov. 14-16, Nov. 21-23, Dec. 5-7 Winter Term 2004 Class weekends: Jan. 9-11, Jan. 23-25, Feb. 6-8, Feb. 13-15, Feb. 27-29, Mar. 12-14, Mar. 26-28, Apr. 2-4 Spring Term 2004 Class weekends: Apr. 16-18, Apr. 23-25, May 7-9, May 21-23, June 4-6, June 11-13, June 25-27 Area Code 612 Access Center ............................................................................................................. .330-1749 Academic Advising..................................................................................................... .330- 1025 Academic Enrichment ............................................................................................... ..330.1165 Academic and Learning Services ................................................................................ 330-1024 Undergraduate Admissions ....................................................................................... ..330-1001 Toll-free number ....................................................................................... 1-800-788-5678 AlumniParent Relations ........................................................................................... 3 3 0 1178 Toll-free number ...................................................................................... -1-800-260-6590 Athletics ..................................................................................................................... .330-1249 Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) ................................... 330-1053 Center for Service, Work, and Learning .................................................................... 330-1162 College PastorICampus Ministry ................................................................................ 330-1732 Public Relations & Communication .......................................................................... 330-1180 ............................... ConferenceEvents Coordinator ....................................... . . . .330. 1107 Development (financial gifts to the College) ............................................................. 330-1613 Toll-free number .............................................................................. 1-800-273-0617 Enrollment Center .................................................................................................... .330-1046 Facilities Management ................................ .... .......................................................... 330-1104 Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) ................................................................ 330-1046 General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ........................... 330-1000 .................................................................................................................. 330-1649 Fax .............................................................. .330-1628 Graduate Programs ................................... , Human Resources ...................................................................................................... .330-1058 Lost and Found .......................................................................................................... .330-1000 President's Office ........................................................................................................ .330-1212 Registrar ...................................................................................................................... 330-1036 Residence Life (Housing)....................................................................................... 3 3 0 - 1 109 Rochester Program ............................................................................................... 507-289-6142 Student Activities ........................................................................................................ 330-1111 .................................................................................................. Student Government .330.11 10 Summer Session ........................................................................................................ .330- 1046 TRIOIStudent Support Services ................................................................................. .330-13 11 Weekend College ........................................................................................................ Mailing Address: 22 11 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis. MN 55454 Web Site: www.augsburg.edu 330-1101 I r - . - 'I, L 4 I - -- 1 1 ..I I I .I ,.; - I 1 1 I - - - - - - About Augsburg - 10 I Weekend College - 12 r - - II I . - L 'Ih I - -- Rochester Program - 13 >' - - Campus Location - 14 C - . , Facilities and Housing - 14 Youth and Family Institute - 16 Associated Support Organizations - 1 Policies - 17 Accreditation and Memberships - 17 A t Augsburg - - College, we believe that the college experience should be a time of - exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also believe that a liberal arts education is your best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow. Upon graduation, you will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively. Selection from over 50 majors Augsburg offers more than 50 major* or you can create your own major either on campus or through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See page 58 for a complete list of majors and minors.) This five-college consortium allows day program students to take courses on other campuses without charge while a full-time student at Augsburg. The ACTC includes Augsburg College, College of St. Catherine, Hamline University, Macalester College, and the University of St. Thomas. Through the Weekend College Program, 17 majors are offered. Emphasis on values, perspectives, experience, and skills The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg curriculum-the College's general education program, which structures your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses requiring students to consider important issues and examine values questions. These Liberal Arts Perspectives include Western Heritage, Intercultural Awareness, Human Identity, the Social World, Christian Faith, The City Aesthetics, and the Natural World. At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve you for a lifetime-writing, speaking, critical thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a few. Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in the heart of a thriving metropolitan area, many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the resources of the Twin Cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for Service," and to the mission of the College: "To nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community" A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first graduation was in 1879. - About Augsburg 11 Early Leaders Establish a Direction The Focus Changed August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,Jr. became president. He worked to develop college depaments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She spent the next 42 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three-part plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over 130 years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876- 1907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body The college division, however, was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the serninary and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modem college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with the American Lutheran Church. 12 About Augsburg A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall, Urness Hall, the Christensen Center, Ice Arena, and Murphy Place. Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs, and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting two graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events, increasing accessibility, and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication; the Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the James G. Lindell Family Library. The city-with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Dr. William V Frame became president in August 1997. Under his leadership, the college has sharpened its identity as a college of the city, providing an education, grounded in vocational calling, that provides students both the theoretical learning and the practical experience to succeed in a global, diverse world. In 1999, a new apament-style student residence opened. Major renovation of Sverdrup Hall created space for the Enrollment Center, h e Women's Resource Center, and the Honors Program Suite. A skyway link connects Sverdrup Hall to Lindell Library. An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative, and successful citizens; Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now almost 18,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. In addition to undergraduate liberal arts and sciences Augsburg offers master's degree programs in social work, leadership, nursing, physician assistant studies, and education. Augsburg also offers graduate and undergraduate level nursing courses as well as supporting degree courses through its Rochester Program based in Rochester, Minnesota. WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg's Weekend College program provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a baccalaureate degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. - About Augsburg 13 Weekend College began in 1982 with 69 students taking courses in three majors. Eight courses were offered in the first term. Today with more than 1,000 students enrolled each term and 17 majors, Augsburg's Weekend College is the largest program of this type among Minnesota private colleges. Faculty in Weekend College are full-time Augsburg professors as well as adjunct professionals. The Weekend College student body is involved in student government, and students participate in academic and extracurricular activities such as the student newspaper, travel seminar, and student organizations. Augsburg Weekend College continues to develop to meet the needs of the adult and nontraditional student. The Adult as Learner Augsburg Weekend College is based on the assumption that students who enroll in the program will be mature, self-disciplined and motivated learners who seek a combination of classroom experience and individual study. Each course is divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends To accommodate this learning format, classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three and one-half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon or Sunday afternoon. Laboratoly sections or additional class hours may be scheduled during the week. Weekend College students may take from one to four courses each term. Selected courses are also available on weekday evenings and are open to both day and Weekend College students. The academic year for Weekend College is divided into three trimesters. A Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg's Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of College facilities such as Lindell Library and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Weekend College Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. They are actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to current thought in many fields, but especially in teaching and learning techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. ROCHESTER PROGRAM Augsburg has established a branch campus in Rochester, Minnesota. Classes in Rochester meet on an evening or weekend schedule, making them accessible to working adults. There are three trimesters in each academic year, following the same schedule as the Weekend College program. 14 About Augsburg Several complete degree programs are available through the Rochester campus. In addition, students may work on a variety of other majors through a combination of Rochester-based courses and courses taken in the day or Weekend College program on the Minneapolis campus. Students who enroll in Rochester courses are required to have an individual e-mail address and have access to the Intemet to facilitate the use of technology in the learning and communication process. Further information may be obtained from the Rochester program website at <www.augsburg.edu/rochester> or by calling the Weekend College Admissions Office at 612-330-1101. CAMPUS LOCATION Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 170 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical complexes-Fairview-University Medical Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theatre district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus. (See map in back.) Convenient bus routes run throughout the city and connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to the Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. FACILITIES AND HOUSING Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunneVrarnp/skyway system connects the two tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall,Murphy Place, Lindell Libra~yand the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Office of Undergraduate Admissions-The central Office of Undergraduate Admissions is located at 628 2lst Avenue South and provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. Weekend College admissions counselors are located at 624 2lst Avenue South. Anderson Hall (1993)-Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, and the Youth and Family Institute. Edor Nelson Field-The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during the winter months, allowing year-round use. Christensen Center (1967)-The College center, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. East Hall-Houses the Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP), the Fond du Lac Tribal College Center, and the Education and Housing Equity Project at 2429 S. Eighth Street. -- About Augsburg 1s Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication (1988)-The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices, and the StepUP program. The Foss Center's lower level is home to the Academic Enrichment Office, which includes the Groves Computer Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center, and the John Evans Learning Laboratory; and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) program. The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center-Named in 1991 to honor Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development officer and former alumni director, upon his retirement from Augsburg. The center, with its Office of Alumni and Parent Relations, is located in Smilqs Point, 2200 Riverside Ave. Ice Arena (1 974)-Two large skating areas provide practice for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community The JamesC. Lindell Family Library (1 997)-This library and information technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It is located on the block of campus bordered by 22nd and 2lst Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and Seventh St. Melby Hall (1961)-Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the fitness center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001. Mortensen Hall (1 973)-Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. 2222 Murphy Place (1964)Murphy Place is home to the three of the four components of the Office of International Programs- Center for Global Education, Global Studies, and International Student Advising. It is also home to the four support programs for students of color -American Indian Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center, PanAsian Student Services, and HispanicLatino Student Services. Music Hall (1 978)-Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. New Hall (1 999)-A three-story apartment complex along 20th Ave., between 7th and 8th Sts. housing juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites. Old Main (1 900)-Home for the modem languages and art departments, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. Science Hall (1949)-Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the finance and administration offices, and various other program offices. In 1960 the - 16 About Augsburg Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. Srniley's Point (2000)-The Smiley's Point building on Riverside Avenue, once a favorite ice-cream parlor for Augsburg students, now houses the Institutional Advancement and Community Relations division, including the Development, Alumni and Parent Relations, and Public Relations and Communication offices. Sverdrup Hall (1955)-Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center and the Academic Advising Center, as well as classrooms and faculty offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1 938)-Built as a dormitory and named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Urness Hall (1 967)-Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, this tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. YOUTH & FAMILY INSTITUTE OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE Acknowledging that faith is formed through personal, trusted relationships, often in the home, the Institute provides consultation, resources, workshops, conferences and seminars designed to equip parents and families, lay professionals and clergy for nurturing faith. The Youth and Family Institute also supports the undergraduate major in youth and family ministry at Augsburg College by developing coursework and teaching courses when requested. ASSOCIATED SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and to programs that increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. College of the Third Age-In 1976, Augsburg initiated one of the first programs in the country that offers classes for older adults, taught in their neighborhoods. Many of the instructors are retired Augsburg faculty. The College of the Third Age is located in Foss Center, Room 172. Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial InteractionInter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 2lst Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)-The Minnesota Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a nonprofit membership organization that works closely with students, the communities of color, and representatives from education, business, government, and nonprofit organizations to develop programs that help students of color succeed academically. The MMEP office is located in East Hall. - About Augsburg 17 POLICIES Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1023. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools* and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society Council on Social Work Education (B.S.W. and M.S.W.) National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. National League for Nursing Committee for Accreditation of Allied Health Programs (Master of Science Physican Assistant Studies) Augsburg College is an institutional member of the: National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) Council of Independent Colleges (CIC) American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) Association of Physician Assistant Programs We are members of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. *The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, 312-263-0456; <www.higherlearningcommission.org> Location-Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, WE. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Religious Affiliation-The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 8 percent represent other Protestant denominations, and 17 percent represent the Roman Catholic Church. Accreditation-The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Committee for Accreditation of Allied Health Educational Programs. Approved by the American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, and the National League for Nursing. Member-Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE. Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office, as described on page 17. Enrollment (Fall 2001-2002)-2,964 students from 39 countries. Graduates-18,000 undergraduates from 1870 through August 2001. Student/Faculty Ratio-15 to 1. Undergraduate class size averages 15-20. Campus-17 major buildings. Major renovations in 1979-80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility-Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway/tunneVelevatorsystem provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. Degrees Granted-B.A., M.A., M.S., M.S.W. B.S., B.M., Financial Aid-Over 80 percent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. L i b r a r y a v e r 175,000 items, direct access to over 1,300,000 though CLlC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in September 1997. School Year-Two semesters from September to May, and two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Programtrimesters, September to June. Major+More departments. than 50 majors in 23 Off-Campus Programs-Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consomum for Urban Affairs (HECUA), International Partners, Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE) , and extensive cooperative education and internship programs. Athletic AffiliatiowMinnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division 111. Policy-Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. For Day Program FIreshmen Karl,, -dmission A, of Freshmen - 21 For Weekend College - 21 For Transfer Students - 22 For Former Students - 23 For Special Students - 23 (Non-Degree) . For International Students - 24 A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community, the College community, and the community at large. . 2 Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College. The College selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, gender, sexual orientation, or age. Visit t h e Campus Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an admissions counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and families with college planning. Call any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.-612-330-1001 or toll-free 1-800-788-5678. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for you (including most Saturday mornings during the school year). The Office of Undergraduate Admissions is located on the comer of Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please call ahead.) For Weekend College Admission information. call 612-330-1 101. DAY PROGRAM FRESHMEN Application for AdmissionApplicants should complete the application for admission and the essay and return them to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee. You may apply online at <www.augsburg.edu/dayad/>. T r a n s c r i p t s A n official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final, official transcript upon graduation. If the student has taken college courses, an official transcript from the institution should also be sent. General Education Development (G.E.D.) scores may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores-Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the college entrance examination. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results from SAT are also accepted. Test scores recorded on the official high school transcript are sufficient. Recommendations-Two letters of academic recommendation are required. References may use the Augsburg recommendation form in lieu of writing a letter. If the applicant has been out of school for some time, the form or letter may be completed by a supervisor, employer, or other person for whom the applicant works. Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. I - Undergraduate Admissions 21 On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semester's coursework, additional letters of recomrnendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate Admissions will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decisiow Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of AdmissionAccepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the director of financial aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $200 housing deposit to the Residence Life Office. *Non-refundable after May 1. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree after completion of their junior year or first semester of their senior year of high school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants and arrange a personal interview with the director of undergraduate admissions. WEEKEND COLLEGE Applicants should complete the application form and return it along with the $25 non-refundable application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Office. You may apply online at <www.augsburg.edu/wecad/>. Transcripts-Have official transcripts from all previous postsecondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous transferable college work should also have their official high school transcript sent. The G.E.D. test certificate may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admission decision is made. On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, test scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. - 22 Undergraduate Admissions Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admission decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with an admissions counselor and major sections of this catalog to see if admission to the major is required. ALL TRANSFER STUDENTS Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer from other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer coursework from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. Students may transfer a maximum of 64 semester credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges. Once a student reaches junior status, no additional credits will transfer from two-year institutions toward the minimum of 32 credits required for a baccalaureate degree. These courses can, however, be used to meet liberal arts and major requirements. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work for admission to the College. Acceptance of courses submitted for transfer is done by the registrar's office based upon the official student transcript(s). Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires approval of the department. The major or minor department may require certain courses or a minimum number of courses be taken at Augsburg. Students transferring from the Minnesota State University and College System who have completed the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum, have earned the Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA or higher will be given transfer status as outlined below. The following applies only to the MNSCU A.A. graduate: 1. Admission will be with junior standing following the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum. A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent courses (64 semester credits or 96 quarter credits from a community college) will be accepted once junior status is reached. No additional courses may be transferred from a community college. 2. All Augsburg general education requirements will be waived except: The City Perspective Two courses in Christian Faith (any two areas) The language requirement as stated One course that meets the Quantitative Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement - Undergraduate Admissions 23 One graduation skill writing course in the major College algebra or Math Placement Group 3 One lifetime sport 3. Courses with D grades will not be accepted as prerequisites or for application to majors. Some Augsburg majors require additional prerequisite coursework beyond the A.A. degree. Students are advised to consult major departments for major requirements upon transfer. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Office of Undergraduate Admissions and consult the departmental section of this catalog. Note: No student who falls below the standards for automatic admission to the College will be considered for admission by the Admissions Committee after August 15 for entry in fall semester or December 15 for entry in spring semester. FORMER STUDENTS Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for re-admission through the registrar's office. Students who have attended other institution(s) during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Office of the Registrar. Returning students do not pay the application fee. SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DECREE) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Students may request a change in their degree status by submitting a petition to the registrar's office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take coursework at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). An application form for special-student status is available from the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for admission as a special student, submit the completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. SPECIAL STUDENTS (SECOND DECREE) Students who have completed a four-year degree at an accredited college or university may complete a second degree at Augsburg College. Second degree requirements include: a minimum of eight course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any liberal arts requirements not covered by a previous degree. Depending on the student's previous degree, completion of a second major (non-degree) may also be an option. - 24 Undergraduate Admissions 7 INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. (See International Student Advising on page 49.) International students should contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions for an international student application and information on the application procedure. Applications must be completed two months prior to the start of the semester: June 1 for fall, Dec. 1for spring. For more information, call 612-330-1001 or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free), or write to: International Student Admissions Augsburg College 22 11 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA Day Program costs Tuition and Fees - 26 Room and Board - 26 Other Special Fees - 26 Deposits - 27 weekend College Costs - 27 Payments - 28 Financial Policies Refunds - 28 Financial Aid How and When to Apply - 30 Kinds of Aid Academic and Achievement Scholarships - 31 Leadership, Service, and Performance Scholarships - 32 Gift Assistance - 33 Loan Assistance - 34 Student Employment - 35 Sponsored Scholarships - 35 that course. A, 1 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in giftsfrom alumni, faculty, staff, parents, churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course................................4 However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. ....................4 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Room Rent (includes telephone and basic service) DAY PROGRAM TUITION, FEES, ROOM, AND BOARD Tuition (full-time enrollment) ............$17,825 This rate applies to all full-time students attending in September 2002. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more course credits during the semester. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, and admission to most College-supported events, concerts, and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per one-credit course..............$ 2,100 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for 2,900 (Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.) Full Board (19 meals a week) The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for the 2002-03 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. 680 ..................$ 2,790 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Residence Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) ..................$ 2,710 ....................$ Student Activity Fee ................$ 2,470 Flex 5 point plan 150 ACTC Bus (full-time students only) ..................$ 18 Information Technology Fee ..$ 200 OTHER SPECIAL FEES (NON-REFUNDABLE) Fees Billed on Student Account Student Activity Fee (part-time students) ....................................$ 75 Late Registration ..............................$ 50 Petition fee for waiver of registration deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50 Lifetime Sport (part-time students) ...................$ 180 Music Therapy Internship (one-half course credit) ............. $ 650 - - Financial Information 27 Overload Fee (per course credit over 4.5, Day and WECRochesterNnited combined) ..................................$2,100 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ...................$350 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ................ ..$ 75 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) .................$I50 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) .............$250 Fees Payable by CheckICash Application (new and/or special students) ........................$ 25 Locker Rental ....................................$ 50 Student Parking Lot Permit - c a r ........................................$ 108 -motorcycle ..............................$ 60 Transcript Fee Regular service ............................$ 5 7 Next day ......................................$ On demand .................................$ 10 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in registrar's ofice) BOOKS AND SUPPLIES These costs are estimated to average $100 per course. DEPOSITS Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ....................$ 100 Required of all new students after acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students' account only upon graduation or withdrawal. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Housing Damage Deposit ......$ 200 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a conmact to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated in writing for fall or spring term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification as specified in the housing contract. Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) ........................ $ 25 Tuition (per course) .........................$1,360 Tuition (per summer course 2002) ..$1,250 Activity Fee (per trimester) .............$ 9.50 Campus Access Fee (includes parking permit; per trimester) ...$ 10 Audit Fee (per course) .....................$ 680 Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend College Course ...........................$ 180 Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning ..................$ 130 Nursing Clinical Fee ....................... .$ 250 Supplementary Student Teaching Fee (per course credit) ..............$ 150 Late Registration Fee ........................$ 50 Transcript Fee Regular service ............................$ 5 Next day .....................................$ 7 On demand .................................$ 10 Petition Fee for waiver of registration deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50 - 7 28 Financial Information PAYMENTS-DAY PROGRAM . Semester Fees-Prior to the start of each semester a statement of estimated charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Enrollment Center is sent to the student. Payment Options-Day Program(1) Semester payments, due August 15 and January 15 as billed; (2) Payment PlanUpon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the bill for each term. PAYMENTS-WEEKEND COLLEGE A statement of tuition and fee charges and estimated financial aid will be mailed to each registered student prior to the start of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to the current Weekend College Class Schedule, published each year by the Weekend College Program Office. Payment Options-(1) Payment in full at the start of each term. (2) Payment Plan-Upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the bill for each term. (3) Employer Reimbursement: students whose employers reimburse them for all or part of their tuition and fees may pay a $100 deposit per course credit at the start of the term. The balance, which is subject to finance charges until paid, is due 50 days after the last day of the term. Students on this plan must file an employer reimbursement verification form each academic year. The student is responsible for payment of the balance should the employer not reimburse for any reason. If the employer offers partial reimbursement, the non-reimbursed portion of tuition and fees must be paid in full at the start of the term. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of .67 percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan. Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan including the National Defense and National Direct Student Loans and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. REFUNDS Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be eligible for a refund of a potion of their charges based on the appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid may be adjusted for those students who withdraw from the College or drop course(s) and receive financial assistance. Students who wish to withdraw from Augsburg should complete the Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form available in the Enrollment Center. It must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Enrollment Center. Students who properly withdraw or change to part-time, who are dismissed, or who are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition andlor room (except for the minimum deduction of $100 to cover administrative costs) in accordance with the terms of their housing conmact and/or the appropriate tuition refund schedule. - Financial Information 29 Students are responsible for canceling courses through the Enrollment Center in order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student's last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed. Augsburg College Day Program Refund Policy: Applies to day program students who withdraw from all courses in a term and are not receiving Federal Title IV financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan). This policy also applies to all students who drop courses during a term. Refund Amount Wnd Period 100% Through the first 10 days of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% From the 1l t h day through the 15th day of classes 80% From the 16th day through the 20th day of classes 70% From the 21st day through the 25th day of classes 60% From the 26th day through the 30th day of classes 50% From the 31st day of classes through the midpoint of the term. Augsburg Weekend College Program Refund Policy: This policy applies to new and returning Weekend College students who drop a portion of their scheduled course load. It also applies to students who completely withdraw from college and do not receive financial aid. Refund Amount 100% Refund Period Through the Friday following the first class weekend (less a $100 administrative fee if withdrawing from the current term entirely) 80% Through the Friday following the second scheduled class meeting 60% Through the Friday following the third scheduled class meeting 40% Through the Friday following the fourth scheduled class meeting. No refund after the fourth scheduled class meeting. The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the student account and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined. Please allow two weeks for a refund. The refund is a percentage of the full tuition charged, not a percentage of any deposit paid toward tuition, e.g. deposits made under the employer reimbursement payment plan. Rochester Program and United Hospital Program Refund Policy: See the published refund schedule for your program. Federal Return of Funds Policy: This policy applies to students who have completed at least one full term, withdraw from all courses for the current term, and receive federal Title IV financial assistance (including Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, Parent PLUS Loan). The Return of Funds Policy is based on a percentage derived from the number of days attended divided by the number of days in the term. 30 Financial Information The refund of charges calculation used is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Financial Petition Committee. Petition forms are available in the Enrollment Center. MEDICAL REFUND If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Requests for medical refunds should be made through the Financial Petition Committee. UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available in the Dean's Office in Chnstensen Center. All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This includes completing the application process as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the brochure "Academic Progress Standards for Financial Aid." This brochure is available from the Enrollment Center and is distributed to students on an annual basis. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Enrollment Center, will help students and their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education in a time of increasing financial challenge. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 2001-2002 academic year, more than eight out of ten students at Augsburg received financial assistance. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid supplements student and family resources. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. - Financial laormation 31 HOW TO APPLY The following are required to process your financial aid application: 1. Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular student or be a returning student in good academic standing with the College. 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the Renewal FAFSA. Students are encouraged to file the FAFSA electronically on the Web at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Students and their parents may sign the FAFSA electronically using a PIN issued by the U.S. Department of Education. Instructions for requesting a PIN can be found at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Be sure to include the Augsburg College code, 002334, on your application. Submit your application to the processing agency after Jan. 1. Applications must be filed by April 15 for priority consideration. 3. Complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application and submit it to the Enrollment Center. 4. Submit copies of federal tax forms for the preceding year (e.g. tax year 2001 to be considered for financial aid for 20022003). Tax forms are required for the student and parents of dependent students, or spouse of student if filing separately WHAT HAPPENS NEXT? Once all documents are received, we review the financial aid application to determine financial aid eligibility for all available programs. A financial aid package will be sent to the student. This package includes: Letter detailing the financial aid award Information regarding financial aid programs and requirements for continued eligibility SubsiclizedAJnsubsidized Federal Stafford loan application Students complete and return one copy of their award letter to the Enrollment Center. In addition, the student must complete and return the Stafford Loan application to receive Stafford Loan funds. Applications for the SELF Loan and the Parent PLUS Loan are sent upon request. KINDS OF AID A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships and grants that might be available in their own communities. It is worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students who meet their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Rehabilitation Services, Educational Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and other sources. Academic and Achievement Scholarships President's Scholarship-President's Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must be in the top 15 percent of high school rank and top 20 percent ACT/SAT score. Separate applications are required. The application deadline is February 15. 32 Financial Information Regents' Scholarship-The Regents' Scholarships are awarded to all qualified new freshmen of high academic achievement who apply and are accepted before May 1. Selection is based on high school GPA and national test scores. Transfer Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p Transfer Regents' Scholarships are awarded to all qualified transfer students with a minimum 3.0 GPA who apply and are accepted for admission by May 1. Legacy Scholarship-These scholarships provide tuition benefits to full-time day students who are children, grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg graduates; siblings of current Augsburg students; children or spouses of current ELCA pastors; or children, grandchildren, or spouses of long-term Augsburg employees. Deadline: May 1. Phi Theta Kappa S c h o l a r s h i p These scholarships are awarded to selected transfer students with a 3.5 GPA and 84 minimum quarter (56 semester) credits from a community college. A separate application is required by April 1. Science ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen who are in the top 30 percent of their high school class or ACTISAT test score, majoring in chemistry or physics at Augsburg. Deadline: May 1. Youth and Family Ministry Partner ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded by the partner congregation to a full-time Augsburg student who is majoring in youth and family ministry. Deadline: May 1. Augsburg AmeriCorps ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members who are currently serving or have served for at least one year. Must be certified as eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the financial aid application. Application deadline is May 1. Leadership, Service, and Performance Scholarships M. Anita Hawthorne Leadership ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer African American students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Deadline: June 1. Bonnie Wallace Leadership ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer American Indian students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Deadline: June 1. ASIA-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer Asian American students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to full-time day students. Deadline: June 1. HispanicILatino Leadership ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer Hispanichtino students with a demonstrated record of andlor potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Deadline: June 1. PRIME Scholarship-This is a cooperative program in which Augsburg matches scholarships with Lutheran congregations. Separate application is required by August 1. Church funds must amve at Augsburg by October 1. Performing Arts ScholarshipAwarded to selected incoming students who demonstrate active participation in the performing arts. Separate application and audition are required. The deadline is February 15. -- Financial Information 33 Hoversten Peace ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have demonstrated interest in peace and whose personal outlook and career plans show promise of contributing to the cause of peace. Separate application is required by February 15. Community a n d Public Service ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have a demonstrated commitment to public and community service. Separate application is required by February 15. Lutheran Leader ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen in the top 30 percent of their high school rank or ACT1 SAT test score who have demonstrated leadership within their Lutheran congregation and have the recommendation of their pastor. A separate application is required by February 15. NASA ScholarshipAwarded to freshmen (only) who have excelled in the areas of science, mathematics, and technology and who have demonstrated a high potential in careers related to aerospace science, technology, and allied fields. Aid Association f o r Lutherans1 Lutheran Brotherhood-Awarded on financial need, participation in the Lutheran church and available funds. Gift Assistance (Need-Based) Augsburg Tuition Grant-These awards are based on financial eligibility, academic record, and participation in extracurricular activities in school, community, and church. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant-Eligibility requires Minnesota residency and enrollment of less than four years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Enrollment Center for accepted enrollment patterns. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-Whenever law and funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students eligible for the Federal Pell grant. Federal Pell Grant-Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines maximum grant for 2002-03 is $4,000. Bureau of Indian Affairsnribal a n d State Indian Scholarship-Bureau of Indian Affairaribal and State Indian Scholarships and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are available to Indian students (both full and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian AffairslTribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be a quarter degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarships vary. Contact the director of the American Indian Student Services Program. American Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questions may be directed to the director of the American Indian Student Services Program o r t o your local BIA, Tribal, or State Indian Education Office. 34 Financial Information Loan Assistance Federal Perkins Student Loan-A federally-funded program administered through Augsburg College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan offers a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $20,000 ($40,000 including graduate school). Federal Stafford Student Loan Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan funds are obtained directly from a lender or state agency in states that provide such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans that the federal government subsidizes by paying the interest while the student is in school and during the grace period. For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). The interest rate for new borrowers through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is variable and changes annually on July 1. Interest is capped at 8.25%. The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford Loan program after July 1, 1994: Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Aggregate maximum: $46,000 (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized) Federal Nursing Student Loan-A federal program with provisions similar to the Federal Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College Enrollment Center or the lending institution. -- Financial Information 35 The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Applications are available from the Enrollment Center at Augsburg. Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year, juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $500. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begin the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students. Assignment is based on financial eligibility and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Federal College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program-Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide part-time work opportunities. Augsburg College, through generous gifts from alumni, faculty staff, and friends, offers more than 400 sponsored scholarships. All returning eligible students are considered. Selection is based on academic achievement, financial need, and selection criteria established by the donor. A list of scholarships follows. *Indicates endowed scholarships 1 GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS ADC Telecommunications Inc. Linda Schrempp Alberg Memorial Scholarship* American Express Company Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship* Class of 1931 Scholarship* Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship* M. J. Estrem Scholarship* Reuben I. and Marion Hovland Scholarship* Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson, and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship* Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential Scholarship Emma Johnston Mathwig Scholarship Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* 36 Financial Information Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship* Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship* Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship Casey Albert T. O'Neil Foundation Scholarship John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship* Rahr Foundation Scholarship Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* Senior Challenge Endowment Fund* Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship* St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial Scholarship* Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship* Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship* Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial Scholarship* Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* Xcel Energy Scholarship Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment Fund* Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* Dain Rauscher Scholarship* David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* The Grace Scholarship* David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund* Hoversten Peace Scholarship* ING Foundation Scholarship Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship* Mary E. Larsen International Studies Scholarship* Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship* Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity Scholarship Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship Minnesota Power Company Scholarship Karen Neitge Scholarship* Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship* Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship* Timothy 0 . Olson Memorial Scholarship* Rev. John and Ingeborg Peterson Memorial Scholarship* Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation Scholarship Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial Scholarship* Loren Manuel Schottenstein Memorial Scholarship John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship* Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship* Wells Fargo Scholarship CAMPUS MINISTRY/CHRISTIAN SERVICE John Andrew Adam Memorial Scholarship* C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson Scholarship* Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship* Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson Scholarship Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship* Corinne and Herbert Chilstrom Scholarship* Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship* Pastor Bob Evans Scholarship* Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship* Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial Scholarship* Lee Family Scholarship* - - Financial Information 37 Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes) Monson Scholarship* Pastor Carl 0. and Edith W. Nelson Memorial Scholarship* Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship* Russell and Helen Quanbeck Scholarship* Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship* Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATlONAL STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS American Indian Scholarship* Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship* Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship* Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship* Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship General Mills Foundation Scholarship Grand Metropolitan American Indian Scholarship Grand Metropolitan Food Sector Foundation Scholarship* Hearst American Indian Scholarship* Honeywell Corporation Scholarship Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship* Kemdgehiueller American Indian Scholarship James M. Kingsley American Indian scholarshipL Little Six, Inc. Scholarship* McKnight Foundation Scholarship* Medtronic Foundation Scholarship Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship* Prairie Island Indian Community Scholarships* Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota Community Scholarship* Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching Assistants Scholarship James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th Anniversary Scholarship* UPS Foundation Scholarship U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship West Group Scholarship Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile Mission Scholarship* Women of the ELCA Native Women's Achievement Award* PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Margaret E. Andrews Public Service Scholarship Fund Class of 1998 Scholarship* Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship* Person Public Service Scholarship Fund Adeline Marie (Rasmussen) Johnson Memorial Scholarship Marina Christensen Justice Memorial Fund* DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS Art Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship Norman D. Holen Art Scholarship August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship* Queen Sonja Art Scholarship Biology Biology Scholarships Eleanor Christensen Edwards Scholarship* Dr. Paul R. and Maxine Fridlund Biology Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* 38 Financial Information Business Administration/Accounting/ Economics Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial Scholarship* Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* Cargill Foundation Scholarship Malcom and Maybelle Estrem Scholarship* Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship Forss-Herr Scholarship* Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* Clifford A. Peterson Scholarship* David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship* Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen Scholarship* Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship* Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship* Chemistry Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship* Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni Scholarship* Department of Chemistry Scholarships Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship* Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Chemistry Scholarship Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* Education James and Shelby Andress Education Scholarship* Dr. Einar 0 . Johnson Scholarship* S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship* Elva B. Love11 Life Scholarship* David Mathre Scholarship* Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial Scholarship* Barbara Tjornhom and Richard K. Nelson Scholarship* John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial Scholarship* Pederson Samuelson Scholarship* English Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship* Murphy Square Literary Award* Anne Pederson English Scholarship* Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship* Health and Physical Education Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship* Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship* Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard Scholarship* James P Pederson Memorial Scholarship* Stan Person Memorial Scholarship* History Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship* John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship* Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship* Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History Scholarship* Mathematics Floyd V. and Ruth M. Case Scholarship* Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship* Mathematics Scholarship Robert Wick Scholarship* Metro-Urban Studies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - Financial Information 33 Modern Languages Emil M. Fossan Modem Language Scholarship* Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson Scholarship* Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship* Theodore and Virginia Menzel Scholarship* Music Albert and Solveig Birkland Scholarship Centennial Singers Scholarship* Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship* Leonard and Anabelle Dahlberg Scholarship Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship* Marjorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr. Memorial Music Scholarship* Mabeth Saure Gyllstrom Scholarship* Beth Halverson Violin Scholarship* Kay Halverson Scholarship* Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship* Carol Halverson Heam Violin Scholarship* Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship* 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* Orville and Gertrude Hognander Scholarship Robert Karlen Scholarship Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship* Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin Scholarship* Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music Scholarship* Susan and Dean Kopperud Scholarship for Excellence in Music* Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship* Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship* Susan Halverson Mahler Viola Scholarship* Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship* Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship* Music Education Scholarship Grace Carlsen Nelson Scholarship* Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship* St. John's Lutheran Church-John Nonis Scholarship* Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial Scholarship* Henry P Opseth Music Scholarship* Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship* Sampson Music Scholarship* Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship* Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship* Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* String Scholarships John and Vera Thut Scholarship" Nordic Area Studies Thomas D. and Gretchen S. Bell Scandinavian Studies Scholarship* Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship* Walter G. and Ruth I. Johnson Scandinavian Studies Scholarship* Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarslup* Nursing Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship* Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association Scholarship* Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey Scholarship* Physician Assistant Alne Swensen Scholarship* Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Berth E. Hagen Memorial Scholarship* W Financial Information Physics Floyd \! and Ruth M. Case Scholarship* Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* Alfred A. Iversen Scholarship NASA Space Grant Scholarship Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship* Political Science Martin and Sylvia Sabo Scholarship* Myles Stenshoel Scholarship* Psychology Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship* Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship Religion Scholarships Augsburg College Associates Scholarship* Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship* Joel and Mary Ann Elftmann Scholarship* Luthard 0 . Gjerde Scholarship* Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal Scholarship* Elias P Harbo Memorial Scholarship* Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial Scholarship* Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship* Pastor George J. Kundson Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship* Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship* Onesimus Scholarship* Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship* Ronholm Scholarship* Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack Scholarship* Moms G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund* Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship* Social Work Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship* Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship* Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship* Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* Bodo E Suemnig Memorial Scholarship* Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship* Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship* Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama) Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship* E We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts and sense of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian heritage, which will be the basis This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams and community outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. xperiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Student Government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of Through Student Government, students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student Government also sponsors and directs student organizations, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Augsburg College created a program entitled Exploring Our Gifts through the generous support of the Lilly Endowment. Established in Spring 2002, the Exploring Our Gifts program is designed to help students in their college journey to make connections between faith, vocation, and work. The program will assist students in this journey by intentionally introducing vocational themes into the cumculum, cocumcular activities, service-learning experiences, and mentoring relationships at the college. Exploring Our Gifts also provides resources to encourage students to explore Christian ministry. Contact the director of Exploring Our Gifts for further information about the program. The college pastor, associate college pastor, and campus ministry staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support, or information. for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's Attic (student lounge) is a popular hangout located in the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student offices in this area include the College newspaper, the Echo; the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student Government; and the Augsburg Student Activities Council. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, films, theme events, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The Student Activities Program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and organizations that serve the student community Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. involvement are possible-program planning, writing, editing, or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the president or vice president of the student body in their offices in the lower level of the Christensen Center. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. During 1999-2000, Augsburg men's and women's athletics marked the 75th anniversary of intercollegiate competition. Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling, baseball, track and field, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball, track and field, and golf. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting arts professionals. FINE ARTS Student Life 43 The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center, located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges The Academic Skills Center, located in Room 18 of Foss Center, is designed to offer students study-skills assistance so that they may achieve academic success. The center assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time management, notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic testing is also available to assess skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies, and learning styles. The staff will assist students in developing effective and efficient study skills. 1 ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER Augsburg's mission focuses on student learning in the broadest sense. As an indication of the emphasis placed on student learning, the student and academic affairs offices work to bring together the student learning found in the classroom with the activities of experiential education and work, residence life, and the learning resources of the library and information technology. The following sections elaborate on facets of student life. The formal academic programs and requirements are described on page 56. At Augsburg, sports are for the average student as well as the intercollegiate athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena, gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center with workout machines and weight room, and an air supported dome over the athletic field for winter fitness use by walkers and runners. (See Fitness Center on page 49.) SPORTS AND RECREATION 4 4 Student Life - The CLASS staff includes disability specialists who meet individually with students to provide them with general academic support services. This includes helping students to develop the learning strategies and organizationltime management skills needed to be successful at the college level Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS)-The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) Program serves approximately 200 students and is recognized as a leader in supporting college students with hidden disabilities. The CLASS Program exemplifies the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation. Augsburg is committed to recruiting, retaining, and graduating students with diagnosed learning, attentional, and psychiatric disabilities who demonstrate the ability and willingness to participate in college-level learning. SERVICES FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES The John Evans Learning Laboratory, located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers students the opportunity to improve skills in reading, writing, and mathematics through the use of computer software, as well as to review and prepare software for tests such as PPST, MCAT, LSAT, and GRE. Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses of the software, and students are able to monitor their progress. for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman- and sophomore-level courses. The center also notifies students of tutoring labs available and coordinates supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors attend the classes and lead discussions after class on major concepts of the course. *Individual meetings with the physical disabilities specialist on a regularly scheduled basis *Assistancewith organization and time management issues Access Center-The Access Center provides support and specialized services to students with documented physical disabilities. The goal of the Access Center is to assist students in reaching their individual potential, to promote their independence, and to ensure their access to the educational experience at Augsburg College. Areas of assistance include but are not limited to: For more information, please contact the CLASS Program at 612-330-1053 to request a copy of the CLASS brochure andfor to schedule an appointment with a specialist. The Groves Computer Lab is designed for students with disabilities and contains computers and adaptive equipment to assist them in their academic progress. This level of individualized, academic support is possible through an endowment from the Gage family, which allows the CLASS Program to provide specialized services to its students, especially those with learning disabilities. and to acquire and refine self-advocacy skills. During the semester, specialists meet with students and take an active role to assist them with advising and registration for courses. Specialists also meet individually with students to review their documentation and determine appropriate academic accommodations. The accommodations specialist coordinates testing accommodations, note taking services, taped textbooks, adaptive technology (such as dictation and voice recognition software, book scanning software) and provides general computer assistance. For more information, please contact the Access Center at 612-330-1749. Through a system of skyways and tunnels, the majority of the Augsburg campus is accessible to those with mobility impairments ensuring access regardless of the weather. There are a variety of modified and fully accessible rooms available in the residence halls. The Access Center also provides academic accommodations for students. These include providing note takers, taped texts, typing of papers, sign language interpreters, and adaptive physical education courses. Adaptive technologies available through the center include Braille translating software, a Braille printer, CCTY TTY, Jaws, and speech recognition software. *Academic advising and registration -Housing assistance *Advocacywith faculty and staff *Assistancewith community support services and other non-academic issues McNair Scholars Program-The McNair Scholars Program is designed to prepare participants for doctoral studies through involvement in research and other scholarly activities. The goal of McNair is to increase graduate degree attainment of students from underrepresented segments TRIO programs are federal grant programs, funded by the U.S. Department of Education, which seek to help students overcome class, social, academic, and cultural barriers to higher education. TRIO programs are designed to help students prepare for college, adjust to college life, and attain good academic standing. They also help students improve their likelihood of transfer and graduation from a four-year degree program in addition to preparation for graduate school. TRIO PROGRAMS - Student Life 45 *An intensive summer student-faculty research collaboration -An academic-year student-faculty teaching collaboration .Individual and group programs to assure student academic success, including preparation for the GRE *Social and cultural activities to enrich participants' academic perspectives *Opportunities for conference travel and professional presentation of students' original research *Assistancein identifying and applying to Ph.D. programs and seelung scholarships *Graduate school fairs, and aid to visit the schools you apply to *Financial aid exploration and fee waivers for grad school application, as well as McNair designated fellowships *Activities to improve study and testtaking skills, as well as research and library skills The major components of the Augsburg College McNair Scholars Program are: Students eligible to become McNair Scholars are sophomore, junior, and senior undergraduates currently enrolled at Augsburg, who exhibit strong academic potential, and who are 1) low income and first-generation college students, or 2) members of groups underrepresented in graduate education (i.e., BlacWAfrican American, Hispanic, or American IndianIAlaskan Native), or 3) individuals from other groups underrepresented in doctoral study (e.g., women in some areas of science, persons underrepresented in other disciplines). The Augsburg McNair program serves 18 students per year. of society and to encourage these students to consider becoming college professors. 46 Student Life - The mission of the StepUP Program at Augsburg College is threefold: (1) it strives to affirm the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation; (2) it provides students in recovery who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning with ongoing STEPUP PROGRAM Students may apply for SSS anytime after admission to Augsburg College. For more information, an application, or to make an appointment with an SSS adviser, please contact SSS program staff at 612-330-1311. *Individual academic advising and support *Financial aid counseling *Academic progress monitoring *Academic success workshops *Student leadership development *SociaVculturalstudent events *Summer Bridge program including summer term college coursework, seminars, and advising for a small group of incoming first-year students *Need-based scholarships for first and second year students participating in SSS Augsburg Student Support S e ~ c e s serves 160 students, including day and Weekend College Students. Components of the SSS program include: Student Support Services-Student Support Services (SSS) is a TRIO program designed to support students toward college retention and graduation. The program serves students who are low income, first generation college students (neither parent has a four-year degree), and students with disabilities to develop the skills and motivation necessary to successfully pursue and earn a baccalaureate degree. Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative effort between Augsburg College and the Minneapolis and St. Paul Public School D i s ~ c t sintended , to increase the number of American Indian teachers in these districts. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is designed Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves as a peer support group for incoming and currently-enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors cultural events. Other components of the program are: Assists with application process Helps students secure financial aid Nurtures students' identification as an American Indian Provides opportunities for students to learn about their heritage Provides opportunities for the campus community to learn about American Indian culture Provides academic advising and assists in the development of individual education plans The American Indian Student Services Program was established in 1978 to recruit and retain Inman students. Its mission is to provide a cultural context for American Indian students that encourages and promotes personal and academic growth and teaches students to successfully navigate Augsburg's policies, procedures and expectations. The program AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT SERVICES study and living skills that support them in their academic progress toward a degree; and (3) it supports students in their commitment to sobriety. - The PAC serves the Augsburg College community by providing culturally conscious personal, academic, financial, preprofessional and transitional support for students of Afrikan descent. This service The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) traces its roots to an event held in 1968 called "One Day in May" when Augsburg hosted a series of interactive programs with the community As a result, Black Student Affairs was born. It has evolved, over the years, into the PAC. PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES The Augsburg Asian Student Association is affiliated with the program. The association organizes various activities during the academic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asians, other students at Augsburg, and the surrounding community. The program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application procedures, orientation, registration and coursework selection, career development, academic and non-academic pursuits, and employment and placement referrals. The Pan-Asian Student Services Program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain Asian-American students and to enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where Asian students can be involved in and contribute t b all aspects of academic and student life. PAN-ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES as a special grant and loan forgiveness program. Students who are awarded state teaching licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness. For each year the student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be forgiven. student Life 47 The program advises the Latino Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as other activities that improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic1 Latino students and provide awareness of the unique aspects of Hispanic culture. Students find assistance in admissions and financial aid procedures, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling, housing, internships and employment, and placement referrals. The HispanidLatino Student Services Program offers students individualized attention in many areas, including academic support, counseling, and advocacy. HISPANICILATINO STUDENT SERVICES The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) is a commissioned organization whose purpose is to enable students of Afrikan descent to share their diversity and collectively express their fellowship with the Augsburg community. PASU sponsors social and cultural activities that are open to all students. The PACPASU is located in 208- 209 Murphy Place. enhances the recruitment, retention, and graduation of Pan-Afrikan students and enables their learning experience to be interactive. The PAC brings the knowledge and experience of Afrikan people in the Diaspora to the community through a variety of programming and is a clearinghouse for information regarding the Afnkan Diaspora and networks with the PanAfrikan community. Its motto is "Learning for all Afikan people, learning about all Afrikan people." 4 8 Student Life Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase awareness of health issues and assist students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also works with various campus agencies to foster positive change within the campus environment. Health Promotion Through the relationship with a skilled counselor, a student may discuss personal issues such as stress, depression, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality drug use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth. Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction. Services include individual counseling, group counseling, psychological testing, assessment and referral, workshops, and consultation and outreach. Counseling CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND HEALTH PROMOTION Located on the lower level of Melby Hall, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center was built in 1993 and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic workout machines. It includes a weight room with universal and free weight systems. All staff, students, and faculty may use the center. FITNESS CENTER AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUPPORTS HEALTHY LEARNERS IN A HEALTHY LEARNING ENVIRONMENT! The College offers basic health care services to students through a contract with UFP -Smiley's Clinic. These services are limited. For students without health insurance, Smiley's Clinic provides certain clinic health services with a minimal co-pay at the time of the visit. Emergency services of any kind are not covered through the contract between Augsburg and Smiley's Clinic. Students with health insurance can also access Smiley's Clinic for a variety of clinic or other health services. A student's health insurance provider will be billed for medical services and the student will be responsible for any co-pays or deductibles associated with their insurance. H HEALTH CLINIC SERVICES Augsburg College does not require that students have health insurance, with the exception of international students and students who participate in intercollegiate athletics. If a student is not covered by a health insurance plan, they may purchase a student policy by contacting the Center for Counseling and Health Promotion for more information. HEALTH INSURANCE (Also see Study Opportunities Abroad on page 63 and Student Teaching Abroad on page 65.) The International Student Organization (ISO) provides a forum for the interests and concerns of international students and fosters productive interaction between them, the college administration, and U.S. students. This mission is accomplished through yearly programming of events such as International Week, sponsorship of forums on international issues, and outings to sites of interest in the community. Information on how to get involved is available through ISA. New international students participate in an orientation program that provides practical information on housing, health insurance, taxes, banking, local transportation, and applying for a social security card. Students use intercultural communication theory to explore their adjustment to a new culture and education system. -Fulfilling duties of Designated School Official (DSO) for F-1 student visa program and Responsible Officer (RO) for J-1 studentlscholar exchange program -General advocacy for international students -Advising the International Student Organization *Facilitating intercultural skill building sessions for students, faculty, and staff -Celebrating diversity of cultures by increasing awareness of internationallintercultural issues Responsibilities of ISA include: The Director of International Student Advising advises international students on educational, personal, and immigration issues. Student Life 4 - Resident students have access to a 24hour computer lounge and study, 24-hour security, laundry facilities, and vending machines. All rooms and apartments are equipped with hook-ups for telephone, cable television, computers, and Internet access. A skyway connecting the lobby of Urness and Mortensen Hall to Christensen Center keeps students out of the weather on the way to class. Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, fun, and leadership. Research indicates that students living in residence halls earn higher grades and gain greater satisfaction during their college career. Numerous events are planned to welcome students to the community, including dances, movie nights, coffee house concerts and weeks devoted to special themes or issues. Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residential experience during the college years. Studies show that students who live on campus are more likely to complete their degrees. Residence life staff are on hand to help students become acquainted with life at Augsburg through social and educational events. They are also ready to assist students who need help or friendship. Students who choose to make Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends among roommates and classmates. They are just steps away from Lindell Library, classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice arena, fitness center, and Christensen Center. With just over 900 students living on campus, most students and faculty greet each other by name. ;o Student Life New Hall-Opened in 1999, this apartment residence includes studios and two- and four-bedroom apartments with full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and chairs are provided. Underground parking is available at an additional cost. Meal plans are optional. This building is designed to provide an environment for juniors and seniors who are seeking a primarily independent lifestyle. Anderson Hall-Contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers, desks, and chairs. Mortensen Hall-This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is carpeted and contains kitchenette units. It is furnished with beds and dressers. Urness Hall-All new students and some upper-class students live in Urness Hall. This 9-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room) with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens are not provided. Some single rooms are available. In order to secure housing, students are urged to make their enrollment deposit by June 1, as well as submit a housing deposit and contract to reserve a space. For those making enrollment deposits after June 1, housing is determined on a space available basis. During spring semester, current Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing for the next academic year. The College has adopted a statement of standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of academic honesty, disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeals. These are in the Student Guide. STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. MurphylsLocated on the ground floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's features grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages. Commons-Situated on the top floor of Christensen Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty, and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation overlooking the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. FOOD SERVICE Special Interest Housing-Special Interest Housing is available to students who are interested in creating a livingllearning environment by designing their own house system. All house members meet to determine their program focus, educational goals, and community agreement guidelines. Examples of programs include Fellowship of Christian Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban Studies House, Hawthorne House, Preprofessional Health Association, CrossCultural House, and Step-UP Augsburg College understands that no information other than "directory information" can be released without the written permission of the student. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This means The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's policy is published in this catalog on page 87 and in the Student Guide distributed annually to students. FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT Students will receive official notices via the student campus mail system (student campus box), the A-Mail publication, and the student's Augsburg e-mail account. Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. Students should also routinely review the A-Mail, published bi-weekly on-line, and available in hard copy at locations throughout campus. OFFICIAL NOTICES Information on these policies is found in the Student Guide available from the Office of Academic and Learning Services. The College operates in compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files, and data that pertain to them and that are maintained in the registrar's office and the placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. For inquiries or grievances in any of the following areas, contact the director of human resources, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall 19, 612-330-1023. DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS Complete information about Augsburg's procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the registrar's office. that faculty or others cannot write letters of support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written permission is given by the student to release non-"directory information." It is not sufficient to ask for letters of recommendation. All correspondence should be addressed to the Office of Human Resources at Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Student Guide. Copies are available from the Office of Academic and Learning Services. Employment Title IX (for matters based on gender or marital status) Section 504 (for matters based on physical or mental handicap) Affirmative Action (for matters based on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin). - FERPA - 87 Four-Year Assurance Program - Evaluation and Grading - 79 Assessment of Previous Learn Program - 83 Academic Progress, Probatio and Dismissal - 85 Dean's List - 85 Graduation with Distinction Commencement - 86 General Education Curriculum - 72 Graduation Requirements - 72 Skills Components - 74 Liberal Arts Perspectives - 76 Quick Check Summary of Graduation Requirements - Academic Policies and Procedures - 69 Registration - 69 Crossover Registration - 71 Withdrawal from College - 72 8 Acadeniic Organil and lPrograms Divisions ana uepartments - 5 Majors and Minors - 56 Teaching Licensure - 60 Pre-ProfessionalPrograms - 60 Honors Program - 61 Inter-InstitutionalPrograms - 6; Study Abroad - 63 Center for Service, Work, and Learning - 66 Graduate Programs - 67 Other Programs - 69 General Information - 54 Degrees Offered - 54 Academic Calendar - 54 Faculty - 55 Library and Information Technology Services - 55 Academic Advising - 56 Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts, the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of science degrees. Augsburg also offers the master of arts (in leadership, nursing, and education), the master of science (in physician assistant studies), and the master of social work degrees. DECREES OFFERED Students choose from over 50 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. Required courses in Christian Faith are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students opportunities to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. A Augsburg graduate programs follow a trimester calendar. (See Graduate Programs on page 67.) Augsburg offers two summer school sessions. A maximum of four course credits (two per term) can be earned in the two five-week-long summer sessions. The Summer Session Catalog, published in the winter of each year, is dstributed to all students. Courses and majors offered through Weekend College are the same as their day program counterparts. However, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and majors. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and the program follows a trimester calendar. Some classes may meet on weekday evenings. The fall trimester is held from early September through midDecember. Winter trimester meets from January through early April. Spring classes are held from mid-April through the end of June. There are 7-8 class sessions each trimester, and classes meet on weekends for three and one-half to four hours. (Refer to the program schedule for weekday evening meeting times.) Students may take from one to four classes each term. The day program calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take a course on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration on page 69 and Calendars on pages 4-7.) The Augsburg day program follows the semester calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks. Fulltime students normally take four course credits each semester. ACADEMIC CALENDAR The James G. Lindell Family Library opened at the start of the 1997-98 academic year. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot facility houses all library and information technology functions of the College. In addition to the 175,000 volume main collection, the Lindell Library includes the Gage Family Art Gallery, special collections and archives, cuniculum library, a computer lab and student computing Help Desk, library instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing and listening. A skyway links the new building to Sverdrup Hall (the former library), which has undergone renovation to house the Enrollment Center, as well as additional computer labs and multimedia classrooms, a lounge, and vending area. LIBRARY AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. The heart of any educational institution is its faculty Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a doctorate or the highest degree in their field, and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are also involved in a variety of professional and research activities that support their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current thought in many fields, but especially in teaching techniques and theories. FACULTY Students have access to over 180 oncampus personal computer systems. There are desktop machines in two computer labs and five computer classrooms, as well as 80 laptops that can be checked out at the IT Service Center for use in the library. Other machines are available for student use within academic departments. A campus-wide network provides access to AugNet online services as well as support for printing and internet access. Appropriately equipped student-owned machines can also be connected to the network to provide access from dormitory room. Computing Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with the best access to information technology and training. Visit Augsburg's Web site <www.augsburg.edu> for more on IT at Augsburg. lnformation Technology Resources A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing research. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitation and special needs. Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national, and international databases. Electronic access to the world of scholarship is also available through the Internet, and a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier service provide access to the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. Appropriately equipped laptop computers can be connected to any of several hundred data ports throughout the building to access these resources. Library Resources Academic lnformation 5 - All current students are assigned to a faculty adviser. Prior to the end of their sophomore year, students are encouraged Academic Advising orients new day and Weekend College students to the academic policies and procedures of the college and assists students on initial course selection. This office also provides interpretation of general education requirements, administers entry-level skill assessments, interprets graduation requirements, provides degreeplanning materials, and answers questions on student academic progress. Academic Advising functions as a supplement to the faculty advising system at Augsburg College. ACADEMIC ADVISING A campus-wide telecommunications system enables easy and convenient voice communication between students, faculty, and staff. Students can leave voice mail messages with any member of the faculty, administration or the staff; voice mail or call waiting are available to resident students at a modest cost. Long-distance service, billed to individual students, can be arranged for any on-campus residence phone. Telecommunications Lindell Library provides a large collection of sound recordings, video tapes and films, as well as equipment for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. The library supplies TV sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape recorders, microphones, slide-, overhead-, filmstrip-, and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located near the communications department in Foss Center. Media Resources 56 Academic Information The college encourages students to declare a major by the end of the sophomore year, and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others explore a variety of disciplines before deciding. MAJORS AND MINORS Professional Studies-Anne Kaufman (Chair). Education, health and physical education, music, nursing, social work. Social and Behavioral SciencesDiane Pike (Chair). Business administration, economics, history, political science, psychology, sociology. Natural Sciences and Mathematics-Joan Kunz (Chair). Biology, chemistry, mathematics, computer science, physics, physician assistant studies. Humanities-Martha Johnson (Chair). Art, English, modem languages, philosophy, religion, speech/communication/theatre arts, College librarians. The College cumculum is offered by 23 departments that are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS to declare their major and select a faculty adviser by filling out a Major Declaration Form. All day students are required to meet with their academic adviser prior to registration. All students are encouraged to meet with their faculty adviser as often as is necessary. B. A list of proposed courses (minimum of nine, no more than one of which is a lower-level language course and at least five of which are upper division) and a discussion of how the courses are related to the program goals. Indicate how the proposed courses collectively support a specialized and cohesive plan usually associated with a college major. Proposals will be strengthened if an example of a similar major from another institution can be identified and compared with the student's proposal. In addition, students should consult with the Center for Senrice, Work, and Learning for additional information regarding career objectives. The proposal should A. A statement of learning goals and objectives. A student-designed major program proposal must include: Students may design their own major with the assistance and approval of three advisers and subsequent final approval by the Academic Affairs Committee (AAC). A student-designed major allows flexibility in selecting major courses. Any student wishing to design a major must complete a proposal, submit it with approval and supporting letters from three faculty advisers, and obtain AAC approval of the program. Students should seek AAC approval as early as possible so that any changes suggested by AAC may be incorporated into the design without affecting the student's proposed completion date. The deadline for initial submission of the program design to AAC is the first term in which the student has achieved junior status; the final version must be approved the term before the student achieves senior status. Student-Designed Major course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the bachelor of arts degree. A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the College. Students wishing to develop a transdisciplinary major are to observe the following: Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the transdisciplinary major. This major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interest of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or pre-professional programs in some academic fields. Transdisciplinary Majors Contract forms with additional information about the student-designed major approval process are available from the Enrollment Center. C. A description of the studentdesigned major capstone course (INS 488: at least .5 credit, P/N option), to be taken sometime during the senior year. The student should devise the capstone course in consultation with advisers. It should require an integrative project/paper that draws together the course work up to that point and/or prepares one for further study OR an honors project (to be approved by AAC). In addition, at least one of the advisers must specifically address the rationale for the proposed capstone course in his or her supporting letter, though approval of the self-designed major program by all advisers presumes their approval of the capstone course. provide information showing how the general education perspective and skill requirements are to be fulfilled. Academic Information 57 - - p v d by Accounting General Accounting Managerial Accounting Public Accounting American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Economics/Business Administration Finance International Business Management Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.) Communication Communication Artskiterature (Teacher Licensure Major) General Communication Studies Mass Communication Rhetoric Organizational Communication public Relations and Advertising Marketing Communications Human Relations Supervisory Management Listings that are shaded are offered ough both the day program and ekend College. Weekend College choose a major offered in am if they wish. They may e as many courses as possible throug end College, then finish the major program student. A change of proram is allowed once each academic year. Philosophy Computational Philosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Solid State Physics (B.S.) Space Physics (B.S.) Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modern Languages French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies International Relations In trrnational Business Health Education - (licensure, WEC only) Elementary Education ~ t u d i B Economics Economics/Business Administration Economics/Political Science (Teacher Licensure Major) A ~ ~ l i Economics ed East Asian Studies I rkt stnden* a d v i s a the departmnt &dfi of the two majors to be mm-, a d tk h m i r t t e on Student Smdfng. C Tht c u r i m m m r tse x a f h l s u r h f f a 3 p b m m r v Cmrrut FcÂ¶nsareamib&leinthtrtgbtrag~& muacr for mcb a mjm prtx to t k end B.Thcmadmsbnulddcagnand~a 58 Academic Information International Business International Relations ~eadershipStudies Linguistics Management Information Systems ist tory American Indian-S'idl'e's Art Architecture Art History Studio Art Biology Business ~dministration Chemistry ~ommunication Computer Science East Asian Studies Economics English Film Health Education mm Accounting Community Studies Crime and Community Cultural Anthropology Social Psychology Student-Designed Theatre Arts Dance and Theatre (Teacher Licensure Major) Transdisciplinary Women's Studies1 Soci~?ag SiFm w o r m Political Science Political Science/Economics (Teacher Licensure Major) Psychology Social Psychology Religion Youth and Family Ministry Russian, Central and East European Area Studies 1 -- ACTC Majors-It is possible for day students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Tivin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC 1 Dual-degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology and Michigan Technological University. 1 Cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginninglintermediatdadvanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office. Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Middle East Studies Modem Languages 1 French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music Business Nordic Area Studies Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Youth and fimily Ministry Sociology Social Ministries Social Welfare Russian, Central, and East European Area Studies Special Education Theatre Arts Theatre Arts Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy women's S t u d i i Academic Information 59 Several teaching licensure programs are offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available in kindergarten-elementarylmiddle school education with subject area specialties in one of the following: mathematics, science, communication artslliterature, social studies. This is a K-8 license for teaching at the elementary level and at the middle school level in the specialty area. Students seeking this licensure obtain an elementary education major with a subject area specialty. Licensure is also available in the following middle schooVhigh school fields: biology, chemistry, communication artslliterature, health, mathematics, physics, and social studies. This license prepares people to teach in grades 5-12. Students seeking licensure in one of these areas obtain an appropriate subject area major and complete secondary licensure coursework. Finally, specialist licenses are available in art (K-12), vocal music (K-12), instrumental music (K-12), physical education (K- 12), and dancdtheatre with a theatre emphasis (K-12). This license prepares people to teach in grades K-12. Students seeking licensure in one of these areas also obtain the appropriate subject area major and complete the secondary licensure Teaching Licensure OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS Weekend College is not part of the ACTC consortium, and Weekend students may not register for ACTC courses or complete ACTC majors under the terms of the ACTC consortium agreements. colleges must apply through the Augsburg registrar's office. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department. 60 Academic Information - - Pre-Law-Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of Pre-Engineering-See engineering degree and major requirements on pages 144-145. Pre-Dentistry-These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 113, 114,215; PHY 121, 122; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact Academic Advising early in their freshman year to arrange for faculty advising prior to their first term at Augsburg. Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. Pre-Professional Programs Students seeking elementary licensure have education department advisers. Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure have advisers in their subject area major and in the education department. It is very important that students work closely with their advisers throughout their programs. coursework. (See Department of Education and subject area departments for more information.) Pre-Seminary-A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several Pre-Pharmacy-Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113, 114,215,476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351,352; ECO 113; ENG 111, and a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122; electives from human anatomy (ACTC); and humanities, literature, and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, a n d Pre-Physical Therapy-Coursework in preparation for these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the Department of Biology. Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. While a major in chemistry and biology is not required to apply to medical schools, many students with an interest in the sciences choose to major in these fields. Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition courses, including ENG 111; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351,352; BIO 113, 114,215,367; MAT 145,146; PHY 121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355,473,476; CHM 361. American Law Schools. Students may wish to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students should major in a discipline of their own choosing; most law school entrance requirements will be satisfied with a record of solid achievement coupled with an acceptable LSAT score. - The Honors Program at Augsburg was awarded a National Science Foundation Grant to establish an Honors Computing and Communications Lab, and to put the program on a computational footing. Students entering the program as freshmen are required to take an honors version of CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications, which establishes crisp computing and communications skills at the outset of their collegiate careers. Other courses in the program The Honors Program is designed to challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities. Members of the program normally enter as freshmen, but students may enter the program as late as the beginning of the junior year. Students graduate from the Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on the transcript. That notation provides an advantage for both employment and graduate school application. HONORS PROGRAM Pre-Veterinary Medicine-To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, the following science courses are required: MAT 114 or 145, CHM 1051106 or 115/116, CHM 3511352, BIO 113, BIO 114, BIO 215, BIO 355, BIO 369, BIO 476, PHY 121/122. Other non-science courses are also required. different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111, 221; at least two semesters of history (Western civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy, and Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Academic Information 61 - - Associated Colleges of t h e Twin Cities (ACTC)-Full-time day students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect to take a course each semester at one of the other campuses. This program is open to sophomores through seniors. Please reference the ACTC newspaper for more details. No additional fee is required for Library a n d Media CenterThrough CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, the Augsburg community has direct access to over 1,300,000 volumes. Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two years. Please direct inquiries to Dr. Larry Crockett, director of the Honors Program, 612-330-1060. During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full course credit upon completion), one each semester, and participate in a six-week Monday Forum Program each term. Seniors take a senior seminar which satisfies a perspective requirement, and are required to complete an approved honors project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal that publishes outstanding student papers. make use of these computing skills in laboriented sequences exploring literature, writing, history, religion, philosophy, and social and natural science. 62 Academic Information Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies Naval ROTC-Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Army ROTC-Augsburg day students may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Air Force ROTC-Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs ( H E C U A ~ - A U ~ Sin ~U~ cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities, offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA programs on page 65.) Weekend College students may not participate in the ACTC consortium program. such an exchange, except for private instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Students receive advice on selecting programs that best fit their academic, career, and personal objectives. Assistance is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements. Orientation and re-entry programs assist students in integrating the experience abroad into their coursework and personal lives. Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg and will add an international dimension to any academic program. Courses abroad can fulfill major, general education, and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. Academic Requirements and Credit An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Namibia, examine Scandinavian perspectives on world peace in Norway or thrill to the sounds of The Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures, and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. The center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting, and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars-from Mexico to Central America, and from Namibia to South Africa. The cost of these programs is equiv- The mission of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading to a more just and sustainable world. The Center for Global Education The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a semester on campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. Costs and Financial Aid The deadline for application is Oct. 15 for off-campus study during spring term and April 1 for off-campus study during fall and summer terms. All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. Eligibility and Application Academic Information 63 -- - - This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua. Course credit may be earned in Spanish, religion, history, and economics. Augsburg application deadline: April 1for fall, Oct. 15 for spring. Sustainable Development and Social Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua)-Fall or Spring This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of race, class, and gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who are involved in struggles for sustainable development and social change. The program offers credit in religion, interdisciplinary studies, political science, and Spanish. Augsburg application deadline: April 1. Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico) Fall alent to full tuition, room, and board for one semester on campus, plus airfare. (Some travel scholarships are available for Augsburg students.) 64 Academic Information This program examines these crucial issues from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid South African colonialization. South Afnca had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism, they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization in today's world, the challenges posed by under and unequal development, and the long-term project of decolonizing the mind. Credit is available in history, religion, political science, and Nation-Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing the Mind: Southern African Perspectives (Namibia) Spring This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Credit is available in Spanish, history, political science, and religion. Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15. Social and Environmental Justice: Latin American Perspectives (Mexico)Spring This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Credit is available in history, religion, political science, and interdisciplinary studies. Augsburg application deadline: April 1. Multicultural Societies in Transition: Southern Africa Perspectives (Namibia)-Fall This interdisciplinary program, with travel to Guatemala and Ecuador, provides an overview of history, culture, economy, and politics of these regions. Students study theories and models of development and explore their usefulness in understanding the regional and global context. Augsburg application deadline: April 1. Politics, Development and the City: Guatemala and Ecuador- Fall This interdisciplinary program focuses on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, and language and the development of cities, urban problem solving, and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in other countries, including the former Soviet Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: April 1. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway-Fall For more information on international HECUA programs, see the listings under International Studies; and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in four different full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador, Ireland, or Guatemala. All programs emphasize the impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) interdisciplinary studies. Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15. Selected education department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad The "Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change" program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace, and the progress being made. Through a seven week internship, students get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy The program is located at the UNESCO Centre at the University of Ulster in Coleraine. Application deadline: Oct. 15. Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change-Spring Through fieldwork and hands-on projects, students explore the impact of global development on local culture and environment and the response of indigenous communities in Guatemala, with travel to Cuba or another Latin American country. Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15. Environment, Economy, and Community in Latin America: Guatemala and Cuba-Spring This interdisciplinary program, based in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the community development process and increase language skills. Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community agencies or groups working with or for low-income and other disenfranchised populations in Latin America. Application deadline: Oct. 15. Community Internships in Latin America: Ecuador-Fall Academic Information 6 - Service- and work-based experiential education opportunities are closely related to students' coursework, majors, andlor career interests. Learning opportunities may be in non-profit organizations, schools, government agencies, community- The Center for Service, Work, and Learning is a comprehensive center incorporating an experiential educational focus emphasizing the importance and value for all students to engage in serviceand work-based learning experiences throughout their college years. The center encourages students to take advantage of Augsburg's metropolitan location through the highly successful servicelearning, internship, and career planning programs that link the College's academic programs to community organizations and businesses. THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK, AND LEARNING May and summer courses to many parts of the world enable students to earn credit through short-term travel. Contact the Global Studies office for the most current list of programs. May/Summer Abroad Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Minnesota State UniversityMoorhead or the University of MinnesotaMorris. Additionally, International Partners has student teaching options available in Norway. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Department of Education student teacher coordinator. 56 Academic Information An academic internship is a carefully planned, service- or work-based learning Academic Internships The service-learning program also works closely with the student-directed Augsburg LINK, residence hall directors, and campus ministry. Augsburg's Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with opportunities to understand and respond to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences. A key component of community service-learning includes reflection on and analysis of community issues in order to promote personal and educational growth and civic responsibility. Through connecting classroom content with service, Augsburg students learn from and about the organizations where they serve and deepen their understanding of course knowledge. This dynamic and interactive educational approach employs reciprocal learning between the students and the community. Community service-learning examples include tutoring at schools and literacy centers, volunteering at homeless shelters, Habitat for Humanity, and community centers, or working with cultural and environmental groups. Community Service-Learning The Center for Service, Work, and Learning includes the following programs: The underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, personal, and career decisions. based organizations, small and mid-size companies, and large corporations. Cooperative Education is a non-credit transcript notation for paid work experiences related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is for students to apply theory to practice in a work setting. Job opportunities typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full-time in the summer and can begin and end anytime. Students must register for the non-credit transcript notation (GST 009), set learning goals and evaluate their experience. The director of the Center for Service, Work, and Learning supervises co-op transcript notation work experiences. Cooperative Education A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses required for the degree. Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester), or summer sessions. Inter-disciplinary internships are also available. For extension of an internship beyond one term see Evaluation and Grading on page 79. An academic internship is approved, supervised, and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the internship credit. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199 (see page 91). experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. Academic credit is received for the learning derived from the experience. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlines the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods. The Master of Arts in Leadership is based on a liberal arts approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues, and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that today's leaders need a broad spectrum of abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understanding of their world. Designed for working adults, the program operates on alternate Saturdays. Augsburg College offers five graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Social Work, Master of Arts in Nursing, Master of Arts in Education, and the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies. Catalogs for each degree program should be consulted for complete information. GRADUATE PROGRAMS Career services are available to all students. Seniors are especially encouraged to attend the annual private college job fair with recruiters representing business and the nonprofit and government sectors or the education job fair. Career Services is committed to assisting all students with choosing majors and making career and vocational decisions. This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career Services provides students the opportunity to actively participate in personal and career assessments and one-on-one career counseling/plaming, assists students with internship and job search strategies, and connects students to campus, community and alumni resources. Career Services Academic Information 67 - Within the framework of a Christian liberal arts education, the Master of Arts in Nursing Program is designed to prepare nurses for advanced transcultural and community health nursing practice in a global community and across care settings, with particular emphasis on addressing health A dual degree (Master of Social Work and Master of Arts in Leadership for Mission) is also available and is offered in collaboration with Luther Seminary. The dual degree is designed to meet the educational interests of people planning to serve the spiritual and social needs of families, individuals, and communities. The family practice concentration prepares students to work with families and individuals within families, across the full range of contemporary social work practice settings. The program development, policy, and administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that respond to human need. There are two concentrations: family practice or program development, policy, and administration. Students choose one of the two concentrations for their program focus. The curriculum emphasizes work with diverse and oppressed groups, social justice, leadership for social change and a holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving framework. Graduate social work classes meet in four-hour blocks on Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons. The Master of Social Work (MSW) prepares students for entering advanced social work practice. The program builds on the liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission to nurture future leaders in service to the world. I 58 Academic Information The Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies (MSPAS) is designed for students interested in careers as health care providers. The mission of the program is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity for the cultures and backgrounds of, and is oriented toward providing care to, underserved populations. Students are well educated in current medical theory and practice in primary care medicine. All physician assistants must have a supervising physician to practice. The program is three years long with classes held Monday through Friday during the day The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) is a new program (starting Fall 2002) that offers initial licensure coursework at the graduate level in elementary education, secondary education, and special education: EBD. Students are able to take up to six licensure courses at the graduate level and complete their licensure programs with a combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. Students can then apply their graduate level licensure courses to complete a master's degree program. Students will complete their master's degrees through a combination of MAL coursework and graduate level education coursework (total of nine courses). Licensed teachers also can pursue special education: EBD licensure at the graduate level. The program is available through the Weekend College schedule, and the admissions process begins with the Weekend College Admissions office. For further information, contact the Education Department or the Weekend College Admissions office. disparities. The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, public health principles, theory-guided practice, and transcultural care. Classes meet on an every other week or one weekend a month basis in Rochester andlor Minneapolis, Minn. The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of the importance of Cana&an/U.S.relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. Canadian Program Contact the Office of Continuing Studies at 612-330-1628 for information about current and upcoming programs. New programs are developed through collaborations between academic and college departments that include Youth and Family Institute, Social Work, Education, and the Office of Continuing Studes. Other organizations including the Minneapolis and Saint Paul Public School Districts, the Department of Children, Families, and Learning, and the College Board have developed programs through the Office of Continuing Studies. The mission of Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide working adults with lifelong learning opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally, and spiritually in their homes, workplaces, and communities. The program strives to meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission of Augsburg College. Continuing Education Program OTHER PROGRAMS information 69 To register for more than 4.5 course credits, students must contact the Enrollment Center to petition the Committee on Student Standing unless the following apply: cumulative GPA of 3.0 to 3.49 may take a total of 5.0 course credits; cumulative GPA of 3.5 or greater may take Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester. Students registered for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. Students registered for two course credits are classified as halftime students. A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. LI REGISTRATION To obtain further information about the program or to request a catalog, call 612330-1139 during Tuesday and Wednesday office hours (10:OO a.m. to 2:00 p.m.). To ask questions or to schedule a program, call Karen A. Lindesmith, program director, at the above number. Augsburg College demonstrates its commitment to lifelong learning through its College of the Third Age. For more than 25 years this program has brought classes in the liberal arts and the humanities to mature learners in the Twin Cities metropolitan community Approximately fifty retired professors are available to teach one class or a series of classes at churches, synagogues, community centers, or senior residences. The current catalog lists 200 classes available for group study only (Note: For individual study, call the Admissions Office at Augsburg College at 612-3301001.) College of the Third Age Academic - Weekend College students may add individual classes to their current schedule and/or withdraw without notation through Friday after the first class weekend. The signature of the instructor is required to add a class after the class meets. Students may petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class through the Thursday prior to the second class weekend. There is a fee for this petition. The last day to petition to add a class Day students may add individual classes to their current schedule and/or withdraw without notation up through day 10 of the term. The signature of the instructor is required to add a class after the class meets. From day 11 through day 20, students may still petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class. There is a fee for this petition. Day 20 is the last day to petition for adding a class. Although new day students may register up to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Reference the ACTC Joint Class Schedule for the Day school calendar and the WEC Class Schedule for the WEC school calendar. Weekend College students typically register for one or two course credits each trimester. Students registered for at least two course credits in one term are considered full time for that term. Students registered for one course credit are considered half-time for the term. a total of 5.5 course credits without petitioning. All overload registrations must be done at the Enrollment Center in person. Please note: there is an additional tuition charge for course loads over 4.5 course credits (this includes combining the credit load from both the day and WEC programs). 70 Academic Information Office of Weekend College-412330-1782 Academic Advising-612-330-1025 Enrollment Center412-330-1046 Specific information on registration and help with registration on other campuses are available from these offices: Summer session, Weekend College, and graduate program courses are published in separate schedules. A joint class schedule is published each spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their locations at the five colleges for the following academic year. Individual school course listings are also available through the web and should be checked to verify the correct meeting times and room assignment. As some courses are offered only in alternate years, students should also consult with departmental advisers when planning their academic program. Some late course registrations may be subject to additional late fees. Separate rules apply to Summer School. Rochester students may add individual classes to their current schedule andlor withdraw without notation through Monday after the first week of classes. The signature of the instructor is required to add a class after a class meets and it must be processed through the Enrollment Center. Students may petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class through the Friday prior to the second week of classes. There is a fee for this petition. The last date to petition to add a class is the Friday before the second week of classes. is the Thursday prior to the second class weekend. The WEC program is not part of the ACTC (Associated Colleges of the Twin Students have registration priority in their home program. Crossover registration begins only after the open web registration period closes for both programs. A schedule is published on the registrar office web page. There is a special crossover registration form that must be processed at the Enrollment Center. This registration option is not available by web. Day students taking over 4.5 credits will pay the day part time rate for any credits over 4.5 in their combined day/WEC load (Spring day term will include both Winter WEC and Spring WEC). The maximum number of credits that may be included in the day full time tuition rate for students who cross-register is 4.5 . Students will be charged the rate of their home program for courses in which they enroll outside their home program. The rate will be based on the maximum credit load they are canying on any calendar date over the span of the two terms. For example, a day program student taking 2.0 credits in the day program, and 1.0 credits in the WEC program, will be considered full time and will be charged the full time day program tuition rate. A WEC student taking 2.0 credits in the WEC program, and 1.0 credits in the day program, will pay the WEC tuition rate x 3.0 credits. Every Augsburg undergraduate student is admitted to a "home program," either day or Weekend College. It is expected that students will complete most of their degree requirements through their home program. However, students may register for no more than 1.0 credit per term outside their home program. Enrollment will be based on class availability Crossover Registration Policy - The primary method of registration will be via the web through AugNet during the open registration period. Please reference the ACTC Newspaper for specific dates. Day students will be issued new PINS each term prior to registration from their assigned faculty adviser (please reference the Personal Info screen on your AugNet account for your assigned Faculty Weekend College students may register during the designated time prior to the start of each term. All day students are required to meet with their academic adviser prior to registration. Freshmen and transfer students may register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled day students may register during the fall for the spring term and during the spring for the fall term. Registration Students may apply to change their "home" program by filling out a Change of Program form available at the Enrollment Center. The change will take effect the following term. Changes are limited to one each academic year. Change of Program Any undergraduate student taking a graduate level course must have special permission from the faculty director of the program in which they wish to enroll. Undergraduate students enrolled in graduate courses will pay the graduate rate for those courses. Any student enrolled in an Augsburg graduate level program wishing to take an undergraduate course will pay the rate of the program in which the course if offered. Cities) tuition exchange program. WEC students may NOT crossover to attend ACTC courses. Academic Information 7 Former Augsburg students, re-admitted to complete a degree after being away from the College for at least one calendar year, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of re-admission. Some departments will not accept coursework taken more than seven to ten years ago. Students must meet all of Re-Admitted Students Students are responsible for keeping the registrar's office informed of their current mailing address. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this will result in a failing grade on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from the College must be completed in the Registrar's Office. A Withdrawal from the College form may be obtained at the Enrollment Center. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Committee on Student Standing. Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is returned to the registrar's office. Withdrawal from College Once the open registration period closes, returning students registering for the first time for the coming term will be assessed a late registration fee. The Enrollment Center will process all registration forms after the web closes. Advisor). The Enrollment Center is also available to process registration forms. Note: Web registration may not recognize prerequisites fulfilled in transfer work. In these cases, please process your registration at the Enrollment Center. 72 Academic Information All degree and course requirements must be completed and v e d e d in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). Each student must apply for graduation at the end of their junior year. Students should apply before the start of their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available at the Enrollment Center. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the registrar's office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. See page 23 in Undergraduate Admissions-Special Students (Second Degree). Faculty advisers, the Academic Advising staff, department chairs, and the registrar staff are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. All students are required to file a graduation application with the Registrar's Office one year prior to graduation. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS the requirements in effect under the catalog they choose. Choosing to complete graduation requirements under the current catalog will require re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine its applicability to the current catalog requirements. 3. Augsburg Seminar (AUC 101)All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must satisfactorily complete fall orientation and the Augsburg Seminar. See the program section on the Augsburg Seminar for a full description. 2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 32 total course credits required: two courses by independent/ directed study; four courses of internship; and six course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Each department sets its own limitations on the number of P/N graded courses that may be applied toward the major and minor programs, but normally students may apply no more than two course credits with P grades toward a major and no more than one course credit with a P grade toward a minor. The Departments of Education and Social Work are examples of departments that allow students to apply more than two course credits with P grades within the major program (two in major field courses plus student teaching or field work practicums). 1. Completion of 32 course c r e d i S N o more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy (B.S.) - 17; and social work (B.S.) - 15. Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the Augsburg Seminar (AUG 101), at least one Augsburg Experience, a minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and in total course work, residence, and general education courses, including lifetime sports. Requirements For Undergraduate Graduation: - 5. Grade Point Average-2.0 for most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken and specifically for all courses that apply toward a major or special program. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental section for details. An Augsburg Experience integrates experiential learning with academic learning. It demonstrates enhanced learning and reflects research and best practices in experiential education. Approved Augsburg Experiences meet two criteria: (1) Integrates experiential learning with academic learning and (2) Links on-campus learning to the goals, mission, needs or ideas of off-campus people, organizations and/or communities, either through community partners, professional activities, and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may be embedded in designated courses that are part of the regular class schedule or may be completed for zero credit outside of the regular class schedule. The length of time required, credit/no-credit status, and grading options for approved Augsburg Experiences will vary 4. Augsburg Experiences-All students must complete at least one approved Augsburg Experience as a requirement for graduation. Augsburg Experiences highlight the College's commitment to experiential education and active participation in the broader community, both locally and globally Four categories of approved experiential learning opportunities are recognized as Augsburg Experiences: internships, faculty-student research, community service, and study abroad. Academic Information 73 - Based on the math assessment result, students will be enrolled in the appropriate courses or advised on preparation for retaking the math placement assessment. Students may retake the Math Placement Assessment once during their first term of enrollment. Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the first term and should achieve MPG 3 by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Take entry level skills assessments and satisfy requirements. Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and sophomore transfer students with fewer than 13 courses: Placement in writing, math, modem languages, and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments. These tests are a prerequisite for (not completion of) graduation skills course requirements. The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: Writing Mathematics Critical thinlung Modem Languages Entry Level Skills Requirements SKILLS COMPONENT 6. Residence-The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 creditslrequirements) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the registrar's office if an official interpretation is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required to be taken in residence within the major and minor. Consult the catalog description of the major/minor or the chairperson of the department. 74 Academic Information Advanced transfer students are required to satisfy all the Graduation Skill course requirements, except one writing skill course. Those who have not passed the equivalent of ENG 1 11 Effective Writing course must take the entry level test in writing. Augsburg's entry level test in writing will determine placement in an appropriate writing course. Transfer students who enter with 13 credits or more, or an A.A. degree accepted in transfer, are exempt from critical thinking assessments. Advanced Transfer Students Freshman and sophomore transfer students will be required to satisfy all of the Graduation Skill course requirements. The BYU-CAPE assessment is offered to students who have had at least a year of Spanish, French, or German language studies in high school. The CAPE is a web based language assessment designed to assess and place students at the appropriate course level for language study Students interested in waiving the modem language requirement must complete this assessment and place at the 311 level or above. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing before ENG 11 1 Effective Writing. Freshmen should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their sophomore year. Attendance the first day of class is required for both ENG 101 and 111. General education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Course work in a modem language other than your native language is also required. Completion of the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students Graduation Level Skills Students are also permitted to retake the Math Placement Exam during their first term of enrollment at Augsburg College. Students in MPG 1may take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student's MPG. A grade of Pass, 2.0 or higher is required to advance to the next math level. All students are required to have their MPG determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may have their MPG determined by the Registrar's Office. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by Academic Advising. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Practice questions and other information are available from Academic Advising. Students are encouraged to advance their MPG as soon as possible. Students must achieve Math Placement Group (MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3, or 4 as a prerequisite. Mathematics Requirement - All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111, all Quantitative Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequi- Students whose native language is not English and whose score is below the minimum on the ESL placement test must fulfill the English as a Second Language (ESL) requirement. The requirement is satisfied by successfully completing the ESL course(s) and achieving a score above the minimum on the ESL placement exam. Students who complete the ESL requirement fulfill the modem language graduation skill requirement. Contact Academic Advising or the English Department for additional information. There is a seven-year time limit on language courses presented for transfer and automatic waiver. Hearing students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled the skill. Requirements for the Modem Language Skill are determined by placement test. For a language previously studied, successful completion (minimum grade of 2.0 or P) of one language course at your placement level (112 or higher) satisfies the requirement. For a language not previously studied, successful completion of 111, 112 is required (i.e. sequential courses in the same language). Students whose placement test is at 311 or higher will be exempted from further language study. are required to have two courses with Writing Skill components (at least one within the major) and one course each with Critical Thinking, Speaking, and Quantitative Reasoning Skill components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major andlor general education perspectives. Academic lnformation 75 Extend knowledge in liberal arts, especially outside of one's major disciplinary field. This is done by 1) reflecting on the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives and the distinctiveness of Augsburg as a college of the Lutheran Church in the city; 2) reflecting on diversity through intercultural awareness; 3) reflecting on areas associated with liberal arts, including aesthetics, human identity, The goal of the Liberal Arts Perspectives is to help students think systematically about what it means to be a human. Perspectives courses should: The General Education program consists of the first-year Augsburg Seminar for day freshmen, the Augsburg Experiences, the liberal arts perspectives, and the graduation skills. A primary objective is to develop lifelong learning in the context of the liberal arts and the mission of the College. GENERAL EDUCATION Lifetime sports are non-credit courses and are not included in the 32-course requirement. Two different lifetime sports are required. Students who are not health and physical education majors or in intercollegiate athletics may test out of one lifetime sport. Students may demonstrate proficiency in one of a selected list of lifetime sports. There is a fee to take the lifetime sport proficiency test. Students must satisfy the second lifetime sport requirement by enrolling in a lifetime sport course. Lifetime Sports site of Math Placement Group 3, and all Critical Thinking Skill courses have the prerequisite of passing the entry level Critical Thinking Assessment or GST 100. 76 Academic Information - Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith. 4. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective emphasis area except: 3. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. 2. No single course can fulfill the requirements in two or more categories. 1. A student will choose a minimum of one course from each required perspective category. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available on-line and from the registrar's office. These choices are controlled by the following policies: The general education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be human. The goals of the perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses that have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each perspective. LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES The General Education program should also teach students the skills expected of a college graduate in writing, critical thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning. Develop an appreciation of the role of service to society. Demonstrate connections between liberal arts and the major field of study. the social world, natural world, and westem heritage. Transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits will be required to take one course from area 1 or 2 in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Transfer students entering with 13-23 course credits will be required to take two courses from two different areas in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology, and Area 3 includes the study of values or religions outside the Christian faith. Three course credits are required to meet this perspective except for the following: Christian Faith (CF 1, 2, and 3 ) This perspective focuses on Augsburg as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith THE EIGHT LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS Up to two courses in a year-long sequence of approved natural science courses may be used to meet the perspective, The Natural World. - - Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 13 or more course credits. Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2) This perspective is intended to help students critically examine tliemes (found, for example, in literature,' philosophy, and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization. Attention should be paid to the contributions of and to critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. Perspective: Western Heritage One course credit or experience is required to meet this perspective. The City (C) This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and education experiences, or by designated or college-approved non-credit experiences (such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by a GST 209 seminar related to the perspective. This perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City Academic Information 77 This perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. One course credit is required to meet this perspective. One course must focus on current theories and methods of a social science. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 13 or more course credits. Social World (SW 1 and 2) This perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems, and to use this knowledge as a participant in society Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective unless an approved one-year sequence is taken. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 13 or more course credits. Natural World (NW 1 and 2) Perspective: The Natural World Aesthetics (A) Perspective: The Social World The study of a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the world. One course credit is required to meet this perspective. Aesthetic creations convey fundamental insights and values, express beauty, and enhance life. This perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. Perspective: Aesthetics One course credit is required to meet this perspective. Intercultural Awareness (IA) This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students study a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the world. In this course students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. This perspective is intended to help students view themselves as people with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors. Human ldentity (HI) Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Perspective: Human Identity 78 Academic Information - In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (e.g., lifetime sports are graded only P/N). See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, page 73. P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this kequirement. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Performance below basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Achieves above basic course standards Achieves highest standards of excellence An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade Form with the Registrar's Office that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor's signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course comple- Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. 0.0 1.0 Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a C. Maximum number of course credits taken P/N that may be applied to graduation is six course credits with a grade of Pass (P). 2.0 3.0 4.0 Numeric grades are used with these definitions: Numeric Grades In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned: Pass/No Credit Most courses are offered with grading options-traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation. EXPLANATION OF GRADES option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. All changes in grading option that are made after initial registration require the signature of an adviser or the instructor. Academic Information 79 Writing Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20 Music Therapy (B.S.). . . . . . . . . . . .17 Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: O Complete 32 course credits. Of these: of three. O Two different lifetime sports. O Achieve a Math Placement Group score .Modern Languages Critical Thinking Mathematics D Satisfy entry level skill requirements in: Augsburg Seminar (see page 98). (Sophomore transfer students are exempt from the Augsburg Seminar.) O Complete the fall orientation and All new freshmen and all freshman and sophomore transfer students must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): This quick-reference checklist is an abbreviated version of the general education curriculum requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the complete degree requirements that begin on page 72. Students are advised to read carefully the full graduation requirements and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for graduation are met. 80 Academic Information - One course with a Critical Thinking component Two courses with Writing components (one within the major) the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) O Complete courses designated to fulfill following perspective requirements-one course for each perspective. No more than three courses from the same department may be used to fulfill perspective requirements. Three Christian Faith Perspectives from different areas One City Perspective Two Western Heritage Perspectives, each from different departments One Human Identity Perspective One Aesthetic Perspective Two Social World Perspectives, each from different departments One Intercultural Awareness Perspective Two Natural World Perspectives, from different departments unless a yearlong sequence is taken (CHM 100 & 101; CHM 105 & 106; CHM 115 & 116; PHY 121 & 122; SCI 110 & 111) Cl Complete courses that fulfill the point average in major, minor, and in total courses completed. O Maintain minimum cumulative grade D Complete a major. Experience. O Complete at least one Augsburg All students are required to file a graduation application with the Registrafs Office one year prior to graduation. 0 Complete a major. Experience. One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component One course with a Speaking component Other maximums are described on page 73. 0 Complete at least one Augsburg Two Modem Language Skill courses, other than your native language One course with a Critical Thinking component One course with a Writing component within the major following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) 0 Complete courses that fulfill the One Natural World Perspective One Intercultural Awareness Perspective One Social World Perspective One Aesthetic Perspective One Human Identity Perspective One Western Heritage Perspective One City Perspective Two Christian Faith Perspectives (one Christian Faith Perspective for transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits) D Complete courses that fulfill the following perspective requirements: D Maintain minimum cumulative grade point average in major, minor, and in total courses completed. Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Music Therapy ( B . ) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . .20 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17 Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 No more than 13 courses may be from any one department, with the following exceptions: No more than three courses from the same department may be used to fulfill perspective requirements. 0 Complete 32 course credits. Of these: Ci Achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. 0 Two different lifetime sports. writing. 0 Satisfy entry level skill requirements in All transfer students (entering with 13 or more credits) must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component One course with a Speaking component Two Modem Language Skill Courses, other than your native language Academic Information 8 - A course in which a grade of 0,0.5, 1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned. tion. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student's program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. 12 Academic Information Seniors-24 course credits completed. Juniors-16 course credits completed. Sophomores-7 course credits completed. Students are classified when grades are posted at the end of each term. Classification *Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted.* The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: Grade Point Average Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time and Weekend College students is listed under Weekend College Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 27. The signature of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W. Auditing Courses Advanced Placement Program Test (AP)-The Advanced Placement Program Test may allow students who have scores of 3 , 4 , or 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Test to receive college credit for selected courses. A score of 4 or 5 is required on the AP Language and International Baccalaureate Program (IB)-Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate program will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts cumculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that comprise the academic program of a liberal arts college. The Assessment of Previous Learning program (APL) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM - The Portfolio Assessment Program-This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty team is composed of two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment should consult the Registrar's Office. In completing The Registrar approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis only, and there is a charge per exam of $400 for a full course credit. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. There is a departmental instrument available for the subject area in question. Departmental Comprehensive Exams-These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing centers for this area are the University of Minnesota and the University of St. Thomas.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the registrar's office and Academic Advising. Composition examination for credit for ENG 111 Effective Writing. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Registrar's Office. Academic Information 8 - Transcript credit will be recorded with the equivalent Augsburg course numbers as determined by faculty reviewers. Application of this credit toward the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, upper division requirements, and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses/credits of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is a non-refundable application deposit of $200 to initiate the credit assessment process for each course presented in a portfolio. An additional $200 is charged upon approval of each course. Credit is available on a P/N credit basis only. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed andlor systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria: 4 Academic Information All students whose native language is not English must stay enrolled in ENG 217/218 until such time that they pass the ESL placement test at 85 percent or higher. The ESL course can be counted only twice Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional ESL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to 100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. Students whose native language is not English must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test prior to registering for their first term at Augsburg. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101 Developmental Writing, or ENG 111 Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. English as a Second Language (ESL) Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning-While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the four assessment processes available in the APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams, departmental comprehensive exams, and credit granted through portfolio assessment. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Students placed on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if Students whose overall academic achievement falls below a 2.0 GPA will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore, junior, or senior who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, &missal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's cornrnitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation, with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. The College requires that all students maintain a 2.0 cumulative grade point average (GPA). ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION, AND DISMISSAL Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language skill requirement for graduation. in the total number of courses required for graduation. than 24 course credits than 16 course than 7 course credits The Dean's List, compiled after each semester, lists students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday schedule student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Courses taken outside of a program's calendar (e.g., crossover courses taken in a Weekend College trimester term by a day student or in a semester term by a weekend student) are not calculated when determining the Dean's List. If pennission is given by the student, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. Dean's List Senior -24 or more course credits Junior-fewer Sophomore-fewer credits Freshman-fewer Student class years are based on the number of courses completed: The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. .Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Academic Information 8 - Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the month of May Undergraduate students who will not have met degree requirements by the end of the spring term may qualify to participate in commencement iE (1) no more than three course creditshequirements will remain in their program at the end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for graduation who will complete summer or fall terms will be noted as such in the commencement program. In addition, candidates who will complete in summer or fall are required to sign a statement of understanding acknowledging remaining degree requirements in order to participate in commencement. A student will not graduate nor will a degree be conferred until all Qualification for Commencement Augsburg recognizes those students who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement as graduates of distinction. This designation replaces all previous college honors and applies to all students who complete degree requirements after Jan. 1, 2000. Students achieving Graduation with Distinction will have an overall GPA of 3.5 and will have completed an outstanding project as determined by the student's major department. To be eligible, a student must have at least 14 traditionally graded credits taken at Augsburg. Most departments offer graduation with distinction. For specific requirements, please contact the applicable department. To be considered for Graduation with Distinction, a student should consult with their major department no later than the fall semester of their junior year. Graduation with Distinction 36 Academic Information This program applies to students who enter the day school schedule as full-time freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter. New freshmen are assured that they will be able to graduate in four years-if they maintain continuous full-time enrollment for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA, and follow the Four-Year Assurance Program g u i d e l i n e ~ they r will receive the remaining required courses free of additional tuition. A few majors are excluded from this program. Contact Academic Advising for a list of eligible majors. Students must complete a formal Four-Year Assurance Degree Plan with the College before the end of their sophomore year (prior to completing 16 course credits) in order to qualify. Contact Academic Advising for details. FOUR-YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM Augsburg is approved by the state approving agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Enrollment Center about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. Veterans of Military Service graduation requirements are met, regardless of participation in commencement. Right to request amendment of education records--You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information -You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or compa- Right t o inspect and review education r e c o r d j o u have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. Your request should be submitted in writing at least one week prior to the date you wish to review your records. The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE - The student's participation in officially recognized activities and sports; The student's enrollment status (FTPT); The student's academic class level; The student's major field of study; The student's date and place of birth; The student's e-mail address; The student's telephone number; The student's address; The student's name; "Directory information" includes t h e following: Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. Right to withhold disclosure of "directory informationu-FERPA uses the term "Directory Information" to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. ny with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the Board of Trustees, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Academic Information 8; Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Office of the Registrar must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. If the notice is not received by the regismar prior to Sept. 15 (or within The student's photograph. The most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student; and The student's dates of attendance; The weight and height of members of athletic teams; The student's degrees and awards received; 8 Academic Information Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. Reporting Educational Information Right t o complain to FERPA Office--You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. S.W., Washington, D.C., 20202-4605, conceming Augsburg's failure to comply with FERPA. 10 school days of the start of a subsequent term for a new student), it will be assumed that all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current academic year. A new form for withholding disclosure must be completed each academic year. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors. Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered fall andlor spring terms unless otherwise indicated. The Schedule of Classes published each spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) lists offerings and locations for fall and spring terms. This information is also available on-line. A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required for laboratory work. Credits Descriptions and schedules for Summer Session, the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Social Work, the Master of Arts in Nursing, the Master of Arts in Education, and the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies courses are published in separate catalogs. A course schedule for all ACTC schools is available on-line through the web addresses published in the ACTC newspaper. They will contain the most accurate and up to date information. Since some courses are offered alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirements and course offerings with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Class Schedule Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirements for individual majors and minors follows the narrative. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, requirements, and evaluations for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses that make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Weekend College classes are published each spring in a separate booklet and online. 90 DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS - lnternship A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Prior to the beginning of the tendregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission to register. lnternship A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the beginning of the tendregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission to register. 399 3. A learning agreement (forms are available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning) must be completed with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning, with copies made for the faculty supervisor and student. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of registration. (Students may pre-register without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 1. Obtain the internship registration permission form from the Center for Service, Work, and Learning and secure the signatures of the faculty supervisor and director of the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Registration for internships consists of the following steps: INTERNSHIPS 199 Every department offers opportunities for internships and independent study. The course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all schedules. Refer to the current ACTC Joint Class Schedule or the Weekend College class schedule for information on when specific courses are offered. Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description as prerequisites. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval by the professor teaching the course. Prerequisites -- Departments and Programs 91 92 Independent StudyIResearch An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken. 499 See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES See listing under Business Administration. ACCOUNTING Directed Study An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken. 299 DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES -Departments and Programs Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn Bollman, Tara Christopherson, John McCaffrey Art Faculty A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity involves manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, graphic designer, architect, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. \ rt is important as a field of study for our time, helping us to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. A Art History Major Eight art or architectural history courses including: ART 240 Art History Survey ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art Two studio courses: ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing ART 118 Painting I or ART 221 Sculpture I The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure Major Studio Art Major Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations: ART 102 Design ART 107 Drawing One course in two-dimensional art from: ART 118 Painting I or ART 223 Printmaking I or ART 225 Graphic Design I or ART 360 Watercolor Painting One course in three-dimensional art from: ART 221 Sculpture I or ART 250 Ceramics I or ART 325 Fiber and Form Five additional studio arts courses ART 240 Art History Survey Two additional art history courses Studio majors must participate in at least one exhibit during their senior year. Eight art courses, including at least one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Certificate in Art Five art history courses including ART 240. Drawing Students will use traditional drawing media and will develop their ideas and skills with them. Emphasis is placed on foundational drawing concepts. ART 107 Introduction to Architectural Drawing This course develops basic skills involved in perceiving and representing the material environment through the study of sketching and drawing skills. Calligraphy I Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic or oil. ART 105 ART 106 ART 118 ART 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the depanment. STUDIO ART Design A study of design as the unifylng foundation for the visual arts. Two- and three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements and principles. ART 102 Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. W STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS Five courses including ART 240, ART 107, and three additional studio courses. Studio Art Minor Five courses including ART 105, ART 210, ART 243, ART 244 and ART 249 or 349. GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall, portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or research (art history majors) reflecting high quality work, and special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the senior year. Art History Minor Architecture Minor Departmental Honors 94 Art - Drawing for Design in Architecture Introduction to and exploration of the conceptual function of drawing in architecture. Exploration of the history of drawing in architecture, critical review of drawing conventions and systems, and examination of drawing processes as modes of perception and cognition. Design for New Media I Exploration of the fundamental techniques and technologies used in digital design. Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture and three-dimensional design in various media. Print Making I An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods are explored. Publication Design An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design, with emphasis on the computer. Theory and practice of coordinating visual imagery and typography for print publications using page layout software. Graphic Design I An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design using page layout software. Emphasis on designing with text and image. Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Calligraphy II Advanced work in calligraphic media and design. Design for New Media II Exploration of the latest technologies used in the theories and practice of animation, interactive programming, and advanced digital design. (Prereq.: ART 215 or instructor permission) Typography Study of the history, development, structures, and application of traditional and contemporary typography; exploring letterfonw using digital, hand-set type, and hand lettering. (Prereq.: Any ART course) Fiber and Form An introduction to hand papermaking and artist's books. Emphasis on exploration of fiber sources and book forms to create synthesis of original surface, text, image, and sequence. (Prereq.: Any ART course) ART 215 ART 221 ART 223 ART 224 ART 225 ART 250 ART 306 ART 315 ART 320 ART 325 $200-225. Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately ART 210 ART 132 - Art 95 Graphic Design II Advanced work in sculpture and three-dimensional design. (Prereq.: ART 221) Sculpture II Continued exploration of intaglio, relief, and monolunique methods. Use of larger formats, multiple plates, and an emphasis on color are encouraged. (Prereq.: ART 223) Print Making II Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. Watercolor Painting Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118) Painting II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250) Ceramics II Exploration of the creation of visual images using the computer as a paint brush, pencil, pen, and camera. Emphasis will be placed on visual communication and expression. (Prereq.: Any ART, MIS, or CSC course) Digital Imaging An advanced study of the graphic design of typography and visual imagery for print production using the computer. Includes identification of design problems and presentation to client. (Prereq.: ART 225) A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modem times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Art History Survey History of Architecture to 1750 History of architecture and city planning from antiquity since 1750, as illustrated by Western and non-Western examples. History of Architecture after 1750 History of architecture and city planning from antiquity to 1750, as illustrated by Western and non-Western examples. This course addresses the designed environment, the intentionally designed places in which we live. We will investigate architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design, both in class and in frequent site visits to prominent local examples of design excellence. (Prereq.: None for ART 249; ENG 111 and an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for ART 349) ART 2491349 The Designed Environment ART 244 ART 243 Note: The following courses are oflered intermittently, usually two or three sections per year ART 240 ART AND ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY ART 478 ART 368 ART 360 ART 355 ART 351 ART 340 ART 330 96 Art - A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture, and folk arts. American Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111) 19th- and 20th-Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Renaissance and Baroque Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Medieval Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D. Prehistoric and Ancient Art The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design. Scandinavian Arts A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the "mditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Women and Art The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket-making, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. Tribal Arts and Culture See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship See listing under East Asian Studies. ASIANSTUDIES ART 499 ART 399 ART 299 ART 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: ART 389 ART 388 ART 387 ART 386 ART 385 ART 382 ART 352 ART 290 - Art 97 T AUC 101 All freshman students must successfully complete the entire eight-week Augsburg Seminar in order to fulfill the graduation requirement, even if they drop the linked content course. Permission to complete the seminar after withdrawal from the content course is at the discretion of the instructor. Augsburg Seminar (.25 course) A series of fall-tern meetings with an Augsburg seminar adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon topics and readings from the connected content course and other disciplines and sources. (P/N grading only) At registration, all first-year students in the day program enroll in a selected content course, such as Effective Writing and a parallel Augsburg Seminar. These 'linked' courses integrate disciplinary content with various learning strategies and communitybuilding opportunities beneficial to all beginning students. Augsburg Seminar he initial months after entering college as a first-year student are an exciting period of change. The faculty and staff wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students and to help them become part of this academic community. Through the summer orientation program, the fall orientation weekend, and the Augsburg Seminar, students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban, liberal arts college of the Church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being students. The content course usually meets three hours per week for the entire semester and is valued at 1.0 course credit, and the Augsburg Seminar meets once a week for 8 weeks for .25 course credit. The Augsburg Seminar offers the opportunity for further discussion of topics from the paired content course, along with presentations on campus life, academic resources and study skills, and a hands-on introduction to the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. While the content course is graded on a traditional point basis, the Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No credit (P/N). However, performance in the course is linked to performance in the seminar. B Dale Pederson (Chair), Karen Ballen, William Capman, Robert Herforth, Esther ~c~au~hlin Biology Faculty For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves as a basis for further study Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to careers in college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public health. Many have entered professional programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have gone directly into secondary education, biomedical industries, laboratory research, natural resources, and environmental education. An understanding of biological systems depends, in part, on the principles of physics and chemistry; thus a firm background in the physical sciences is also important in the study of biology. In recent decades great strides have been made in understandmg important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans, including advances in medicine, agriculture, and food science. iology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the Earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understanhng of the basic biological processes common to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. or CHM 351/352 Organic Chemistry A semester course in organic chemistry or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry CHM 1051106 Principles of Chemistry Required Supporting Courses BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is required of all juniors and seniors. The ninth course may be any of the upper division biology courses listed above or BIO 340 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys. BIO 367 Biochemistry BIO 476 Microbiology 5. 4. BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 474 Developmental Biology 3. B10 355 Genetics BIO 481 Ecology BIO 361 Plant Biology BIO 440 Plant Physiology 2. 1. BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology B10 353 Comparative Vertebrate Morphology BIO 473 Animal Physiology and at least one from each of the five following groups: B10 113 Introductory Organismal Biology B10 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology B10 215 Introductory Cellular Biology Nine courses including: Major - A course in general chemistry and five biology courses including BIO 113, 114, 215, and two upper division courses. Minor GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, one course of approved independent study with both oral and poster presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year or Feb. 28 in the case of students planning to graduate in the following December. Departmental Honors A GPA of 3.7 in biology and 3.5 overall. An original research project on a significant topic in biology with both oral and poster presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year or Feb. 28 in the case of students planning to graduate in the following December. Graduation with Distinction All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. No more than two upper division courses from other institutions may be applied toward the major. Transfer course policy for majors and minors or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics or MAT 145 Calculus I or h4AT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences MAT 114 Precalculus or PHY 121/122 General Physics PHY 116 Introduction to Physics 100 Biology The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should Teaching Licensure Major Graduate programs in biological fields require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require undergraduate research experience. Health care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed with an adviser in the department. Graduate and Professional Training Students should consult members of the biology faculty for information specific to medical school application. Pre-medical students should include a two-semester sequence in physics and a two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require two semesters of calculus. Biology for Pre-Medical Students In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the biology faculty. Biology majors must have an adviser in the biology department. BIO 113 and 114 and Principles of Chemistry (or General Chemistry) should be taken in the first year, and BIO 215 and Organic Chemistry in the second year. Students should complete their math requirements early in their college careers. A GPA of 2.0 for BIO 113, 114, and 215 is a prerequisite for enrollment in upper division biology courses. A grade of 2.0 or above is required for all upper division courses applied toward the major. Natural Science I The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry. Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3) Natural Science II The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110) Human Biology An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective. Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, organ systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three one-hour lectures. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor) Human Anatomy and Physiology A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) Biology and Society The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (WEC only Three one-hour lectures. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) SCI 111 BIO 101 BIO 102 BIO 103 BIO 105 The department works with the Office of Cooperative Education in identifying and defining co-op ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. Cooperative Education to those students who bave completed at least one upper division biology course and have a GPA of 3.0 in biology. SCI 110 Membership in the Augsburg Chapter of this national biology honor society is open Beta Beta Beta consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to idenbfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. All upper division biology requirements for secondary licensure must be completed before beginning student teaching. - Biology 101 BIO 369 BIO 361 BIO 355 BIO 353 BIO 351 BIO 215 BIO 185 BIO 114 BIO 113 lntroductory Organismal Biology An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermedialy metabolism and its integration. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall) Biochemistry of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Spring) A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study Plant Biology Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three onehour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215 and junior standing. Spring) Genetics Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology of the vertebrate. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: B10 113, 114. Spring) Comparative Vertebrate Morphology A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall: alternate years) Invertebrate Zoology Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352, or concurrent registration in CHM 223 or CHM 351. Fall) Introductory Cellular Biology At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. Does not apply to the major or minor. (WEC only) The Biology of Aging Second of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to cellular functioning, metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO 113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Spring) lntroductory Cenetics, Evolution, and Ecology First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to organismal biology for science majors, including diversity, physiology, and structure. B10 113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq: MPG 3 or concurrent registration in MAT 105, concurrent registration in CHM 105/115. Fall) Plant Physiology A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring) Seminar (0.0 course) A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratoly, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG 4 or MAT 122 or MAT 163. Fall) Ecology An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial, and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laborator. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 351, junior standing. Spring) Microbiology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring) Developmental Biology A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory perception aswell as neural and hormonal control of these functions, empha-sizing vertebrates. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratoly. Prereq.: BIO 215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor. Fall) Animal Physiology An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratoly. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall) Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to structure and life histoly. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years) BIO 499 BIO 399 BIO 299 BIO 199 See description on page 92. (Prereq.: B10 215. P/N only) Independent Study/Research See description on page 91. (Prereq.: B10 215. P/N only) Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. (Prereq.: B10 113, 114. P/N only) Internship Internships and lndependent Study Courses: BIO 491 BIO 481 BIO 476 BIO 474 BIO 473 BIO 471 BIO 440 - Biology 103 John C. Cemto (Chair), Nora M. Braun, C. Lee Clarke, Jay Dobberstein, Amin E. Kader (International Business Coordinator), Ashok K. Kapoor (Finance Coordinator),Jim Kattke, Steven J. LaFave (Accounting Coordinator), Lori L. Lohman (Marketing Coordinator), Fekri Meziou, Thomas Morgan, Magdalena M. PalecznyZapp (Management Coordinator), Milo A. Schield, David G. Schwain, Kathryn A. Schwalbe (MIS Coordinator), Stuart M. Stoller Faculty The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based, and socially aware. ur mission is to prepare students for professional careers in business or for graduate studies. This preparation involves a cumculum that stresses analysis and communication, emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community The department fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects. 0 BUS, ACC, MIS, MKT To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 73), students must avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-course lirmt per academic department (14 courses for accounting majors). Courses designated as ACC, BUS, MIS, and MKT are considered as being in the same academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular Graduation Requirements Certificate programs in the Department of Business Administration are designed to meet the needs of working people looking for specific skills to help them in their job, or to pursue a new career. The Department offers certificates in information technology, business management, and business finance through the Weekend College program. Certificate Programs Within the business administration major there are three specializations: management, finance, and international business. Within the accounting major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and managerial accounting. Specializations The Department of Business Administration offers four majors: business administration (BUS), accounting (ACC), management information systems (MIS), and marketing (MKT). Majors Students who plan to major in business administration, accounting, MIS, or marketing are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors on their careers, assist majors in obtaining internships or jobs, and provide letters of recommendation for prospective employers or graduate programs. Advising Transfer students must complete at least four of the upper division courses required in the major at Augsburg or obtain an exemption from the department. Transfer courses must be approved by the department. Courses taken more than 10 years ago will not be accepted. Transfer Students combination of major and minor may require students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Exceptions are noted in the major. t Non-business majors are encouraged to take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship The international business faculty actively support international study For additional details, see the section on International Partners under International Studies in this catalog, or consult the departmental coordinator for international business or other overseas opportunities. International Business Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Center for Service, Work, and Learning and department faculty to obtain an internship (BUS/ACWMIS/MKT 399) during their junior or senior year. Although an internship counts as part of the 13 courses allowed in the major, students may petition for an exception. An internship may satisfy the The City Perspective if taken in conjunction with GST 209. Internships can provide students with experience that may be valuable in competing for jobs after graduation. Advisers should be consulted about internships. Internships Business Administration 10: T Specialization in Finance Business core plus 4 courses: ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I Specialization in Management Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Strategic Management BUS 465 International Management MIS 376 Project Management or ECO 318 Management Science Business Core 10 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business or MIS 370 Data Management for Business ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management MKT 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law or PHI 300 Business Law and Ethics BUS 331 Financial Management he major in business administration prepares students for professional careers in business administration or for graduate studies. The three specializations within this major share a common business core. This common core provides students with a broad foundation so they can readily adapt to internal changes in interests and goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities. the following: Public Finance Intermediate Macroeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Money and Banking Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Investment Theory 11 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics and one other upper division economics course ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management MKT 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or BUS 331Financial Management Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be waived for international students. Contact the international business coordinator for details on language equivalents or other configurations. and one additional upper division course in either international business or international economics. Specialization in International Business Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management MKT 466 International Marketing and one of EC0 3 11 ECO 312 ECO 313 ECO 315 BUS 479 BUS 438 BUS 433 The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is also offered as MUS 105. Personal Finance Introduction to personal financial planning and budgeting, credit management, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investments, retirement and estate planning. Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. Entrepreneurship The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this idea successfully Examines the construction of a viable business plan with attention to the resources needed for success. Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 214 BUS 242 BUS 254 BUS 295 Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives in international economics. Minor in International Business Six courses including: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or MKT 252, and three courses in international business (one may be in international economics). This minor is automatically completed while completing a major in accounting, MIS or marketing. Minor in Business Administration Six courses including: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242, MKT 252, BUS 331 or BUS 379. Other configurations may be permitted with the approval of the department chair. BUS 105 To quai*, a major must have a 3.7 GPA in the major, a 3.5 GPA overall, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project. Departmental Honors To qual*, a major must have a 3.5 GPA, must be an Honors Program senior who qualifies for Graduation with Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project. Graduation with Distinction and one other upper division business administration, accounting, MIS or marketing course. - Business Administration 10 - - BUS 433 BUS 424 BUS 379 BUS 368 BUS 362 BUS 340 BUS 331 BUS 301 This course includes readings and case discussions on markets, financial strategy, capital structure and payout policies, raising capital, risk management, corporate restructuring, and corporate governance. (Prereq: Bus 331) Financial Theory: Policy and Practice To incorporate and learn the techniques of creatinga controlled and effective management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113; ACC 221, 222; BUS 242, 331, 379; MIS 175, MKT 252) Internal Audit and Management Consulting An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 360 or 370 and either MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171. WEC-Additional three-hour sessions are required, usually on a weekday evening.) Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) Responding to the Challenge of Japan This course views international business from a global perspective, including views of the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each topic is supported with real-life case studies (Pre-req.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or MKT 252, consent of instructor) International Business Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) Human Resource Management This course includes Financial Statement Analysis, Risk and Return, Security Valuation, Capital Budgeting, Capital Structure and Working Capital Management. (Prereq: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3) Financial Management Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Business Law (See Department of Philosophy for course description) BUSIPHI 300 Business Law and Ethics 08 Business Administration Investment Theory Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Topics Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: BUS 379. Fall: evening) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and the board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders. (Pre-req.: BUS 242) International Management Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242) Strategic Management Analyzes exposure to accidental loss-its identification, measurement, and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and BUS 379) Risk Management and Insurance This is an introduction to investment decision making and portfolio management theory and practice. Other topics include Valuation principles and practices, risk and return analysis, and derivatives. (Pre-req: Bus 331) BUS 499 BUS 399 BUS 299 BUS 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: BUS 495 BUS 479 BUS 465 BUS 440 BUS 439 BUS 438 Business Administration lo Effective May 2006, students will need to complete the equivalent of 150 semester hours of education to be licensed as Certified Public Accountants (CPAs). This can be completed in four years through accelerated undergraduate work. Another option is to complete a four-year Bachelors degree plus a Masters degree. The two professional specializations relate to two professional designations: the CPA and the CMA. A certified public accountant (CPA) focuses on external reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting. The public accounting specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CPA exam; the managerial specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national exam. Under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy, accounting majors in the public accounting specialization are qualified to sit for the CPA examination after graduation. T h e major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide variety of accounting-related positions. This major has two tracks: general accounting and professional accounting. The general accounting specialization is adequate for a wide variety of positions. The professional accounting track includes two specializations: public accounting and managerial accounting. The public accounting specialization is recommended for positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions with large or rapidlygrowing companies. Specialization in Managerial Accounting Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal Audit and Management Consulting and MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization. (Exception to 13course limit) Specialization in Public Accounting Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing. (Exception to 13-course limit) Specialization in General Accounting No additional courses required. Students are encouraged to take the courses in the sequence given above. Accounting Core ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business or MIS 370 Data Management for Business BUS 242 Principles of Management MKT 252 Principles of Marketing ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law or PHI 300 Business Law and Ethics BUS 331 Financial Management ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting ACC 425 Advanced Accounting ACC 326 ACC 324 ACC 323 ACC 322 ACC 295 ACC 222 ACC 221 Minor in Accounting This minor is recommended for majors in MIS and finance. Six ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC 322,323 and one of the following: MIS 175, BUS 379, ECO 112, or 113. The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) Tax Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 379, MKT 252, or consent of instructor) Managerial Cost Accounting A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322) Accounting Theory and Practice II An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) Accounting Theory and Practice I Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Topics A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221) Principles of Accounting II Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements. Principles of Accounting I GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the department chair. Departmental Honors Accountinq 1 Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Topics Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323) Advanced Accounting To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242,331, 379, MIS 175 or 360 or 370, MKT 252) Internal Audit and Management Consulting Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the C P k role to form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323) Auditing ACC 499 ACC 399 ACC 299 ACC 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. Internship Internships and Independent Study Courses: ACC 495 ACC 425 ACC 424 ACC 423 12 Accounting - A. 12 courses in business, accounting, marketing, and MIS: BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 33 1 Financial Management BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 MKT 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business MIS 370 Data Management for Business MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization MIS 376 Project Management MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Management Information Systems Major he major in management infonnation systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and includes courses from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, accounting, and marketing as well as from MIS. If students have a weak computer background, they should also take MIS 175 for the major. T To qualify, a major must have a 3.5 GPA, must be an Honors Program senior who qualifies for Graduation with Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project. Graduation with Distinction GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall, complete a scholarly paper or paper from a substantial work of applied consulting, and present the final paper. Interested juniors or seniors should contact their department adviser. Honors Major Note: Completion of MIS 360 or MIS 370 satisfies any requirement for MIS 175. Seven courses including: MIS 175, ACC 221, BUS 242 or MKT 252, MIS 360 or 370, MIS 375, ECO 113, and one of the following: MIS 376 or ECO 318. Minor in MIS B. Four required supporting courses: ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science (co-requirement MAT 171) CSC 170 Structured Programming or CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications MAT 171 Discrete Math for Computing (co-requirement for CSC 160) MIS 376 MIS 375 MIS 370 MIS 360 MIS 295 MIS 175 14 MIS - Principles of Computing for Business Develops project management skills needed to initiate, plan, execute, control, and close projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242, and either MIS 175,360, or 370) Project Management Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational objectives. Topics include strategic planning and uses of information systems, business process analysis, and understanding of the technology architecture. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or MKT 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,360,370, or CSC 160) Management Information Systems in the Organization This course applies database management systems software capabilities to support the design and implementation of databases and related applications for the purpose of business data management. Students will write, test, and debug event-driven code in developing relational database applications. Students will also learn the fundamentals of multi-user data management in network and web environments. (Prereq.: MPG3, CSC 160, and MIS 175 or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 370 satisfies any requirement for MIS 175) Data Management for Business This course applies advanced software capabilities like macros, Solver and Scenario Manager in Microsoft Excel as well as other simulation and decision support tools for problem solving in business through the use of realistic business cases. (Prereq.: MPG 3, MIS 175 or CSC 160 or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 360 satisfies any requirement for MIS 175) Problem Solving for Business Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems. Topics An introductoly course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel, Access, Powerpoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a strong computer background should take MIS 360 or 370 instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Systems Analysis and Design Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Topics Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 370, 375, 376, and 475) Information Systems Projects Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.: MIS 375,376, and either MIS 370 or CSC 352. Note: MIS 376 may be taken concurrently with MIS 475) MIS 499 MIS 399 MIS 299 MIS 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: MIS 495 MIS 476 MIS 475 - MIS 11: T Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions. Consumer Behavior Consumer behavior theories and principles as they apply to the consumer decision-makingprocess. Impact of attitudes, values, personality, and rnotivation on individual decision processes. Analysis of cultural, ethnic, social class, family, and purchase situation influences. Application to everyday purchasing situations. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making. Emphasis on development of research proposal, methodology, and collection and analysis of data. (Prereq.: MKT 252, BUS 379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) MKT 350 MKT 352 6 courses including MKT 352 Marketing Research/Analysis MKT 450 Marketing Management MKT 466 International Marketing INS 325 Building Working Relationships MKT 350 Consumer Behavior or MKT 354 Sales Management MKT 355 Marketing Communications or MKT 357 Advertising B. Required Marketing Courses MKT 252 10 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics A. Business Administration Core Requirements Marketing Major he marketing major prepares students for professional careers in a wide variety of marketing functions within both business and not-for-profit organizations. Career avenues include marketing research, product management, marketing communications (e.g., advertising, public relations, sales promotion), and sales. Marketing courses focus on integrating both theory and practical applications, with an emphasis on hands-on projects. In addition, a unique course in the major, "Building Working Relationships," provides an opportunity for students to examine interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships. Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Business Law and Ethics Financial Management Principles of Computing for Business or MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business or MIS 370 Data Management for Business BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ACC 221 ACC 222 BUS 242 MKT 252 PHI 300 BUS 331 MIS 175 Sales Management Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Topics This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: MKT 252.) International Marketing Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term planning issues; development and implementation of marketing plans. (Prereq.: MKT 252, MKT 352, MKT 355 or 357, or consent of instructor) Marketing Management An introduction to print, broadcast, and Web-based advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. Advertising Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: MKT 252) Note: Either MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. Marketing Communications Formulation, implementation, evaluation and control of sales force programs designed to carry out marketing objectives. Management of sales force recruitment, departmental structure, training, motivation, territory allocation, quotas and compensation. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor) MKT 499 MKT 399 MKT 299 MKT 199 See description on page 92. Independent Study/Research See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: MKT 495 MKT 466 MKT 450 MKT 357 MKT 355 MKT 354 - Marketing 111 c *To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. *To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists: The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both truly human and truly scientific. Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their work, including potential problems as well as benefits. hemistry is the science that examines and works toward understanding changes in matter. Chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world, such as the things we use, the food we eat, and even ourselves. Correlating the insights of chemistry with physics, mathematics, and molecular biology opens vistas that excite and offer opportunities to better the entire world. and two additional courses from: CHM 364 Physical Chemistry I1 CHM 367 Properties of Polymers Graduation Major in Chemistry CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1 or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemishy I, I1 CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, I1 CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters) BACHELOR OF ARTS Sandra L. Olmsted (Chair), Ron L. Fedie, Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan C. Kunz Chemistry Faculty *To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world, and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. *To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to integrate outside study areas with the sciences. *To provide an atmosphere of leamhg so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. 12 courses including: CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1 or CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry I, I1 CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, I1 American Chemical Society Approved Major BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Pre-medical students should plan to take at least three courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Chemistry for Pre-Medical Students The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of b s catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure in Physical Science Because upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. General Physics I, I1 Calculus I, I1 Advanced Organic Chemistry Advanced Analytical Chemistry Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Principles of Medicinal Chemistry Biochemistry Also required: PHY 121, 122 MAT 145, 146 BIO 367 CHM 464 CHM 481 CHM 482 CHM 470 Overall GPA of 3.5 or higher, and completion of an approved research project in the junior or senior year. Graduation with Distinction in Chemistry Also required are: CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four semesters) MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, 11,111 PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1 (should be taken in sophomore year) Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, reading ability in German, and computer proficiency One course from: CHM 367 Properties of Polymers CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal Chemistry CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory I CHM 364, 365 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory 11 CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Note: credit will not be granted for both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the course descriptions. Minor Five courses that must include: CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM 351,352, and CHM 353. Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in seminar. Departmental Honors - Chemistry 11! CHM 115 CHM 106 CHM 105 CHM 101 CHM 100 SCI 111 SCI 110 An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 3. Fall) General Chemistry I CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring) Principles of Chemistry II Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change, chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall) Principles of Chemistry I Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistly courses. (Prereq.: CHM 100, MPG 3. Spring) Chemistry for Changing Times II Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall) Chemistry for Changing Times I The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratoly. Prereq.: SCI 110) Natural Science II The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry. Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3 ) Natural Science I Any course taken as a prerequisite for another course, including the first course in a two-term sequence, must be completed with a grade of P, or 2.0 or higher. 20 Chemistry - General Chemistry II A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring) Physical Chemistry II CHM 364 Properties of Polymers CHM 367 Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring, alternate years) Physical Chemistry Laboratory 11 (.5 course) CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring) CHM 365 Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring) Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 (.5 course) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration and ENG 111) Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall) Physical Chemistry I Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall) Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 363 CHM 361 CHM 353 Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relationships, and reaction mechanisms. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352) CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, II CHM 116 Chemistry 12 CHM 497 CHM 495 CHM 491 CHM 482 CHM 481 CHM 470 CHM 464 - (.O course) Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) Introduction to Chemistry Research Study of a specific area building upon inorganic, analytical, physical, and organic chemistry. Topics in Chemistry This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. Chemistry Seminar Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall) Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) Advanced Analytical Chemistry Medicinal chemistry examines the organic chemistry of drug design and drug action. Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological membranes, absorption, distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship between structure and activity; molecular recognition process in drug-receptor interactions; enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic pathways by which drugs are detoxified. Also studied are the concepts used in the design of therapeutic substances. (Prereq.: CHM 352. BIO 367 is recommended. Spring, alternate years) Principles of Medicinal Chemistry Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (~hreehours of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge of German is helpful. Fall) Advanced Organic Chemistry 22 Chemistry - Directed Study See description on page 92. Internship See description on page 91 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) CHM 299 CHM 399 CHM 499 he Augsburg computer science department strives to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks, communications, and the use of computers as an information access tool. The coursework provides students a strong base in computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We encourage students to strengthen their coursework by electing an internship or cooperative education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us with an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education. T 12 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization Computer Science Major BACHELOR OF ARTS . Charles Sheaffer (Chair), Lany Crockett, Jim Moen, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland, Karen Sutherland Computer Science Faculty See listing under Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. lnternship See description on page 91 CHM 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: - Two courses from: MAT 245 Calculus 111 MAT 246 Linear Algebra MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations 16 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 450 Programming Languages and Compilers I CSC 451 Programming Languages and Compilers I1 PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 Computer Science Major BACHELOR OF SCIENCE At least one elective must be an upper division course. and two electives from CSC courses above 200 at least one of which is above 300 PHY 261 Electronics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design. MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics Programming Languages and Compilers I CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and Compilers I1 PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory MAT 114 Precalculus (or MPG 4) MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for Computing (recommended) or MAT 145 Calculus I CSC 450 !24 Computer Science 13 courses including: MAT 145 Calculus I or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications or CSC 320 Algorithms or CSC 352 Database Management and Design CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics Major in Computational Economics Coordinators Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics, Lany Ragland, Department of Computer Science The computational economics major has been designed to serve students with need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major requires six courses from computer science and six from economics with a required capstone independent study. Students interested in this major should consult with the faculty in computer science, in economics, or one of the coordinators. Computational Economics At least two electives must be upper division courses. and three electives from: CSC courses above 200 PHY 261 Electronics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures (recommended) CSC 160 Prerequisites: A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a computer science course. Six courses including CSC 160, 170, 210,345; and one upper division computer science course, and one of MAT 171 or MAT 145. Computer Science Minor GPA of 3.5 in computer science and mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an independent study project. Departmental Honors One upper division elective in philosophy Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I1 PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Early Modem and 19th Century Philosophy PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV Twentieth Century Philosophy PHI 365 Philosophy of Science PHI 385 Introduction to Fonnal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science CSC 373 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, and the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3) 14 courses including: MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for Computing or MAT 145 Calculus I CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Smctures CSC 320 Algorithms Major in Computational Philosophy Coordinators David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy, Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer Science Computational Philosophy emphasizes areas of interest in which philosophy and computer science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The major requires six courses from computer science and seven from philosophy with a required capstone topics course. Students interested in this major should consult with the faculty in computer science, in philosophy, or one of the coordinators. Computational Philosophy ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 318 Management Science ECO 315 Money and Banking or ECO 415 Managerial Economics CSC 499 Independent Study or ECO 499 Independent Study Computer Science 12 - CSC 352 csc 345 CSC 320 CSC 273 CSC 272 CSC 270 CSC 240 csc 210 CSC 170 Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210) Database Management and Design An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210) Principles of Computer Organization and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171) A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching Algorithms Study of an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem-solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Intended especially for non-majors. Offered concurrently with CSC 373. (Prereq.: None) Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) UNIX and C Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) FORTRAN Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3) Introduction to Networking and Communications Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171) Data Structures A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3; MAT 171 recommended) Structured Programming 126 Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Advanced Topics in Computer Science Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC 345, CSC 450, and PHI 385) Programming Languages and Compilers II Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.: CSC 320 and PHI 385 or concurrently) Programming Languages and Compilers I Network management; client/server databases and workstations; TCPAP and other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 340 and 345) Advanced Networking and Operating Systems Robot components, robotic paradigms, mobile robots, task planning, sensing, sensor fusion, basic control concepts. (Prereq.: CSC 210) Introduction to Al Robotics Continuation of CSC 273, and offered concurrently with CSC 273. Majors who have taken CSC 210 should register for CSC 373. (Prereq.: CSC 210 or 273) Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme II CSC 499 CSC 399 CSC 299 CSC 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: CSC 495 CSC 451 CSC 450 CSC 440 CSC 431 CSC 373 Computer Science 12 Martha Johnson, Director East Asian Studies Faculty Career opportunities for those who attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian studies include government service, international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts, and intercultural communication. The major provides a foundation for graduate work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international relations, business, law, political science, sociology, and theatre. This major is also recommended for those interested in education and work with social and recreational agencies. major in East Asian studies is offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program that is available as a result of the cooperation and cross-registration possibilities among Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, The College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas. The program pools the resources and expertise within the five institutions. This major enables students to acquire a broad knowledge of Japan, China, and other East Asian nations, and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country. A Hamline University offers elementary and intermediate courses in Chinese. Macalester College and the University of St. Thomas offer elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese languages (without extra tuition charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors may also take the Chinese and Japanese language courses. Language Courses Study abroad opportunities for the semester or a year are available in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, and the People's Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization. Nine courses are required for the major. Courses in the major must be preapproved by the campus adviser and are distributed as follows: four courses in an East Asian language; four additional courses, two of which must be upper division (strongly recommended that one of these be a history course on China or Japan); and an East Asian studies seminar. A term of study abroad and the completion of a minor in another discipline are strongly recommended. Major in East Asian Studies Each campus has a member on the ACTC East Asian studies committee who can assist students. The current advisers are: Augsburg-Martha Johnson, 612-330-1715; Hamline-Richard Kagan, 651-641-2433; Macalester-Yue-him Tam, 651-696-6262; St. Catherine-Helen Humeston, 651-690-6651; St. ThomasYoung-Ok An, 651-962-5621. Note: Interim courses or new courses related to the East Asian Studies Program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty advising is recommended at all stages of the major to plan a coherent and effective program. Five courses, no more than two of which may be in the language. Courses in the minor must be pre-approved by the campus adviser. A minor in East Asian studies provides exposure to an area of East Asia that would complement other disciplines. Minor in East Asian Studies - Responding to the Challenge of Japan Topics: Introduction to AsianAmerican Literature The Modem Non-Western World Asian Philosophy Understanding Asian America Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy History of Religions Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre Students may also take independent studies (299,499) or topics courses relating to East Asian studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and approval of program director. REL 356 THR 245 PHI 355 POL 282 POL 363 HIS 104 ENG 282 BUS 368 Approved Augsburg College courses for the East Asian Studies Program (consult program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): East Asian Studies 12 T Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, management infor- The study of economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to analyze and make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership and leads to a great diversity of career opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, private and public international service. Pre-law and potential Master of Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider economics as a major or a minor. The department offers five majors. The economics major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in the business world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into the rapidly growing computer science field. The combined economics/business administration major allows students great flexibility in order to explore both fields. Finally, the teaching major in political sciencdeconomics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid background for teaching economics. he Department of Economics offers a program that stresses a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis, and an emphasis on national and international issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts emphasis within the major. and three other upper division courses also required: MIS 175 F'rinaples of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MAT 114 Elementary Functions Finite Mathematics or MAT 121 Calculus for the Social or MAT 122 and Behavioral Sciences Major in Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Keith Gilsdorf, Stella Hofrenning Economics Faculty Internships are recommended. Students must consult with the department chair and the internship office before registering for academic credit. mation systems, political science, histoly, and area study programs. Students who are interested in any type of quantitatively oriented graduate program in economics or in business are encouraged to either major or minor in mathematics. These students should also take courses in computer science. Consult an adviser for specific course suggestions. and one other upper division business course. and one other upper division economics course, and six accountinglbusiness administration/MIS courses including: ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics In addition to the courses listed on the following pages, these topics have been offered under ECO 295 or 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, Decision-Making With Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy, Economics of Mutual Funds, and Health Economics. Note: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study Five economics courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics See Computer Science, page 124. Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration Minor in Economics GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Departmental Honors See Political Science, page 229. Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teacher Licensure Major ECO 112, 113,312,313, and one additional economics upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted with the approval of the department chair. Major in Computational Economics Major in Applied Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics EC0 311 Public Finance or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 360 International Economics EC03 18 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Economics ECO 413 Labor Economics ECO 399 Internship Program or ECO 499 Independent Study MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI120 Ethics or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity Economics 131 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic tools, e.g., crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, or MIS.) Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2 ) Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2) Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years) lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall) Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring) ECO 110 ECO 112 ECO 113 ECO 295 ECO 31 1 ECO 312 ECO 313 132 Economics Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall: alternate years) Comparative Economic Systems This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand) Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall) International Economics A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments, exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring: alternate years) Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. On demand) Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) ECO 315 ECO 317 ECO 318 ECO 360 ECO 365 ECO 413 ECO 414 Economics 13 - Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. Topics ECO 499 ECO 399 ECO 299 ECO 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. (Prereq.: Completion of 50 percent of major or consent of instructor) lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: ECO 495 134 Economics Students in all degree andlor licensure programs must apply for acceptance into the education department prior to begin- Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level licensure option will be available in weekend format to those already holding a B.A. degree. Graduate courses taken for licensure can be applied to a Master of Art in Education degree. Contact the Education Department for information. Degree and/or licensure programs are available in both weekday and weekend formats. Weekend College degree and licensure programs are limited to elementary, communication artdliterature, social studies, and visual arts. Additional teaching majors are available through the weekday program and open to weekday and weekend students who can take courses on a weekday schedule. All prerequisite, elementary core, and professional education courses except field work and student teaching are available on a weekend or weekday late aftemoonlevening schedule. Fieldwork and student teaching must be completed during regular weekday hours. All students must have some time available each term for field experiences. he Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education programs that are accredited by the Minnesota Board of Teaching and National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). These programs lead to recommendation for licensure to the State of Minnesota for elementary (grades K-8),secondary (grades 5-12) in biology, chemistry, communication arts~literature, health, mathematics, physics, and social studies, and K-12 licenses in visual art, health, physical education, music, and dancdtheatre, and special education: E/BD. T Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher licensure were implemented in the fall of 2000. Students who entered the College under a previous catalog and who will complete their licensure after August 31, Selected education department students may participate in an international student teaching abroad program. Those interested in further information should contact the education department at least one year prior to student teaching. Students who teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Twin Cities area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Student Teaching Abroad All students are expected to obtain an education department adviser at the outset of coursework. All students are expected to become knowledgeable of programs and follow through with department policies. Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the education department. The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education and education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also offers a special education minor which is described at the end of this section after course listings. ning 300-400 level courses. State law requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS I exam prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. Criteria for acceptance into the education department are available in the department. Students complete a semester of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs. State law requires passing three exams prior to recommendation for licensure: PPST, Principles of Learning and Teaching Test, and a subject matter test. - Non-departmental core courses (requirements subject to change-see Education Department for most current list): ENG 111 Effective Writing HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) INS 105 Intro. to American Indian Studies or INS 260 Contemporary American Indians (IA 1) MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts ( W C T ) (if math specialty area: MAT 331) MAT 132 Numeracy for Contemporary Society (QR) (if math: MAT 122 or 145) PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or PHY 116 Introduction to Physics (NW l), (if science specialty area: PHY 116) PHY 114 Earth Science for Elementary Teachers (If science specialty area: PHY 116 and geology) BIO 102 The Biology World (NW 2) Elementary education majors are required to complete the following nonmajor and major courses. To be licensed hey must also complete an approved middle school specialty area and student teaching. Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 2003 must comply with the new program. No one will be licensed under programs described in previous catalogs after August 31, 2003. 136 Education Student Teaching Block EDC 481,483,485 Student Teaching (3.0) Student teaching is completed for licensure. It is not part of the major in elementary education. (S) Capstone Block EDC 410 Special Needs Learners EDC 480 School and Societv (WlISW) Methods Block I1 EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25) EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25) EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social StudiestThematic Studies (.5) EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5) Methods Block I EED 310 K-6 Methods: Health/PE (.5) EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language ArtsIChildren's Literature Foundations Block I1 (courses beyond this point require admissions to the department) EDC 3 10 Learning and Development (HI) Foundations Block I EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (C) EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) Major Courses Vicki Olson (chair), Joy Bartlett, Joseph Erickson, Jeanine Gregoire, Gretchen Irvine, Mary Jacobson, Anne Kaufman, Lynn Lindoy Susan O'Connor, Ron Petrich, Linda Stevens, Barbara West Education Faculty Licensure requirements in the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College education department licensure program. These requirements are: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an approved teaching area, and completion of an approved licensure program. t is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the education department and the subject area major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisers in both their subject area major and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, biology, chemistry, communication artditerature, dance/theatre, health, mathematics, music, physical education, physics, and social studies. A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in the major, 2.0 in the specialty area, and grades of P in student teaching courses are required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, specialty, and education major courses. The equivalent of two full courses graded P/N, plus student Under new licensure rules, the state of Minnesota will require middle school specialty areas as a part of all elementary teacher licenses. Teachers will be able to teach at the middle school level in their specialty area. Students must complete a coursework program in one of the following areas: communication artshterature, mathematics, science, or social studies. See Education Department for specific courses required in each area. Methods Block I ESE 300 ReadingMriting in the Content Area Foundations Block I1 (Courses beyond this point require admission to the education department.) EDC 310 Learning and Development (HI) Foundations Block I EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (C) EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) Non-departmental requirements: ENG 111 Effective Writing HPE 11'5 Chemical Dependency (.5) INS 105 Intro. to American Indians or INS 260 Contemporary American Indians (IA) Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level elementary licensure option will be available through Weekend College. Licensure will be obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact the Education Department for information. Graduation with distinction or departmental honors is available to elementary education majors who maintain a 3.5 overall GPA and a 3.75 overall GPA in the major. An honors project must be completed, beginning in spring of the junior year. Guidelines for graduation with distinction are available in the education department. teaching, is the maximum allowed within the elementary education major. Secondary Education 13: Creating Learning Environments Diversity in the Schools (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Educational Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachindearning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDC 210 EDC 220 EDC 310 Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: ENG 111,sophomore standing) Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level licensure option will be available through Weekend college. Licensure will be obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact the Education Department for Students may no longer license in a minor field of study Art, dancdtheatre, music, and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. tion program even though they may plan to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take four courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. Note: Recommendation for teacher licensure in music is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education major. EDC 200 Students preparing for licensure in one of these areas follow the secondary educa- Art, DanceITheatre, Music, and Physical Education Licensure (K-12) A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in education, 2.5 in the teaching major, and P in student teaching are required for licensure. All required major, non-departmental requirements, and education program courses must have a grade of 2.0 or better. Student Teaching Block ESE 481,483,485,487 Student Teaching (3.0-4.0). (S) Capstone Block EDC 410 Special Needs Learner EDC 480 School and Society (Wl/SW) Methods Block I1 ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods in Licensure Area ESE 325 38 Secondary Education - - - The Special Needs Learner The study of students with disability, special needs, and gftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes, and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor) School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society, relationships with parents and community collaborative models, leadership and professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student teaching. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-6 Methods: HealthIPhy Ed (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-6 Methods: Reading The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Preq.: PPST and admissions to department) K-6 Methods: Language Arts1 Children's Literature Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Middle School Methods: Communication ArtsILiteratureWriting (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of writing at the middle school level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-6: Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-6: Methods: Music (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementmy levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-6 Methods: Mathematics Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 410 EDC 480 EED 310 EED 320 EED 330 EED 331 EED 341 EED 342 EED 350 Elementary Education 13! - - K-6 Methods: Social StudiesIThematic Studies (-5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Day students register concurrently with EED 380) Kindergarten Methods (.5 course) Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 370 EED 380 ReadingIWriting in the Content Areas The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Creating Learning Environments An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards. Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) 5-12 Methods: Social Studies Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies taught concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) 5-12 Methods: TheatreIDance Introduction to the teaching of theatre and dance in schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department) 5-12 Methods: Mathematics Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics taught concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 300 ESE 325 ESE 310 ESE 320 ESE 330 EED 481, 483, 485,487 Student Teaching Three to four courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree program and program portfolio. K-6 Methods: Science Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 360 140 Secondary Education 5-12 Methods: Science Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-12 Methods: Music Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Fieldwork experience.(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-12 Methods: Visual Arts Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle school and high school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Required for communication artsfliterature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) 5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Required for communication artsfliterature license. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) 5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cuniculum development. Required for elementary concentration in communication araiterature. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. NOTE: Students seeking 5-12 communication arts/literature license do not need to take ESE 300.) 5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science taught concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Three to four courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for licensure. Secondary licenses require three courses. K-12 licenses require four. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program portfolio. ESE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching ESE 370 ESE 360 ESE 352 ESE 351 ESE 350 ESE 340 P - Secondary Education 14 SPE 400 Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities This course presents an overview of learners with emotional and behavioral disabilities and learning disabilities. It addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual models as they relate to this category of disability. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing INS 105 Introduction to American Indian Studies or INS 260 Contemporary American Indians Required Non-major Courses: Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level licensure option will be available through Weekend College. Licensure will be obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact the Education Department for information. he special education EB/D major is available only through Weekend College; ideally, to people who are currently in schools working with students with this label. This major leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special education with a specialty in ernotionaVbehaviora1disabilities. Courses labeled SPE are to be taken during the final year of coursework while students are working in an EBD setting. Variations on this ideal are possible; see the Education Department for more information. T Required Education Courses: EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) EDC 310 Learning and Development EDC 410 Special Needs Learner EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts1 Children's Literature EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science SPE 315 Critical Issues Seminar SPE 400 Teaching Students with Emotional and Behavior Disabilities SPE 410 Implementing Assessment Strategies SPE 420 Planning, Design, and Delivery SPE 430 Instructional and Behavioral Practices SPE 440 Parent and Professional Planning Student Teaching Summer Practicum Planning, Design, and Delivery This course provides students with skills to write and implement individual program plans and to create effective learning environments for students labeled EBD. Particular attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) Instructional and Behavioral Practices This course examines behavioral support options used with students who are labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, pro-active and non-aversive approaches drawn from current best practices and including positive behavioral supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) Parent and Professional Planning This course examines the role of families of students with special needs, specifically those families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and applied. The need to form strong connections with community agencies is emphasized. (Prereq: ENG 111, PPST and admission to department). SPE 420 SPE 430 SPE 440 Required courses: EDC 410 The Special Needs Learner EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective PSY 102 or PSY 105 Interested students should contact the director of special education at the outset of coursework. Choose one from the following: SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy PSY 357 Behavior Analysis PSY 359 Psychological assessment Choose one from the following: PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child pSy 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult pSy 353 D~~~~~~~~~~~~ Psychology~ Middle and Older Adult Implementing Assessment Strategies This course examines the assessment process from the pre-referral to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and how they influence student placement and programming. A qualitative and person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) SPE 410 The special education minor requires six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the needs of students in various disciplines interested in disability issues. - Special Education 14: Bachelor of ArtsIBachelor of Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) enables students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: University of Minnesota ugsburg College has cooperative arrangements with two universities to allow students to earn a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg engineering adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg engineering adviser. A Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education director about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses in special education minor or consent of instructor. Open to all.) EDU 491 The curriculum is the same as the B.A.B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate cumculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) enables students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and a master of engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. The Special Needs Learner (see EDC course descriptions) EDC 410 4 4 Special Education - Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Michigan Technological University Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg engineering adviser. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are recommended by the engineering adviser of Augsburg College. This program enables students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering degree from Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. Michigan Technological University Application for admission into the B.A.N.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.Ah4.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 24 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351,352. Four mathematics courses are required: MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 MAT 245 Calculus I11 MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations or PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs: CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 116 General Chemistry CSC 170 Structured Programming ENG 111 Effective Writing PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Engineering 14: Students with an Augsburg English major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library sci- The Augsburg Department of English integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through working in internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second Language (ESL) students, or tutoring in the writing lab. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in various cultures. hose who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do, and better understand the world in which we live and work. T One upper division course in American literature: ENG 350 American Literature Before 1920 or ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 One 400 level course Two additional electives Two survey courses in British literature from: ENG 331 British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan ENG 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries ENG 337 British Literature: The Romantics and the Victorians One course in European literature: ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante or ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to the Modem Period Major Nine courses above ENG 111, including: ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing ENG 245 Introduction to Literature Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Candyce Clayton, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Suzanne Donksy, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin,John Harkness, Dallas Liddle, Roseann Lloyd, John Mitchell, Ronald Palosaari, David Ross, John Schmit, Joan Thompson English Faculty ence, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses. Special Methods (two courses) ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading Experiential Requirement (no credit) One college-level experience required in forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to department approval) Note: If students choose two literature courses, one must be in American literature (ENG 350 or 351) and one must be in British literature (ENG 331, 336, 337, 338/438). SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking SPC 343 Broadcast Production I SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication Major Requirements (12 courses) ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing ENG 226 Creative Writing or ENG 227 Journalism or one additional upper division literature course (ENG 350 or 351 recommended) ENG 245 Introduction to Literature ENG 271 or 272 European Literature ENG 345 Introduction to the English Language ENG 361 Studies in Modem Fiction ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing ENG xxx Upper division literature course (ENG 331,336,337, or 3381438 recommended) Prerequisite: ENG 111 Communication ArtsILiterature Teacher Licensure Major Majors are encouraged to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. 5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening 5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course) Five courses above ENG 111, including ENG 245; an upper division literature course; and an additional writing course. Minor GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by early Oct. in senior year for department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an independent study program (refer to departmental guidelines). Departmental Honors Students in this program must work with advisers in the English department and the education department in order to meet the professional requirements within the education department as well as the requirements for the major. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education no later than the spring of their junior year. This major is only for those who seek to be licensed in communication artslliterature. Should licensure not be possible, graduation can be achieved through an English major, which requires at least two additional, specific courses, or a speech major. Additional ESE and EDC courses are required for licensure. They include EDC 200,210,220,310; ESE 300; EDC 410, 480; student teaching. Contact an education department adviser for information. ESE 352 ESE 351 English 14 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for ENG 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0. ENC 111 Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to hold hislher place in the course. ENG 111 Effective Writing is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division literature course is ENG 245 Introduction to Literature and/or consent of the instructor. Prerequisites Students in Effective Writing (ENG 111) and Developmental Writing (ENG 101) can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with their instructor up through the last week of class (without special permission/petition). Students who choose to receive a traditional grade in either course will receive a grade of N (one time only) if their work is below a 2.0. A student who repeats ENG 101 or 111 a second time and does not receive a grade of 2.0 or higher, will receive a grade of 0.0. required to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in ENG 111Effective Writing. These students must pass ENG 101 Developmental Writing with a grade of 2.0 or higher before enrolling in ENG 111Effective Writing. ENC 101 A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students having completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in composition must have a score of 4 or 5. Students who do not show competence in composition skills-such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences-are The Enqlish - Placement Test Transfer English education students with a B.A. in English from another college must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken before the department can recommend a student for student teaching. Note: Transfer undergraduate majors must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer students who minor in English must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer Students Five courses in writing (above ENG 11l), including ENG 225 and one upper division course in writing. Concentration in Writing 48 English - American Indian Literature A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing (ENG 111). Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111) lntroduction to Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Journalism An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print and broadcast media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Women and Fiction A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of women's unique experiences in their writing, and the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage. Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring) ENC 223 ENG 225 ENC 226 ENG 227 ENC 236 ENC 241 ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing determines placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in ESL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two courses (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218) ENC 216 English 14 ENC 338 ENC 337 ENC 336 ENC 331 ENC 282 ENC 272 ENC 271 ENC 251 ENC 245 50 English Introduction to Literature Study of the bard's major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances -for their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. Taught in conjunction with ENG 438. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or junior standing or consent of the instructor. Spring) Shakespeare Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to pre-Romantics, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. Topics in Literature Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais, Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring) European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) European Literature: Homer to Dante An introduction to selected texts of literary and historical importance that yield an understanding of our Western heritage and contemporary American world views. Themes could include the emergence of a national identity the shaping of a collective American memory, and the contributions to American thought by women and people of color. Readings in American Literature An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Topics Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) Studies in Modern Fiction Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic, and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) American Literature Since 1920 Reading of selected writers from colonial times to the beginning of the 20th century. Attention given to the intellectual, social, and literary movements that stimulated the writers. The writers' continuing influence on our modem sensibility will be discussed. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) American Literature Before 1920 This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructor. MPG 3.) Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and Research A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are introduced to the primary components of linguistics, and the development of the English language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor.) Introduction to the English Language The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.) Advanced Creative Writing ENC 436 A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage. Reading of theoretical essays. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Women and Fiction All 400-level courses will involve some reading and study of literary criticism or: in the case of writing classes, ofwhat writers andlor composition theorists have to say about writing. ENC 382 ENC 361 ENC 351 ENC 350 ENC 347 ENC 345 ENC 341 English 1s' Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and technigues for gatheTing information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) Criticism The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Topics in Language and Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) ENC 445 ENC 480 ENC 482 Playwriting Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. Note: The internship in Teaching Writing requires completion of ENG 225 and approval of the department chair. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of department chair. ENC 299 ENC 399 ENC 499 See listing under Modem Languages. See listing under Modem Languages. See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. lnternship See description on page 91. ENC 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: THR 325 See department listingfor a description of the following approved elective: Shakespeare Taught in conjunction with ENG 338 (see above). Includes exposure to Shakespeare criticism. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 438 s Critical Thinking A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize, and evaluate claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical thinking skills of entering students who are determined to need such skill enhancement by the entry critical thinking assessment. This course may not be taken by students who have passed the Critical Thinking Assessment. Introduction to the Liberal Arts An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies. This course may not be taken by students who have completed eight credits. Quantitative Reasoning/StatisticaI Literacy Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in arguments involving predictions and explanations. Topics include reading and evaluating tables, graphs, and statistical models as well as generalizations, traditional confidence intervals, and hypothesis tests. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq.: MPG 3) City Seminar: Experiential Education (.O course) Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/se~cdcooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students participate in a required seminar, completing five reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic, ecological way to understand how cities function. The seminar enables the student to meet the objectives of The City Perspective. Permission of instructor. No course credit. CST 100 CST 140 CST 200 CST 209 See listing under Modem Languages. Cooperative Education (.O course) A non-credit notation recognizes the academic learning inherent in an approved co-op education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in reflection activities conducted by the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. No course credit. CST 009 ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways that are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, and an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty Marilyn Florian (Chair), Brian Amrnann, Lisa Broek, Carol Enke, Mary EwertKnodell, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Lauri Ludeman, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Missy Strauch, Eileen Kaese Uzarek Health and Physical Education Faculty All health and physical education majors seeking licensure must receive a grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE prefix applying to the major. The health education department prepares students for careers in school health education and wellness. This program offers a comprehensive health component in examining prevention and promotion needs for individuals, schools, and the community. The physical education department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. irtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the recreational participant will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. v The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure Major Health Education Major HPE 101 Fitness For Life HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 316 Human Sexuality HPE 320 School Health Curriculum (Fall: even years) HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment in HPE HPE 390 Instructional Methods and Materials (Fall: odd years) HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (Fall: even years) HPE 450 Current Health Issues BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology PSY 201 Health Psychology PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Must have instructor's certification for CPR and first aid. HEALTH EDUCATION - The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure Major Physical Education Major HPE 101 Fitness for Life HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 210 Introduction to Physical Education HPE 220 Motor Learning HPE 232 Dance (Interim) HPE 254 Introduction to Development/ Adapted Physical Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (Interim) HPE 323 Team Sports HPE 331 Individual and Dual Sports HPE 335 Outdoor Education HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment in HPE HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology Recommended: PHED 250, PHED 422, PHED 423, and PHED 425 (at St. Thomas). Also required: 1,500 hours of practical experience under the direction of a Certified Athletic Trainer to be completed by December 31, 2003. Internship in Athletic Training requires: BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 252 Human Physiology (at St. Catherine) HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPED 425 Advanced athletic training (at St. Thomas) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 280 Coaching Theory (Fall, even years) Coaching (not a major) Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute 35 12.3100 Employment of Head Varsity Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior High Schools requires: HPE 101,115,210,223, 231,232,351. There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota public schools. HPE 101, 110,114, 115,316,320,390, 450, BIO 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Minor Minor Health and Physical Education 15: - - HPE 450 HPE 410 HPE 390 HPE 356 HPE 320 HPE 316 HPE 115 HPE 114 HPE 110 HPE 101 personal (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall: even years) Current Health Issues (.5 course) Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to community and school health programs and resources. (Fall: even years) Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (.5 course) Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K12. Emphasis upon teachingearning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation and development of materials included. (Fall: odd years) Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education Sunrey of basic statistical procedures, standards, assessment and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: MPG 111, HPE 101 and either HPE 110 or HPE 210 and 220. Fall) Measurement and Assessment in HPE Techniques for developing a course of study in school health, based upon growth and development, for grades K-12. Examination of "standardsn and pedagogy for health education, curriculum, and assessment included. (Fall: even years) School Health Curriculum A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality (Spring) Human Sexuality An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. (Fall, Spring) Health and Chemical Dependency Education Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring) Health and Safety Education Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community (Fall) Personal and Community Health health and fitness. (Fall and Spring) A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to mod* Fitness for Life HEALTH EDUCATION 156 Health and Physical Education HPE 340 HPE 335 HPE 331 HPE 323 HPE 275 HPE 254 HPE 232 HPE 220 HPE 210 HPE 101 (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) tion and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall) A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical educa- Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs (.5 course) A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational activities and to study the natural environment in which these activities occur. The course will include a three-day camping/hiking trip. (Prereq.: HPE 101, HPE 114, HPE 210. Split falllspring, even years) Outdoor Education Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Fall) Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Spring) Team Sports Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: HPE 114. Spring) Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall) A general overview of developmentalladapted physical education from early Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education (.5 course) Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international dances. (Spring) Dance The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to physical activity (Spring) Motor Learning History, principles, and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring) Introduction to Physical Education A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. (Fall, Spring) Fitness for Life HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports (.O course) Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirements. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PHYSICAL EDUCATION Health and Physical Education 15; Kinesiology (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall) Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary schools. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Spring) Physical Education Methods (7-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6. An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Fall) Physical Education Methods (K-6) Survey of basic statistical procedures, standards, assessment and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: MPG 111, HPE 101 and either HPE 110 or HPE 210 and 220. Fall) Measurement and Assessment in HPE The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Spring) Physiology of Exercise Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall) HPE 499 HPE 399 HPE 299 HPE 199 See description on page 92. Open only to junior or senior majors. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: HPE 473 HPE 368 HPE 365 HPE 356 HPE 351 HPE 350 - Health and Physical Education 158 H Nine courses (including HIS 495 seminar). At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: ancient and Major History Faculty Jacqueline deVries (Chair), Phil Adamo, William Green, John Gregg, Don Gustafson, Chris Kimball The study of history enables us to deal more knowledgeably with continuity and change in society. The construction of an informed sense of our past is a fundamental ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the future. History majors are prepared to be active and contributing members of their society. The study of history, which has long held a major role in the liberal arts, is an entry to elementary and secondary education, graduate study in several fields, and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing of information. istory is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences that makes scattered individuals into a community" Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See instructor for permission. Prerequisites First-year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 200-level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Upper division courses are numbered 300 and above. GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Departmental Honors Five courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Minor The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure medieval, modem Europe, U.S., and nonWestern. - An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. The Modern Non-Western World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. The Modern World A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. The Shaping of Western Civilization An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century. The Beginning of Western Culture courses at Augsburg. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg. HIS 220 HIS 195 A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures and the political, religious, and racial diversity that formed colonial life, including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new republic. America to 1815 An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Topics in History This course explores the processes of colonialism, nationalism, de-colonization, and independence in the area now politically known as India, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. Upper division students will have additional assignments and different exams from lower division. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required for HIS 462) HIS 1621462 20th Century South Asia An exploration of selected topics and case studies in Latin American history from Pre-Columbian times through the conquest and colonial periods up to modem Latin America. Additional readings and written assignments will be required for upper-division students. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required for HIS 350) HIS 150/350 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America HIS 104 HIS 103 HIS 102 HIS 101 Transfer students planning a major must normally take at least three of their Transfer Students 160 History 19th-Century U.S. HIS 311 HIS 249 History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972 HIS 243 Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Topics in Women's History (See Department of Art for course description) The Designed Environment A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of W. E. B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston, Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr. History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915 A survey of the development of Afiican American civil rights focusing on legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves. Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Topics in African American History This course examines the racial, ethnic, political and economic history of Minnesota, from the earliest inhabitants (Ojibwe and Dakota), through the period of British and French exploration, and to the development of statehood. Minnesota History An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to the emergence of our modem legal system. American Legal History The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation, immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform. History of the Twin Cities A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the impact of affluence. 20th-Century U.S. A survey emphasizing cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and Reconstruction. HIS 242 HIS 241 HIS 234 HIS 228 HIS 225 HIS 222 HIS 221 History 16 - HIS 348 HIS 347 HIS 346 HIS 336 HIS 335 HIS 332 HIS 331 HIS 326 HIS 323 162 History Modern China An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The course will emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history. (Prereq.: 100-level course or consent of instructor) Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 179 in International Studies.) A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and 20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and union to the state. American Labor History A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture. American Urban History A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an economic and military power. History of U.S. Foreign Relations In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Topics in U.S. History A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations. American Indian History A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the erosion of China's isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. HIS 474 HIS 440 HIS 381 HIS 380 HIS 370 HIS 361 HIS 360 HIS 354 HIS 352 HIS 349 Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century. The World and the West This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Topics in World History With attention to class, racial, and ethnic differences among women, this class examines the changing legal, political, economic, social, and sexual status of women in Europe and North America since the Victorian period. The History of Women in the West Since 1870 A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe and North America, emphasizing changing conceptions of women's work, public roles, sexuality, life cycles, and familial roles in the Renaissance, early American, Enlightenment, and Victorian periods. The History of Women in the West to 1870 emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and' the early years of the Reformation. A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state, The Late Middle Ages to 1560s Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions. The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic change in British politics, society, culture, and international status. Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688 A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modem Germany, focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust. Modern Germany (See Department of Art for course description) The Designed Environment History 16 Seminar This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required. (Offered at least once each year, during the fall term.) lnternship See description on page 91. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. A maldmum of one course in independent study may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in history) HIS 399 HIS 499 Introduction to Computing and Communications Integrated with HON 100, this course introduces computing basics, hardware and software, the possibilities and limitations of computing, artificial intelligence, communications basics, the Internet, and some of the social, philosophic, and economic implications of computing. Self-Identify and Society Psychological, sociological, anthropological, and theological perspectives are used to explore the role of the individual in community and other social institutions. HON 160 HON 210 HON 100-101 Freshman Honors Seminar This is the program's introduction to the Honors Program and to collegiate scholarship. We explore an interdisciplinary mix of Western history, the Bible, English literature, and philosophical texts as we assess the Western tradition and Christianity's place within that tradition. T h e r e are two ways to graduate from the Honors Program- Graduate with Distinction or Honors Program graduate. Graduating with distinction requires satisfylng all program requirements, a 3.5 GPA, Directed Study See description on page 92. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. HIS 299 and successful completion of a departmental honors project. Honors Program graduate requires a 3.3 GPA and service on the Honors Review editorial board. Students take five of the following courses and four mini-seminars. (Four mini-seminars equal one credit.) Internship See description on page 91. HIS 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: HIS 495 164 History History of Jazz Studies not only jazz as an art form, but as an expression of culture, race, gender, creativity, and community created by jazz musicians. Philosophy of Science Explores and assesses scientific theories, laws of nature, evidence, whether science generates truth, and, from more recent developments, the philosophical implications of chaos and complexity. Senior Honors Seminar This capstone course explores one of three topics: the relationship of science to religion, the life and thought of C.S. Lewis, or the history and significance of Hispanic Christianity in the United States. HON 241 HON 365 HON 401 L Chemistry in Context A one-semester introduction to science through selected topics in chemistry that emphasize current issues in science. More specifically, it introduces honors students to science and scientific ways of knowing. HON 214 L The Poverty and Wealth of Nations Adam Smith published The Wealth of Nations in 1776 puzzling over the question of who's rich and who's poor. Do we have any more answers now than he did then? Emphasis in the course will be placed on understanding economic systems from around the world and how individuals make choices within this framework. This course fulfills the Social World Area 1 or 2 perspective. HON 217 I Human Community and Modern Metropolis Using the basic concepts and methods of sociology, this course enables students to explore the concept of human community and the social institutions which facilitate that community. HON 212 For other interdisciplinary course listings, see International Studies. Augsburg also offers students the oppomnity to major and minor in Women's Studles, Metro-Urban Studies, and American Indian studies. dents are better prepared to become contibuting members of the global community. Dyanamic Social Systems This course is designed specifically to facilitate the development of this understanding through the exploration of alternative social science perspectives of how social organizations function and adapt. HON 21 1 nterdisciplinary studies covers a broad spectrum of experience and coursework. students gain greater insight and understandmg of cultures and ~ersvectivesdifferent from their own. Through these experiences stu- - Honors Program 16: - Introduction to American Indian Studies This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian studies curriculum, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language. Five courses including INS 105. At least two must be upper division. Minor In addition student must complete five electives. At least five of the courses toward the major must be upper division. Major Ten courses including; INS 105 Introduction to American Indian Studies INS 260 Contemporary American Indians HIS 326 American Indian History REL 370 American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought INS 499 Capstone Project Adjunct Faculty Priscilla Buffalohead, Steve Chapman, Robert Danforth, Rick Greschyk, Sophia Jacobson, Dale Weston American Indian Literature (See Department of English for course description.) Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women's roles and status in society. Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and China. ENC 216 INS 233 OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, I1 (See Department of Modem Languages for course description.) INS 105 Associated Faculty Eric Buffalohead (Sociology), John Gregg (History) Coordinator Eric Buffalohead American Indian Studies is a major h a t gives students the opportunity to learn about the original, indigenous cultures of North America. Students will be provided with a multidisciplinary understanding of the history and present situation of American Indians. The program emphasizes the interrelations among history, culture, language, literature, the arts, philosophy, religion, political and social forces, and the legal status and sovereignty of American Indians. This course of study exposes students to the richness and beauty of North American Indian cultures. 6 6 Interdisciplinary Studies INS 499 INS 495 REL 370 HIS 326 INS 332 INS 320 ART 290 INS 264 INS 260 - An independently designed research project to fulfill the capstone requirement. Independent ResearchICapstone Project This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences will be studied and compared. Major historical events will be examined as well as significant events important to each group. Minnesota lndians (See Department of Religion for course description.) American lndian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought (See Department of History for course description.) American lndian History The objective of this course is to study Native American Storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions ill be emphasized and studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will be expected to perform storytelling and to research the various tribal storytelling traditions. Native American Storytelling The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to Indian community life today. American lndian Women (See Department of Art for course description.) Tribal Arts and Culture Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, are studied. Films from 1913 to the present are viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies. American lndians in the Cinema This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. The tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted. Contemporary American lndians Interdisciplinary Studies 16 - In this two-week intensive field experience, students will travel by boat down the Mississippi River exploring elements of the politics and policies relating to the river. Students will engage in service projects, field observations, and interviews with residents, legislators, activists, and government employees. (Prereq.: POL 241 or equivalent and passing a water safety test) River Politics Field Seminar This course explores working relationships in a changing world. Self-assessment tools and applied papers help participants gain a better understanding of the role the individual plays within the context of workplace relationships. Emphasis is placed on interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships. (Prereq.: Junior or senior standing and at least one of the following coursesSOC 121, SWK 260, BUS 242, BUS 252, PSY 102, PSY 105) Building Working Relationships (See Department of History for course description.) Topics in African American History An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects of that experience. The African American Experience in America The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and Islamic patterns of life. Introduction to Islam (See Department of Religion for course description.) Religion in African American History Coordinator The of the 'lst century demands complex skills. It is not enough to have an area of expertise or be a good manager. One needs leadership skills. The Augsburg Norma Noonan curriculum offers a minor in leadership studies, drawing on a wide variety of courses across disciplinary lines. A minor in leadership studies can enhance your major in a wide variety of disciplines including business, sociology, political science, communication, computer science, economics, and psychology. This course introduces students to the range of qualitative methods available for the applied study of social issues and prepares them for a substantial research project. In separate labs, students will acquire skilk in either archival research, content analysis, interviewing, or participant observation. (Prereq.: upper division or graduate standing and at least one upper division course in the student's major, or consent of the instructors) INS 381I581 Qualitative Research Methods INS 342 INS 325 HIS 241 INS 232 INS 225 REL 231 68 Interdisciplinary Studies Metro-Urban Studies is a multidisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology, and other related disciplines. Memo-Urban Studies is designed to blend classroom and field experience, theory, and internships that focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. Select two courses from the following list. (No more than one per department.) BUS 340 Human Resource Management (prereq. BUS 242) BUS 440 Strategic Management (prereq. BUS 242) [S] HIS 222 20th-Century U.S. [WH, CT] INS 325 Building Working Relationships (WECDay) [HI, Sl PSY 373 Industrial Organizational Psychology (prereq. PSY 102 or 105) [Sl SPC 321 Business and Professional Speaking SPC 355 Small Group Communication (no prereq.) SPC 410 The Self and the Organization (WEC) [HI] Required electives: (2) Principles of Management (no . prereq.) SOC 349 Organizational Theory (prereq. SOC 121 or permission of instructor) [CT] SPC 345 Organizational Communication (no prereq.) POL 421 (Topics: This topic only) Becoming a Leader (prereq. one POL course or permission of instructor) [S] This course will be the only integrative course in the minor. BUS 242 Required courses: (4) Major 10 courses including: ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues POL 122 Metropolitan Complex SOC 21 1 Community and the Modern Metropolis HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities or HIS 335 Urban American History SOC 362 Statistical Analysis or POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/ Methodology SOC 363 Research Methods or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar Metro-Urban Studies Faculty Gany Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO), Chris Kimball (HIS), Michael O'Neal (SOC) , Michael Shock (SWK) Internships, community service-learning, and cooperative education are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program with additional courses and semester-long programs. Metro-Urban Studies and the general education Perspective on The City introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs and equip students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand and contribute to the metropolitan community. The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor also provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization, and theology. Interdisciplinary studies 16 - Internship See description on page 91. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week. Independent Study-Metropolitan INS 399 INS 498 Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to six interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, C e n ~ a l -4merica. and the Twin Cities. Also see In tcmaiioml Studies listings. Independent Study/Research See description on page 92. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363) utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor) An independently-designed course developed by a student (or group of students), URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA INS 499 Directed Study See description on page 92. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211) INS 299 Resources Internship See description on page 91. INS 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the director of the program. HECUA off-campus programs are highly recommended, especially the MetroUrban Studies Term (MUST) Twin Cities program. Students interested in graduate Minor POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225, and two of the following: HIS 335, SOC 381, or INS 399. school are encouraged to take ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics. SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning INS 399 Internship Plus two additional approved urban-related courses. (Courses fulfilling The City Perspective generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.) 170 Interdisciplinary Studies - OR SPRING Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying-at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. Internship (2 course credits) See description on page 91. INS 359 INS 399 The Politics of Artistic Expression Studv of the social and cultural historv of urban art. the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. Internship (2 course credits) See description on page 91. INS 331 INS 399 Ill. SEE HECUA UNDER INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (SUST, SAUS, CILA, AND EECLA) Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events. INS 330 Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program. II. CITY ARTS-SPRING Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct obsewation with theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it. INS 358 This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. I. METRO-URBAN STUDIES TERM (MUST)-FALL Interdisciplinary Studies 171 - Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural region with a shared history, common val- Students are encouraged to continue more advanced language study through the ACTC language contract with the University of Minnesota. A program of study abroad or an internship in the Middle East is recommended strongly and will receive credit toward the minor. 3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the humanities and social sciences, with at least one course to be selected in each area. 2. Required foundational course: POL 358 (Hamline) Politics and Society of the Middle East. 1. Language courses: one year (2 courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or another Middle Eastern language (or equivalent competency) Six courses, including language and area studies courses (consult the program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): Requirements The Middle East studies minor offers students the opportunity to learn about the religions, economic situation, historical and political developments, literature, philosophy, and culture of Middle Eastern people and countries. 172 Interdisciplinary Studies Recommended supporting preparation: Study abroad through International Partners, or SUST (See International Studies, International Partners, and Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history, political science, urban studies, business administration, international relations, sociology or social work. At least four of the courses required for the major must be Augsburg courses. The remainder may be transfer credits included in the major on approval of the program coordinator. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian language course listings under the Department of Modem Languages. Other Requirements Minor Four upper division courses. Major Eight courses, six of which must be upper division. Coordinator Frankie Shackelford ues, and a high degree of political, social, and economic interdependency Courses in Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic regional identity as a context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries and to understand the complexity of their interactions among themselves and the global community. (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See Department of Art) Scandinavian Arts (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) Scandinavia in the World (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) Norwegian Language and Culture Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century h a t i * . Lectures provide a context for understanding the development of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian ISynng: alternate years) The Modern Nordic Drama Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years) The Modern Nordic Novel A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language required. Contemporary Norden lnternship See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. For degree and major requirements see page 275. NAS 499 NAS 399 NAS 299 NAS 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: NAS 394 NAS 393 ART 382 NAS 377 NAS 372 NAS 352 NAS 351 NAS 230 Interdisciplinary Studies 17: - - I Required core courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics HIS 103 The Modem World or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes or POL 160 World Politics POL 490 Seminar in International Relations Norma Noonan Director Recent students have had double majors in history, political science, international business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the international relations major. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, Russia and East Central Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc. nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major that offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. Two of the following: BUS 368 Responding to the Challenges of Japan BUS 465 International Management MKT 466 International Marketing Required core courses of the international relations major, plus the following six courses: BUS 362 International Business ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems International Relations Major with International Business Concentration Interim courses, seminars, independent study, topics courses, and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of the program director, as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language. Required electives Six of the following (not more than three from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): BUS 362,368,465 ECO 317,360,365 HIS 346,348,352,354,440,474 MKT 466 PHI 355 POL 350,351,359,382,459 REL 356,420 SOC 241 SPC 329 FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.) SWK 230 Also, the equivalent of four terms of college work in a modem language. Two of the following: HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies POL 461 Topics in International Politics Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic nternational study at Augsburg aims to increase intercultural competency and reflects the College's strong commitment to internationalism. Programs administered by the Center for Global Education, by International Partners, and by the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and exploration of the benefits of global citizenship. I GPA of 3.5 in the major; 3.0 overall. In addition to fulfilling the requirements for the major, the student must complete an honors thesis no later than March 1 of the senior year and must defend the thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to complete Departmental Honors Note: Several of the business courses have prerequisites. Please consult the catalog and your academic adviser before registering for one of the advanced courses. One elective from the list of international relations major electives, excluding other business, economics, and marketing courses. One of the following: ECO 360 International Economics ECO 365 Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development Students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off campus through the study abroad adviser. In addition to semester and year-long programs, summer abroad courses also provide a number of educational opportunities. Students interested in these or other external off-campus study experiences should program. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distributiodgenera1 education, and graduation requirements when approved by the appropriate program directors and faculty before departure. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major; for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines in the program. ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem language. Three courses from the list of required electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department can count toward the minor. Minor an honors major by the end of their junior year. International Studies 17; The International Partners Program combines rigorous academic work with daily immersion in another culture. It offers students an opportunity to study abroad with outstanding faculty and to gain practical experience overseas in their major fields. INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education and approved by Augsburg are listed below. For information on these programs, contact the academic programs abroad office. The center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and Namibia. They integrate rigorous academic work with real-life experiences. Students learn not only from textbooks but live in the midst of the society they are studying, encountering the people and culture inside and outside the walls of a classroom. All programs include family stays, regional travel, community-based living, and opportunities for volunteer work and internships. The mission of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading to a more just and sustainable world. THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION contact the study abroad adviser. Applications are due April 1 for the fall term or academic year, and October 15 for the spring term. The cost for many programs is comparable to full room, board, and tuition for on-campus study, plus airfare. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. 76 International Studies International study programs administered by HECUA and approved through Augsburg are listed below. For information on these programs, contact the Center for Global Education. For non-international HECUA courses, see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies. Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in four different fullsemester programs in Norway, Guatemala, and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community HECUA programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for one semester on campus, plus airfare. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA) Study abroad through International Partners emphasizes business, education, and social work, but is not limited to these fields. The study program may be for one year, one semester, or a summer session. Participation may be on an individual basis or as part of a student group. For further information, contact the International Partners office. The program is founded on reciprocal agreements with selected institutions of higher learning in Europe. Under these agreements International Partner students from abroad receive part of their academic training at Augsburg, and qualified Augsburg students are guaranteed admission to partner institutions, where courses are pre-approved for credit toward graduation requirements at Augsburg. Latin American Literature: Before 20th-Century Voices Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees. SPA 356 SPA/INS/WST 399 Internship REL/WST 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology and social/political transformation. POL/WST 359 Women in Comparative Politics-Women in Latin America An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies, and revolution. INS/WST 31 1 Gender, Health, and Development Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices are examined, as well as social change strategies. Conversation and Composition Improve written and Spanish language expression through discussions, debates, oral reports, journals, and compositions, including formal letters, newspaper articles, and position papers on key topics in Mexican current events. SPA 317 SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director.) Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also approved for credit in women's studies. Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit. REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one modem language skill credit. Application deadline is April 1. This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of race, class, and gender, and leam first-hand from both women and men who are involved in struggles for sustainable development and social change. CROSSING BORDERS: GENDER AND SOCIAL CHANCE IN MESOAMERICA (MEXICO)-FALL International Studies 17 Latin American Literature: Before 20th-Century Voices Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees. Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America An exploration of selected topics and case studies in Latin American history from Pre-Columbian times through the conquest and colonial periods up to modem Latin America. SPA 356 HIS 350 REL 313 Environmental Theology and Ethics POLIWST 341 Environmental Politics Topics studied include development politics in Latin America from preColumbian times to the present, environmental issues from a gender perspective, and political and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable development. Conversation and Composition Improve written and Spanish language expression through discussions, debates, oral reports, journals, and compositions, including formal letters, newspaper articles, and position papers on key topics in Mexican current events. SPA 317 SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks, taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.) Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one modem language skill credit. This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Students examine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline is Oct. 15. SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO)-SPRING SPA/REL/INSIWST 499 Independent Study Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the independent study. Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change and/or development. 100 hours of community service required. 78 International Studies - The Development Process-Southern Africa This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights and examines basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of development that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa. Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South Africa, and the war for independence. Political and Social Change in Namibia: Liberation, Decolonization, and Nation Building This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence. Internship INS 312 REL 346 HIS 346 POL 353 INS 399 Participation in the program will fulfill the LA general education perspective credit. REL 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit. This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation. Application deadline is April 1. MULTICULTURAL SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION: SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVES (NAM IBIA)-FALL REL/INS/WST 499 Independent Study Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the independent study. SPAIINSIWST 399 lnternship Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change andlor development. 100 hours of community service required. Learn about different approaches to environmental ethics in Latin America, including indigenous, Jewish and Christian perspectives, liberation theology and ecofeminism. international Studies 17 - Topics: Sustainable Economic Development This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in the "third world." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage. Church and Social Change in Latin America This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past and present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice. Students examine the "theologies of liberation." ECO 495 REL 366 RE1 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit. Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit and This program examines these crucial issues from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid South African colonialization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization in today's world; the challenges posed by under and unequal development; and the longterm project of decolonizing the mind. Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15. NATION BUILDING, GLOBALIZATION, AND DECOLONIZING THE MIND: SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-SPRING Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America An exploration of selected topics and case studies in Latin American history from Pre-Columbian times through the conquest and colonial periods up to modem Latin America. HIS 350 SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.) Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit. REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one modem language skill credit. This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1. SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA, EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA)-FALL OR SPRING 180 International Studies Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Political and Social Change in Namibia: Liberation, Decolonization, and Nation Building This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence. Roots and Realities of Racism in Southern Africa and the USA: A Comparative Examination This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa and in the US, strategies of resistance the successes and limitations of political victories over apartheid and racism and the lingering economic, social, political and psychological effects of racism. Internship REL 346 POL 353 HIS 440 INS 399 Norwegian Language Scandinavia in the World Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Urbanization and Sustainable Development in Scandinavia Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499) INS 372 INS 377 INS 393 INS 394 INS 499 Participants will gain a deep understanding of contemporary Norway, using the welfare state and the notion of citizenship as the focus for investigation. The cuniculum consists of three interrelated seminars that together give participants an understanding of how the welfare state has evolved and how it is practiced in the context of social democracy. Students explore the relationship between Scandinavian countries, the emerging democracies of Eastern Europe, the European Union and broader global politics. Students have the option of Norwegian language study or an independent study project. April 1. SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)-FALL The Development Process-Southern Africa This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development. INS 312 International Studies 1 Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development: Critical Social Issues Independent Study INS 363 INS 499 Internship Independent Study INS 399 INS 499 Environment and development issues are examined by looking at market and community economy models and their respective practices and ethical implications. Participants will conduct a variety of field projects in small groups to learn about the environment and development efforts. Students gain hands-on experience field placements with organizations working in the Guatamalan Highland, exploring the limits and possibilities of classroom theories and concepts in the context of complex real-life experiences in the community. Each student carries out an independent study project on a topic of personal choice, which includes field research. Oct. 15. ENVIRONMENT, ECONOMY, AND COMMUNITY IN LATIN AMERICA: GUATEMALA AND CUBA (EECLA)-SPRING (2 course credits) Community Participation for Social Change INS 366 The Community Internships in Latin America program offers a semester of study experience with a focus on community participation and social change. A hands-on internship designed to meet the learning goals of the student is combined with a seminar, independent project and a home stay for an intensive immersion into Latin American daily life and culture. Models of community participation, organization, development, and social change are compared and contrasted. Students learn first-hand about the social problems in Eduadorian communities and explore ways in which communities are addressing these challenges. All lectures, internships, and field projects are in Spanish, with discussions in Spanish and English. Readings are mostly in Spanish. Papers may be written in English or Spanish. April 1. COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (GILA)-FALL Development in the Latin American City INS 362 INS 2611386 Spanish in the Field The "Politics, Development, and the City" program explores historical and current issues related to rural-urban migration, industrialization, government policies, and effects on human communities. Students engage in dialogue with Latin American faculty, activists, and leaders from local communities to understand local conditions and efforts at social change. Learning is made vivid through field projects and interactions with organizations working on urban issues. A "Spanish in the Field course facilitates language learning directly related to content. April 1. POLITICS, DEVELOPMENT, AND THE CITY: GUATEMALA AND ECUADOR-FALL 82 International Studies - The Ethics of Development: Local and Global Implications Spanish in the Field (advanced-level language course) Independent Study Project (students chooses topic) INS 385 INS 386 INS 499 Politics o f Conflict and Transformation Internship INS 317 INS 399 See listing under Department of Business Administration. MARKETING See listing under Department of Business Administration. MANAGEMENT INFORMATIO SYSTEMS (2 course credits) Northern Ireland: Building a Sustainable Democracy INS 316 The "Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change" program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace and the progress being made. Through a seven week internship, students get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy. The program is located at the UNESCO Centre at the University of Ulster in Coleraine. Oct. 15 NORTHERN IRELAND: DEMOCRACY AND SOCIAL CHANGE- SPRING Social Dynamics and the Environment INS 384 International Studies 18 M Students may choose coursework supporting study of mathematics as a liberal art, its applications to science and engineering, its applications to actuarial science, computing, or economics, or in preparation to teach. Augsburg's urban Students majoring in mathematics acquire the skills necessary to serve society through a variety of careers. In addition to acquiring computational and problem-solving skills, mathematics majors at Augsburg develop their abilities to reason abstractly; to conjecture, critique, and justify their assertions; to formulate questions; to investigate open-ended problems; to read and comprehend precise mathematical writing; to speak and write about mathematical ideas; and to experience working in teams on mathematical projects. Students can prepare for graduate school, for work in business, industry, or non-profit organizations, or for teaching mathematics in grades K-12. Students majoring in many disciplines find it helpful to acquire a minor or a second major in mathematics. athematics is the study of smcture and relationships and provides tools for solving a wide variety of problems. Mathematical language describes our world from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thinking helps strengthen the problem solving and quantitative reasoning skills that are increasingly expected of every member of contemporary society. Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts education. Students may petition the department to substitute alternative mathematics or mathematics-intensive courses for one or two MAT courses numbered above 200. Such substitutions must be justified by a compelling academic rationale defending a coherent program of study, typically relating mathematics to another discipline. A minimum of three upper division MAT courses are required. Note that MAT 331 does not apply toward the major but is a recommended general education course for majors. Nine mathematics courses: MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 MAT 245 Calculus 111 MAT 246 Linear Algebra MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical structures MAT 324 Analysis MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I MAT 3 14 Abstract Algebra or a modeling course, either MAT 247 or MAT 385 MAT elective numbered above 200 Mathematics Major Suzanne Doree (Chair), Nicholas Coult, Rebekah Dupont, Matthew Haines, Kenneth Karninsky Mathematics Faculty location allows students to gain experience working with mathematics through internships, cooperative education, and the practicum and colloquium courses. For distinction: GPA of 3.5 in MAT courses numbered above 200,3.5 overall GPA, a project, and approval of the mathematics department. For departmental honors: GPA of 3.5 in MAT courses numbered above 200, 3.0 overall GPA, a project or independent study course, and approval of the mathematics department. Specific requirements are described in "Guidelines for Graduation with Distinction and Departmental Honors in Mathematics" available from the department. Three supporting courses: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication or another CSC course with departmental approval The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers, and state requirements are subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for licensure to teach mathematics in grades 5-12 are the same as the major, with the MAT electives specified as MAT 252 Exploring Geometry and MAT 314 Abstract Algebra and the additional course of MAT 331 History of Mathematics required. At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for a concentration in mathematics to teach in grades K-8 are MPG 4 or MAT 114 Precalculus, MAT 145 Calculus I or MAT 122 Calculus for the Behavioral and Social Sciences, MAT 163 Introductory Statistics or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I, MAT 252 Exploring Geomeq, MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures, and MAT 331 History of Mathematics. Teaching Licensure Major Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium during junior and senior years. Before enrolling in any mathematics course, students must have the required math placement. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group (MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may have their MPG determined by the registrar's office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam in calculus should consult with the mathematics department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, Math Placement Croup (MPC) - At least one MAT course numbered above 200 must be taken at Augsburg. Three electives numbered above 200, at least one of which is numbered above 300, other than MAT 331. Alternatively students may complete a minor by taking the six courses: MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 252, MAT 271, and MAT 331. Mathematics Minor Five courses including: MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 Graduation with Distinction and Departmental Honors in Mathematics At least two MAT courses numbered above 250 must be taken at Augsburg. Two additional supporting courses from the following list or substitutes with departmental approval: BUS 331, CSC 170, CSC 320, ECO 112 or ECO 113 (not both), ECO 318, MAT 163 or MAT 173 (not both), PHY 121, PHY 122. - Mathematics 185 - Everyday Math Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only. Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1) Applied Algebra Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students preparing for MAT 114 should consult the department. Students in MPG 3 or higher may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a year of high school algebra. WEC-additional sessions are required) Precalculus Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT 145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of department. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Concepts of differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications in the social and behavioral sciences and business and quantitative reasoning. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of Western civilization with an emphasis on connections to teaching mathematics to children. Students who have completed MAT 331 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3) MAT 105 MAT 114 MAT 122 MAT 131 A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course. Prerequisites student's MPG. Students are also permitted to retake the Math Placement Exam during their first term of enrollment at Augsburg College. MAT 103 which is administered by Academic Advising. The exam is given during College registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Practice questions and other information are available from Academic Advising. Students in MPG 1may take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a 186 Mathematics Numeracy for Contemporary Society An examination of the applications of mathematics in an interdisciplinary setting with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning and connections to students' life, work, and interests. Students who have completed a Quantitative Reasoning course may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Introductory Statistics Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Discrete Mathematics for Computing Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences, recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics with an emphasis on connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3; Coreq.: CSC 160) Math of Interest Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages, and life insurance with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Calculus Ill Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables, partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146) Linear Algebra Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271) Modeling and Differential Equations Concepts of differential equations including methods of solving first and second order equations and modeling using difference equations and differential equations with an emphasis on applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT 146) Exploring Geometry Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries and geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4) MAT 163 MAT 171 MAT 173 MAT 245 MAT 246 MAT 247 MAT 252 MAT 145, 146 Calculus I & II Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions, including derivatives, integrals, differential equations, and series with an emphasis on mathematical investigation and quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for MAT 146) MAT 132 - MAT 385 MAT 374 MAT 373 MAT 355 MAT 331 MAT 327 MAT 324 MAT 314 MAT 271 The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains a service learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245,246, 247, or 271 and consent of instructor) Mathematics Practicum Concepts of statistics including sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373) Probability and Statistics II Concepts of probability including methods of enumeration, random variables and probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit Theorem, and important ideas and problems of statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 245) Probability and Statistics I Concepts such as polynomial interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of differential equations, error propagation, practical implementation of numerical methods on modem computers, and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 146 and CSC 170 or consent of instructor.) Numerical Mathematics and Computation Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory, algebra, calculus, and modem mathematics. An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of western civilization. Does not apply toward the mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4, junior or senior standing) History of Mathematics (See PHY 327) Special Functions of Mathematical Physics Concepts of real analysis including functions, derivatives, integrals, and series in a theoretical setting with an emphasis on written communication of mathematical ideas. (Prereq.: ENG 111, at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271) Analysis Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246, MAT 271) Abstract Algebra Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics, graph theory, recursion theory, set theory, and formal logic with an emphasis on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 146 or two of the following courses: MAT 145/122, MAT 163, MAT 252, MAT 331) Discrete Mathematical Structures 188 Mathematics Mathematics Colloquium Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Carries no course credit. Independent StudyIResearch Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered curriculum with the guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or senior standing, and consent of instructor). See also description on p. 92. See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. METRO-URBAN STUDIES MAT 499 Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit, significant mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq. for upper division: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or senior standing). See also description on p. 91. MAT 1991399 Internship Internship and Independent Study courses: MAT 491 Study of an advanced topic such as complex analysis, mathematical biology, operations research, chaotic dynamical systems, fractal mathematics, knot theory, topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq.: at least two MAT courses numbered above 200 and consent of instructor. For 495, an additional upper division MAT course depending on the particular topic may also be required) MAT 395/495 Topics in MathematicdAdvanced Topics in Mathematics Mathematics 1 - Mary Kingsley (Chair), Pary PezechkianWeinberg, Frankie Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz Modern Languages Faculty Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in second-language education and translation, but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in international business, social work, the diplomatic corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or minor in modem languages. In addition, a minor in languages or linguistics is a valuable research tool for those intending to pursue graduate study in most academic disciplines. The modem languages department offers language, literature, and culture courses leading to majors in French, German, Norwegian, and Spanish. Introductory courses in Ojibwe and American Sign Language are offered at Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. he Department of Modem Languages at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation and that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of a truly global perspective. T Transfer students intending to major or minor in languages must take a minimum of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See majorlminor above for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Courses accepted for transfer must have been taken within the past seven years. Transfer Students Prerequisite A prerequiste must be completed with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P Majors seeking graduation with distinction must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.5 GPA in the major, 3.5 GPA overall, and honors thesis. Graduation with Distinction The minor consists of four courses above 21 1 (Norwegian only: 21 1 and above), including one in language and one in literature or culture. At least three of these courses must be taught in the target language, and at least two of them must be taken on the Augsburg campus. Minor The major consists of nine courses above 21 1 (Norwegian only: 211 and above), including two courses in culture, two courses in language, two courses in literature and three electives (from any of the three areas above). At least seven of these courses must be taught in the target language of the major and at least four of them must be taken on the Augsburg campus. Major Since spring term 2001, Augsburg College no longer offers a licensure program in modem languages. A semester of study abroad is required for majors and some study abroad is strongly recommended for minors. An advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged. Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulaly enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) FRE 295 FRE 31 1 FRE 211, 212 Intermediate French I, II Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulaly building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall: 211; spring: 212) FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovely of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. (Fall: 111; spring 112. WEC-additional sessions required) FRENCH (FRE) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information. ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf and hard-of-hearing people. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE (ASL) Teaching Licensure Study Abroad Modern Languages 191 - French Civilization: Historical Perspective Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials, and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) French Civilization Today the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) Advanced Conversation and Composition FRE 499 FRE 399 FRE 299 FRE 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. Internship Internships and Independent Study Courses: FRE 495 FRE 41 1 The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II FRE 350 FRE 332 FRE 331 192 Modern Languages CER 351 CER 350 CER 332 CER 331 Conversation and Composition CER 31 1 The intellectual, cultural, and political history of all peoples is reflected in their literature. The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle the German experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant; from Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a way to relive the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment. Survey of Literature: Cerman Literature from Chivalry to Romanticism Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany. Austria, and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) German Civilization and Culture II Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) German Civilization and Culture I Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary, and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics CER 295 Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212) CER 211, 212 Intermediate Cerman I, II Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. (Fall: 111; spring: 112. WEC-additional sessions required) CER 111, 112 Beginning Cerman I, II GERMAN (CER) P Modern Languages 19 Advanced Conversation and Composition Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: GER 3 11 or consent of instructor. Fall) Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics CER 41 1 CER 495 Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. CER 299 CER 399 CER 499 NOR 21 1 Intermediate Norwegian I Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall) NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112) NORWEGIAN (NOR) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information. JAPANESE(JPN) lnternship See description on page 91. CER 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th Centuries The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has many German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Karl Marx, Freud, Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of prose, poetry, and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized the birth of the modem age. CER 354 -Modern Languages 194 Conversation and Composition NOR 311 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR 31 1.Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring) Advanced Conversation and Composition Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) Survey of Norwegian Literature Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) NOR 499 NOR 399 NOR 299 NOR 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: NOR 495 NOR 41 1 NOR 353 NOR 350 A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural developments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) Norwegian Civilization and Culture Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.: NOR 21 1 or equivalent. Spring) Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics NOR 295 NOR 331 I I _ Modern Languages 195 OJIBWE(OJB) Spanish and Latin American Culture Through Film SPA 312 Conversation and Composition SPA 31 1 Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice with emphasis on the finer points of grammar. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: odd years) Spanish Expression Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent. Fall) Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand) SPA 295 SPA 248 Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. (Fall: 21 1; spring: 212) SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking world. (Fall: 111 and 112; spring: 112. WEC-additional sessions required.) SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under International Studies. W SPANISH (SPA) An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa) Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. (Alternate years: 111 fall of odd years; 112 spring of even years.) OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the modem languages department and as part of the American Indian studies minor. W -Modern Languages 196 Latin American Civilization and Culture Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) Advanced Conversation and Composition An introduction to Hispanic literature. Lectures, discussions, and written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354. Spring: even years) Representative Hispanic Authors Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Introduction to Literature for Language Students A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: odd years) SPA 499 SPA 399 SPA 299 SPA 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. Internship Internships and Independent Study Courses: SPA 495 SPA 41 1 SPA 354 SPA 350 SPA 332 - Modern Languages 19 M Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Bridget Doak, Sally Dorer, Susan Druck, Lynn Erickson, Janet Fried, Jennifer Gerth, Bradley Greenwald, Nancy Grundahl, Mary Horozaniecki, Ned Kantar, Kathy Kienzle, Caroline Lemen, Steve Lund, Norbert Nielubowski, Celeste O'Brien, Paul Ousley, Part-time Faculty Full-time Faculty Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Stephen Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta Kagin, Merilee Klemp, Sonja Thompson Participation in a variety of Music experiences including music ensembles, musictheater productions, private lessons, some music courses, and additional Interim courses or special performances is open to students in any major area of study, with permission from the instructor. In Addition, we offer a Music minor and a Music Therapy equivalency certificate. Bachelor of Arts (Music Major) Bachelor of Music (Music Education or Performance Major) Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy major) The Department of Music at Augsburg College offers music training within the context of a liberal arts education, and is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) and the American Music Therapy Association (AMTA). The Music Department offers three degree programs and four majors as follows: usic has the power to strengthen the mind, heal the body, and unlock the creative spirit. Whether we experience music as a listener, performer, or teacher, it adds a significant dimension to our lives. Augsburg students who enroll as freshmen must apply to the Department of Music for acceptance to a degree program by the end of the sophomore year. Transfer students should meet with a music adviser immediately after enrolling at Augsburg to establish an appropriate course of music study and application/evaluation process. All students interested in pursuing a music degree at Augsburg are strongly encouraged to contact a music faculty adviser in their degree area as soon as possible to ensure a smooth program of study and timely completion of music degree requirements. Plus fulfillment of recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major Materials of Music I Materials of Music I1 Aural Skills I Aural Skills I1 Materials of Music 111 Materials of Music IV Aural Skills 111 Aural Skills IV History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting Large and Small Ensemble Participation Performance Studies Music Repertoire Tests Piano Proficiency MUS 101 MUS 102 MUS 111 MUS 112 MUS 201 MUS 202 MUS 21 1 MUS 212 MUS 231 Core Curriculum for all Music Degree ProgramsIMajors Fine Arts Coordinator Cathy Anderson Rick Penning, Nicholas Raths, Angela Wyatt Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary level. Students select either vocavgeneral or instrumentavgeneral emphasis. In addition to applying to the music department, bachelor of music education major candidates must also apply to the Department of Education for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education major. All music requirements must be completed prior to student teaching. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure program. Music Education M a j o r H BACHELOR OF MUSIC Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury For acceptance to any music major degree program, students must: submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year or as soon as possible after enrolling at Augsburg submit a copy of a current academic transcript and any transferred credits with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiency requirement Two quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice (first year) One of the following two areas of emphasis: Vocal emphasis-MUS 251,252,253, 254 Instrumental e m p h a s i ~ n course e credit of music elective One of the following two: MUS 342 Choral Conducting MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting Requirements Core cuniculum plus: MUS 341 Basic Conducting (.5) MUS 358 Half junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education INS 105 or Intro. to Amer. Indian Studies INS 260 Contemporary American Indians EDC 200 Orientation to Education EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools EDC 220 Educational Technology EDC 310 Learning and Development EDC 315 Critical Issues in Education Seminar ESE 300 Readinwriting in Content Area ESE 325 Creative Learning Environments ESE 370 Music K-12 Methods EDC 410 Special Needs Learner EDC 480 School and Society EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485,487 Student Teaching MUS 359 Music Methods: ChoraWocal (.5) MUS 356 Music Methods: Brass/Percussion (.25) MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds (25) MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.25) Music 19! - Two quarter course credits and six half course credits of performance studies in the major instrurnentlvoice Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrurnentlvoice Improvisation competency on major instrurnentlvoice (may be fulfilled by MUS 129) Pass piano proficiency test Emphasizes intensive work in performance, supplemented by other courses in music and the liberal arts. The program is made available only to students of exceptional perfonning ability who are selected on the basis of an audition/interview application process. The bachelor of music performance program prepares d t e d performers to compete for professional performing opportunities andlor graduate school auditions. Music Performance Major BACHELOR OF MUSIC Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major instrumentlvoice Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and 3.0 in the major instrumentlvoice Pass three music repertoire tests Pass piano proficiency test Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice Four quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble plus four semesters of departmental ensemble work as assigned by the student's academic adviser and studio instructor. Or, for piano or guitar emphasis: Instrumental emphasis-one and one half course credits of music electives, one methods course for major inshument Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice Pass three music repertoire tests Piano or organ emphasis-MUS 436,456, one course credit of music elective One of the following three areas of emphasis: Vocal emphasis-MUS 251, 252, 253, 254, 435, EDS 359, one course credit of music elective Requirements: 14.5 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 358 Full junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major ins trumentlvoice (winds and percussionBand; strings-Orchestra; voice-Choir) Two full course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice (fourth year) Four half course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice (second and third year) !00 Music Requirements: 23 course credits Core cumculum plus: MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 311 or 312 Composition I or I1 MUS 372,373 Psychological Foundation of Music I, I1 MUS 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 472 Human Identity Through the Creative Arts MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship MUS 458 Half senior recital EDC 4 10 The Special Needs Learner PSY 105 Principles of Psychology PSY 362 Abnormal Psychology BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology MUS 356 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds MUS 358 Music Methods: Strings Fulfills the academic and clinical requirements for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. The B. S. in music therapy is minimally a 4 1/2 year degree program, which includes a full-time (six months or 1,040 hours) internship in a clinical facility approved by the American Music Therapy Association (AMTA). This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become professional music therapists. Music Therapy Major BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumendvoice Core curriculum plus one full credit music elective plus MUS 458 (Senior Recital) and two additional music credits Requirements Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study or desire to enter one of the many musicrelated business fields most often choose this course of study. Music Major W BACHELOR OF ARTS Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all music therapy courses Pass three music repertoire tests Pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency tests Two semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice and residency at Augsburg Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumendvoice One of the following two: SOC 362 Statistical Analysis PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I Strongly recommended: MUS 359 Music Methods: Vocal Music 201 -- - Requirements: 8 credits MUSBUS 105 The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording The music business minor is a course of study designed both for the music major desiring additional preparation in business and for the non-music major interested in pursuing a career in the music industry. With the Music Business Minor, students are given the opportunity to enroll in coursework and participate in on-site field experiences that address specific professional skills necessary to enter today's music indusq. The minor is a collaborative program between the Music and Business Departments. Music Business Minor Candidates must submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year. Pass one music repertoire test Four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses of performance studies on the major instrumendvoice One additional music course. One of the following two: MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 Requirements: 6 course credits Materials of Music I, I1 MUS 101, 102 MUS111,112 AuralSkills1,II MUS 341 Basic Conducting For acceptance to the degree program, equivalency/certification students must: submit an application for admission during the first semester of residency at Augsburg submit a copy of a current academic transcript and transferred credits with the application The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already have a bachelor's degree and wish to meet the requirements set by the American Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency program prepares students for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. Depending upon the student's degree and skill level, individual requirements will be outlined by the director of music therapy There is a minimum two-year residency requirement, which includes participation in a major ensemble for four terms and successful completion of a two-year music theory equivalency test. Music Therapy Equivalency/ Certification Program All of the above courses plus two additional Music course credits beyond MUS 105 and MUS 295 (maximum of 1 credit in MUE andlor MUP courses). One of the following: MUSBUS 295 Topics: Arts Management and Concert Promotion BUS 301 Business Law BUS 254 Entrepreneurship Music Minor Pass three music repertoire tests Pass piano proficiency test ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I MUSBUS 399 Internship Approved for the Music Business Minor Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice 202 Music These musical organizations are open to music majors, music minors, and nonmusic majors. All music students are required to participate in a major ensemble on their major instrument (where possible) during their time at Augsburg College. Ensembles (MUE) An honors project could include but is not limited to one of the following: writing and defending a senior thesis; presenting a recital beyond that required by a degree; composing a work not less than 15 minutes duration; conducting a concert; or a project that combines any or all of the above listed projects in a manner appropriate to a student's degree area. A transcript showing a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher in all music courses An outline of the student's participation in departmental activities demonstrating leadership, musical goals and high musical standards. A proposal for an honors project Students may qualify for departmental honors by submitting a petition to the music faculty before the end of the first semester of the senior year. The petition for honors should include: Departmental Honors submit the studio insmctor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency requirements during the first semester of residence Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury. Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit-l/2 hour lesson, 3 hours of practice per week 114 course credit-1R hour lesson, 4 hours of practice per week 1/2 course credit-1 hour lesson, 8 hours of practice per week Lessons for credit require: Private lessons Jury examination at the end of each semester Attendance at departmental student recitals and master classes Attendance at concerts and recitals Performance Studies (Private Lessons) While the music department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in the Augsburg Concert Band, the Augsburg Chamber Orchestra, the Augsburg Choir, Masterworks Chorale, Men's Chorus, or Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy the major, minor, or general education requirements. Ensemble requirements are fulfilled by participation for the entire year. One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111, 112, 121,141); other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no credit with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in an ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Auditions for membership in ensembles are scheduled during the first week of the school year or by arrangement with the individual ensemble director. Music 20 - Recitals required for the fulfillment of the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements or honors program will be sponsored by the music department. Other student recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All music degree recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in this catalog and repertoire lists. Students planning a recital should carefully read the Music Student Handbook and consult regularly with their applied instructor. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major instrument/voice is required for recital performance. At least two full-time music faculty members and the student's private instructor must be present to evaluate junior and senior recitals. Recitals are given a padfail grade. Student Recitals A semester of study consists of 14 weeks of lessons, coaching, and a jury examination. Music majors and minors are required to register for music lessons for credit (quarter, half, or full credit depending on year of study and degree being sought). Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Department of Music, and private instruction for credit is graded traditionally Lessons for non-credit: Students may take private lessons for no credit and are not required to fulfill the performance and listening requirements. !04 Music Music majors are required to pass three music repertoire tests, transfer students must pass two, and music minors must pass one. Consult the Music Student Handbook for contents of music repertoire tests and test dates. Music Repertoire Tests All music majors enrolled in a music degree program must complete the piano proficiency requirement by the end of the sophomore year. Consult the Music Student Handbook for piano major and non-piano major requirements and test dates. Piano Proficiency EXAMINATIONS B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358) will be one-half hour in duration for music education majors, and one hour in duration for music performance majors. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration for music education majors and music performance majors. B. A. and B. S. degree senior recitals (MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration. MUS 31 1 MUS 212 MUS 21 1 MUS 202 MUS 201 MUS 112 MUS 111 MUS 102 MUS 101 (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0) Composition 1 Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211) Aural Skills IV Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS 201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112) Aural Skills 111 Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 201 and 211 with a minimal grade of 2.0) Form and Analysis Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a minimal grade of 2.0) Materials of Music 111 Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102. To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111) Aural Skills 11 Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing, and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101. (Prereq.: Aural Skills Placement Test to be given in the first week of class) Aural Skills I Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a grade of 2.0 or higher) Materials of Music 11 Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test to be given in the first week of class) Materials of Music I THEORY AND MUSICIANSHIP Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Joint Class Schedule or the music department for course offerings in each term. Music 20 Instrumental Conducting (.5 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341) The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102,201) History and Literature of Music II A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102, 201) History and Literature of Music I Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors. Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is also offered as BUS 105. An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques to develop the student's basic skills of Music-Theatre. Concepts of diverse music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing, research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions. MUSITHR 235 Skills of Music Theatre MUS 232 MUS 231 MUS 130 MUS 105 (.5 course) Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection, advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341) Choral Conducting Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 111, 231) HISTORY AND LITERATURE MUS 344 MUS 342 Basic Conducting MUS 341 (.5 course) Composition 11 (.5 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporaly techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied and used. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or permission from instructor) MUS 312 !06 Music Worlds of Music MUS 320 Music o f the Romantic Period (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) Music o f the 20th Century (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. Voice Repertoire (.5 course) A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western Europe, Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing, and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS 251, 252, 253, 254 or permission from instructor) MUS 333 MUS 334 MUS 432 MUS 435 (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) Music of t h e Classical Period (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) MUS 332 (.5 course) Music of the Baroque Era (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) MUS 331 Thefollowing four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music: A survey of non-Western musical cultures. History of Jazz This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and progressive jazz. MUS 241 Music 20 Independent Study (-5 course) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. MUS 498 Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. MUS 299 MUS 399 MUS 499 Class Voice (.25 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. Class Piano (.25 course) Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sight-reading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to pass the piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor) Class Guitar (.25 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. MUS 152 MUS 155 MUS 158 MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252) German Diction (253), French Diction (254) (each .25 course) Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian, German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music education majors. Improvisation in Music (.O course) Basic improvisational skills within a jazz combo format. Open to Instrumentalists and vocalists. MUS 129 TECHNIQUE lnternship See description on page 91. MUS 199 INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES Piano Repertoire (.5 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening, analyzing, and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) MUS 436 108 Music Junior Recital MUS 358 (.O course) One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. Senior Recital MUS 459 Human Identity through the Creative Arts MUS 272 MUS 373 MUS 372 Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. Psychological Foundations of Music II An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. Psychological Foundations of Music I (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership, observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human identity with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement. Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (.5 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children. MUS 271 MUSIC THERAPY B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire Level IV for music education majors, one hour recital at Level V for music performance majors. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. (.O course) Senior Recital MUS 458 B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for music education majors, one hour recital at Level IV for music performance majors. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. (.O course) Piano Pedagogy (.5 course) Principles, methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. MUS 456 Music 20 (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership, observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours per week. No course credit. Human Identity through the Creative Arts MUS 479 (.5 course) Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months. (1040 hours) Application for internship must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: completion of all other graduation requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire tests) Music Therapy Clinical Internship Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274,275,374,375, and pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency tests) (.25 course each) Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings, including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. Music Therapy Senior Seminar See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module. MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Pradicums MUS 473 MUS 472 MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums 110 Music Augsburg Choir ( 2 5 course) Riverside Singers o f Augsburg (.25 course) Vocal Chamber (.O course) Masterworks Chorale (.25 course) Orchestra (.25 course) String Ensemble (.O course) Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course) Concert Band (.25 course) Brass Ensemble (.O course) Jazz Ensemble (.25 course) Percussion Ensemble (.O course) Piano Ensemble (-0 course) MUE 112 MUE 113 MUE 114 MUE 121 MUE 122 MUE 131 MUE 141 MUE 142 MUE 143 MUE 144 MUE 145 While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in the Augsburg Concert Band, Augsburg Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg Choir, or Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy the major, minor, or general education requirements. Some instruments are available for use by students. MUE 111 These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble director. Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appro-priate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble membership, preference is given to Concert Band members. ENSEMBLES (MUE) Music 21 - Baritone Tuba Percussion Organ Harp Improvisation MUP 142-442 MUP 143-443 M UP 144-444 MUP 152-452 MUP 159a MUP 161-461 MUP 171-471 MUP 181-481 MUP 191-491 MUP 192-492 MUP 122-422 Viola MUP 123-423 Cello MUP 124424 Bass MUP 131-431 Oboe MUP 132-432 Bassoon MUP 133-433 Clarinet MUP 134434 Saxophone MUP 135-435 Flute A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise except for illness immediately prior to A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Note carefully the following provisions: Trombone MUP 141-441 MUP 121-421 Violin Credit is granted only for study with members of the Augsburg Department of Music. the lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. Guitar Piano accompanying Piano Trumpet MUP 137-437 Horn are individualized to meet the experience, ability, background and goals of the student. Students may register for 0.00 credits; 0.25 credits; or 0.5 credits in accordance with their specific degree requirements (see Music Department Student Handbook for music degree and variable credit performance studies requirements.) MUP 111-411 Voice H LESSONS Performance Studies courses are available to music majors and non-majors and Performance Studies at Augsburg College provide a unique opportunity for students to study on an individual basis with artistlteachers who are active performers in this region and beyond. PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUP) !12 Music The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current licensure requirements. All upper division courses required for the biology major must be completed before student teaching. Teaching Licensure Major Coordinators Karen Ballen (Biology), Sandra Olrnsted (Chemist~y),Jeff Johnson (Physics) Courses are designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the distributionlgeneral education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in education. Early consultation with the major area coordinator is essential. he natural science licensure program - for teachers is designed to provide smong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. T Six other biology courses, including at least one from each of the following groups: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology or BIO 473 Animal Physiology BIO 361 Plant Biology or BIO 440 Plant Physiology BIO 367 Biochemistry or BIO 476 Microbiology BIO 355 Genetics or BIO 481 Ecology BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology or BIO 474 Developmental Biology CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistq I, I1 One math course: MAT 114, 122, 145, or 163 Biology Major (for licensure in biology 5-12) Broad base requirements, plus: BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology BIO 491 Seminar Broad Base Requirements GEO XXX Introductory Geology PHY 101 Introductory Astronomy PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology BIO 113 Introductory Organisma1Biology BIO 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology PHY 116 Introduction to Physics or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, 11 CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, I1 or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1 - 121, See listing under Modem Languages. NORWEGIAN See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. One year of general physics-PHY 122 Two courses from: CHM 364,367,464,470,481,482 Chemistry Major (for licensure in chemistry 5-12) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement, plus Graduation major in chemistry: CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, I1 or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1 CHM 351 Organic Chemistry I CHM 352 Organic Chemistry I1 CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters) MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 Physical Science Broad Base Requirement BIO 113, 114,215 PHY 101,106 Geology One year of general chemistry-CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116 Two additional physics courses above 122; PHY 261 recommended Physics Major (for licensure in physics 5-12) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement, plus Graduation major in physics: PHY 121 General Physics PHY 122 General Physics PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory '14 Natural Science Teaching Licensures Nursing Faculty Cheryl Leuning (Chair), Ruth Enestvedt, Meny Beth Gay, Sue Nash, Pamela Weiss, Linda Holt, Beverly Nilsson (Emerita) Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a bachelor of science degree with a major in nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health nurse registration in Minnesota. With two additional courses, they are eligible to apply for school nurse certification. The bachelor's degree equips nurses with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral, and nursing sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg also provides educational opportunities to increase their skills in critical thinking, clinical investigation, and decision-making that prepares them to handle challenging new positions in today's health care field. The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools, and community organizations, or in their own practices. Wherever they practice, nurses provide comprehensive health care through the entire life span for people of diverse cultures and socioeconomic levels. he Augsburg Department of Nursing is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities in the health care field. T Courses in the nursing major are offered on weekends with practicum courses requiring additional weekday time. More time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the nursing major should consult with the program coordinator from the Department of Nursing for program planning. The program has been planned so that the major can be completed within two academic years; however, students may pursue their studies at a slower pace. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required. Students also must complete Augsburg's residence and general education requirements. Major Nine courses including: NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families NUR 405 Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice NUR 410 Community Health Nursing I NUR 411 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care - NUR 305 Nursing majors can complete the baccalaureate at the Minneapolis and Rochester sites. Students can complete their liberal arts general education requirements by taking courses in day school and Weekend College. It is recommended that most liberal arts courses be taken before starting the nursing major. Nursing courses at Augsburg are available only through Weekend College. Classes usually meet on alternate weekends for one 3 1/2 hour time block. Clinical practice usually occurs on weekdays. Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be taken into account in any decision to work toward a college degree. For this reason, Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing this degree. Options for Completing the Degree 6. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance, current CPR certification, and an updated immunization record. 5. Current clinical practice: Applicants must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years). This may include graduation from a school of nursing, work experience, completion of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptable equivalent. Augsburg or at another accredited college or university. Contemporary Nursing I: Communication Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles. 4. Prerequisite course content: The following content must have been completed with a minimum grade of Z.O-chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, sociology, and psychology. These courses may be taken at 3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The applicant must be a registered nurse who is licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the nursing major. 2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from an NLN-accredited associate degree or diploma nursing program with a 2.5 overall GPA. 1. Submit an application to Augsburg College. All applicants must present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2 GPA. The following steps may be taken in any order, but all must be completed prior to application for admission into the nursing major. Admission to the honors major requires: a GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall, application to the department chair by Nov. 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and honors thesis to be presented before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement. Departmental Honors !16 Nursing Introduction to Nursing Research Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in nursing research are examined. Students critique nursing research for its value in nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and function throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health care is examined. (Prereq.: NUR 306, 350) LeadershipIManagement: Theory and Practice Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor. Community Health Nursing I Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, and communities. Community Health Nursing II: Practicum* Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delively systems. Students will apply nursing process, teaching~learningtheory, and basic public health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 310) NUR 350 NUR 403 NUR 405 NUR 410 NUR 41 1 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. * This course involves an additional clinicalfee. Note: I f NUR 41 1 is not taken immediatelyfollowing NUR 410, students are required to consult withfaculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who deceleratefor more thanfive years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is afee to audit courses. NUR 499 Topics in Nursing Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and students. Independent Study: Trends and Issues in Nursing A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice. NUR 330 NUR 432 Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing theory and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then utilized in a patientlclient situation. NUR 306 Nursing 21 P Philosophy Major Eight courses including: PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 285 Intro. to Formal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Early Modem and 19-Century Philosophy PHI 344 Twentieth-Century Philosophy Philosophy Faculty David Apolloni (Chair), Markus Fuehrer, Bruce Reichenbach The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy, while others use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine, the Christian ministry, or journalism. Students learn to ask and answer these and other similar questions for themselves through the development and use of critical reasoning, assisted by philosophers from the past and present. hilosophy is in an important sense the most fundamental of the disciplines. All of the sciences and most other disciplines arose out of it. Moreover, it is concerned with asking and answering the "big" questions that are the most basic. For example, Is there a God? Is there life after death? Are there absolute moral standards? What kind of life is the best? What is knowledge and what are its sources? Philosophy Minor Five courses, including two from PHI 241,242,343, and 344. Admission to the philosophy honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice that involves research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Departmental Honors In addition to a major and minor in philosophy, the philosophy department also offers a cross-disciplinary major in conjunction with the computer science department emphasizing areas of interest in which philosophy and computer science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the major is to augment the technical skills of a computer scientist with the creativity and liberal arts perspective of a philosopher. The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy. See course listing on page 118. Major in Computational Philosophy A 400-level course (other than PHI 499) Two elective courses in philosophy Four courses must be upper division. PHI 242 PHI 241 PHI 175 PHI 125 PHI 120 PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy studen& will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructing a Christian philosophy Topics include: the nature of being, human understanding in relation to faith, and the place of the image of God in the human condition. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring) History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers and still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language and reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of truth and human knowledge, and the nature of the good life, from Thales to Plotinus. History of Philosophy I: Ancient Creek Philosophy Issues such as the ethics of sex in relation to marriage, pornography, and homosexuality are considered. Then consideration is given to the nature and history of romantic love and its relationship to sex. Philosophy of Love and Sex action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI 125 may not receive credit for PHI 120. A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and Ethics and Human Identity By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform the considerations. Students who receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125. Ethics This course introduces students to typical philosophical questions (like how we know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world philosophically Philosophy 21 Philosophy and the Arts Class discussion of philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting, sculpture, literature, music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of aesthetic judgment, the definition of "work of art"; the nature of aesthetic experience, the evaluation of art, creativity, the relation between the artist's intention, the work of art, and its relation to the rest of the artistic tradition. PHI 365 PHI 355 PHI 350 PHI 344 PHI 343 PHI 300 The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods. (Suggested prior course: PHI 399 or one course in natural science) Philosophy of Science A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. We focus on analyzing diverse views of reality, the self, and recommendations on how to live. Asian Philosophy We systematically investigate a series of philosophical questions about religion. What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? Philosophy of Religion A survey of major philosophical schools in the twentieth century: analytic philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, and post-modem philosophy. History of Philosophy IV: Twentieth-Century Philosophy The major rationalists of the 17' century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18' century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of rationalism and empiricism, and 19' century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). History of Philosophy Ill: Early Modern and l%h-Century Philosophy Laws concerning property, contracts, agency, negotiable instruments and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Ethical concepts and principles underlying individual rights and responsibilities in business. Business Law and Ethics An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation inclueding finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines. Incompleteness and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT 145 or MAT 171) PHI 2851385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 260 220 Philosophy Existentialism The course lays out some fundamental ethical theories, which it then carefully applies to problems that arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia. Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Studies in the writings--both philosophical and literary-f prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies. covering either an individual philosopher or a specific topic in philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242,343,344, or consent of instructor. Offered annually) Internship See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 9 1. See listing under Health and Physical Education. PHYSICALEDUCATION PHI 499 PHI 399 PHI 299 PHI 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: PHI 410 (See description for PHI 285/385) PHI 3851285 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 380 PHI 370 Philosophy 22 Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and the need to keep abreast of rapid technological advances, the department strives to give students not only an understanding of basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. A rigorous major provides students with the preparation required for graduate study in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, and the medical and health-related fields. The department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses provide the basis for further study and enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. p hysicists . . are a curious and ambitious lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Historically called "natural philosophers," physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to the largest galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery activity of stars. Physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science, and space exploration. Major 13 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 PHY 245 Modem Physics BACHELOR OF ARTS Jennifer Posch Physics Research Staff Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson, William Jasperson, Jeffrey Johnson, David Venne, J. Ambrose Wolf Physics Faculty The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and advanced degree levels, and administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, funded by NASA. It also maintains active research programs through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences and the Sverdrup Laboratory for Solid State Physics, with support from the National Science Foundation, NASA, and other private and public sources. Several students work as research assistants in these efforts during the academic year and in the summer. Cooperative education, internship, and undergraduate research programs provide opportunities for students to apply their knowledge and problem-solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings. One physics course above PHY 122 CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 245 Calculus 111 and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics Major 17 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 261 Electronics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 352 Mechanics I1 PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory I1 PHY 486 Quantum Physics I BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory Two elective physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 245 Calculus 111 and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 145, 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year. A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.3 overall. An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year. Departmental Honors A GPA of 3.7 in physics and 3.5 overall. An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year. Graduation with Distinction Physics Major With Concentration in Space Physics 18 course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320 and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course. 18 course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 330 and PHY 430, and the omission of the elective physics course. Physics Major with Concentration in Solid State Physics BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Physics 22 Introductory Astronomy PHY 101 PHY 103 Natural Science II The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110) SCI 111 Conceptual Physics An introductory course (with a hands-on intuitive approach) in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall, spring) the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day Night viewing is required. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring) A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars, and galaxies. In addition Natural Science I The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry. Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3 ) Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. SCI 110 Three elective physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11 Minor Seven courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 The Augsburg chapter of the Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in the society is open to all students interested in physics. The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Sigma Pi Sigma Society of Physics Students Teaching Licensure Major - Physics 224 PHY 261 PHY 245 PHY 122 PHY 121 PHY 116 PHY 114 PHY 106 lntroductory Meteorology AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146. Spring: cross-listed with computer science) Electronics An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental perspective. Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics. This course develops the experimental foundations and need for quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one one-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall) Modern Physics A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 121, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring) General Physics II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall) General Physics I An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3 . Fall) Introduction to Physics admitted to the elementary education program. Topics covered include the solar system and the origin of Earth; the structure of Earth including plate tectonics, earthquakes, volcanoes, and minerals and rocks; the hydrologic cycle and the effect of water on the planet; and the changing climate of Earth. (Two three-hour laboratoflecture periods. Prereq.: elementary education major and MPG 3 . Fall, spring) A practical and hands-on approach to earth and space science for students Earth Science for Elementary Education Teachers A survey of the basic principles of the Earth's weather and climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone depletion. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring) Physics 22 Introduction to Space Science pheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring) A survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetos- PHY 363 PHY 362 Mechanics II PHY 352 The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus. Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring) Electromagnetic Fields II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus. Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, and electric properties of materials. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall) Electromagnetic Fields I Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, and noninertial reference frames. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY 351, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring) Mechanics I Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall) the preparation of the thin films to their structural and magnetic characterization. Many different experimental techniques and methods will be discussed, including Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Sputtering, Diffraction methods, finnel and Force Microscopy and various magnetomew methods. (Three one-hour lectures. PHY 245 and PHY 351. Spring) A study of the physics of thin (magnetic) films, covering the entire range from Thin Films: Preparation Techniques and Methods for Structural and Magnetic Characterization PHY 351 PHY 330 Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, Fourier series, series solution of differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions, and functions of a complex variable. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 245 or equivalent. Spring: cross-listed with mathematics) PHYIMAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics PHY 320 !26 Physics Plasma Physics PHY 420 Introduction to Solid State Physics A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245,351. Spring) Quantum Physics Topics in solid state physics including various theories of metals, crystal lattices, band structure and Fermi surfaces, phonons, semiconductors and magnetism. The conditions and consequences of the solid state of materials will be explored at a very detailed level, taking realistic parameters of materials into account. (Three one-hour lectures. Prerequisite: PHY 351, PHY 362; PHY 486 strongly recommended. Fall) PHY 499 PHY 399 PHY 299 PHY 199 See description on page 92. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: PHY 486 PHY 430 Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (.5 course) A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Spring) PHY 396 Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration) Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course) An emphasis on independent laboratory work and participation in physics seminars. Experiments in mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall) PHY 395 Physics 22 F Providing work in several subfields of political sciene, the major suppIies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in political science, public administration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities Political scientists use systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy psychology, economics, history, and sociology to the study of politics. irmly in the liberal arts tra. grounded dition, political science shares concerns with the humanities, other behavioral sciences, and mathematics and the sciences. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that offers courses in all major areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of campaigns and elections, comparative and international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy, racial and ethnic politics, and American public law. The honors major in political science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's GPA must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; the student must take an honors independent study and a seminar, and must submit an Departmental Honors Also at least five other upper division courses in four out of five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Only one internship may count for an upper division area. Also one other political science course in any area, upper or lower division. Required elective-ne of the following: POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 122 Metropolitan Complex POL 160 World Politics POL 170 Law in the United States Political Science Major Ten courses: POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/Methodology POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar Milda Hedblom (Chair), Andrew Aoki, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Nonna Noonan, Joseph Underhill-Cady Political Science Faculty area. Combined with broad, balanced, and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Economics Courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics (elective for social science core) ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics (elective for social science core) ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics One other upper division course Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political science, and two courses in education. ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill requirements for the social studies core; education courses also fulfill licensure requirements for secondary educaiton. Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics Five courses, including POL 121 or 122 or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas. POL 483 may not usually be used for a minor. Minor honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the department on their honors thesis. For specific requirements, consult the department chair. Students should apply for the honors major no later than the junior year. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major or the teaching major in economics and political science. Either option requires that the student also take courses required for the social studies core. For more information, see the department chair. (I) American Government and Politics, (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (111) International Politics, (IV) Public Law, and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Political Science Areas In addition, in order to graduate with this major, a student must have been admitted into the Department of Education. Political Science Courses: POL 121 American Government (social science core course) Two upper-level political science courses (must be in two different areas) Two other political science courses Education Courses: EDC 200 Orientation to Education (required for licensure) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods-capstone course (required for licensure) Political Science 22! - American Government and Politics Surveys major parts of American national government-including Congress, the presidency, and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political parties. Metropolitan Complex Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences on urban public policy Includes case studies of the Twin Cities metro area. American Women and Politics Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic, and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives. Environmental and River Politics This course explores the politics of the communities and ecosystems of the Upper Mississippi River watershed, including controversies about river pollution, the lock and dam system, regional water supply, flood control, and farming practices. Includes site visits to see how local policy-makers and Ostakeholders are trying to achieve sustainability in the watershed. Social and Political Change Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking primarily, but not exclusively, at the United States. Also looks at how individuals can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course in political science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor) Politics and Public Policy The domestic policy making process, emphasizing how elected officials, bureaucrats, and interest groups shape government policies in various areas, including taxes, the environment, and social welfare policy. How public policies are formulated and implemented. Political Parties and Behavior Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years) Mass Communication in Society Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior, or senior standing.) POL 121 POL 122 POL 124 POL 241 POL 323 POL 325 POL 326 POL 342 I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS !30 Political Science Media Law (See Section IV for description.) Topics in American Politics Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 375 POL 421 Topics In European Politics Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states. The course will focus on either European community law and politics or domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems Analysis of the former Soviet Union andlor other communist/post-communist states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Topics: Women in Comparative Politics Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes and countries valy. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, political development, political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 350 POL 351 POL 359 POL 459 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 160 POL 363 Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. POL 158 II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) POL 370 Political Science 23 0 0 y.4 r K ,aO 2 O G v, - n w $ 2 5. 8 s 3 2. z0 zg g* 9%g ;gg. 2.2 E$Cn zg 0g g.,gg -.g Z g m 2 5'4 2 In 5' n 5 $ w c ail % g 7 0 2g.g 3, 5' C g 5g.z m e - . , pl F -EagB a,, ~ ~ ,3 LI. g- - %3w %0.gcron , K? & gCK5 5 . q g~ -'C g m g 50 3 g.2 An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study. Major research is required. .(Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper division courses, or consent of instructor) Political Analysis Seminar Origins and evolution of Manrist theory and movements, emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Considers the political, social, and economic dimensions, and changing role of Manrist doctrines in society. (Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor) Marxist Theory Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Topics in Democratic Theory Lower Division Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter. Seminar Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design, descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political surveys. Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) POL 499 POL 399 POL 299 POL 199 See description on page 92. Independent Study/Research See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants exception. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: POL 495 POL 483 POL 295 VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS POL 484 POL 382 POL 381 Political Science 23 - ~ Bridget Robinson-Riegler (Chair), Grace Dyrud, Emily Hause, David Matz, Nancy Steblay Psychology Faculty Faculty members in the Department of Psychology have varied professional specializations including clinical, counseling, physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and industrial/organizationalpsychology as well as expertise in psychological applications to health, law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through a variety of learning experiences including group and individual projects, association with Augsburg's active Psychology Club, Psi Chi Honor Society, and faculty-student research teams. sychology is an exploration of behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding of individual and group behavior. The study of psychology equips students to understand and use the scientific method to think creatively and critically beyond the classroom. To prepare students for graduate study and work in psychology, the major emphasizes the complementary components of a strong foundation in research and theoretical work with the application of knowledge and skills in coursework, research experiences, and internships within the community The curriculum's emphasis on the experiential dimensions of learning and the integration of liberal arts and professional domains prepares students for careers in many settings including business, education, social services, research, law, government, church, and medicine. P Note: A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be counted. *For WEC students, PSY 360 is recommended, not required, hence the WEC major is 10 courses not 10.5 Majors are strongly encouraged to take more than the rninimuml0.5 required psychology courses; no more than 13 course credits can count for graduation. Electives (3 courses in psychology) At least one course from the following: PSY 357 Behavioral Analysis PSY 359 Assessment PSY 363 Sports Psychology PSY 368 Behavioral Healthcare PSY 373 Industrial/Organizational Psychology PSY 385 Counseling Psychology Professional Perspectives (2 courses) PSY 399 Internship At least one course from the following: PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues At least one course from the following: PSY 325 Social Behavior PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology PSY 355 Biopsychology Foundations of Psychology (5.5 courses) PSY 105 Principles of Psychology or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World PSY 215 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I PSY 315 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I1 PSY 360* Psychology Laboratory (.5) The major is 10.5* courses Major The Individual in a Social World A scientific investigation of social issues, with analysis of both individual and group factors. Topics include media, prejudice, conformity, legal processes, and consumer issues. Research participation is required. (This course does substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology courses.) Principles of Psychology An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research participation is required. PSY 105 Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105, and four electives. A minimum of two courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 299, 399, and 499 may be counted. Minor PSY 102 Both the sociology and psychology departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology. The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either major with a solid disciplinary foundation along with specific coursework to strength- Concentration in Social Psychology GPA of 3.0 in the major and 3.5 overall, and completion of a high-quality research project culminating the major program. Formal application must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chair for more detailed requirements. Successful completion of departmental honors in psychology automatically qualifies the student for graduation with distinction from the college. Departmental Honors/Craduation with Distinction Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. en a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Students will participate in internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology interest. Coursework will emphasize research skills, theoretical analysis, and applied work in areas intended to prepare students for careers in law, consulting, research, and social policy, as well as many other areas. In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. See department chair for specific requirements. Transfer-course policy for majors and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be applied to elective or PSY 105 credit for the major. WEC psychology courses are offered only on an alternating year basis. All psychology majors must have an adviser in the psychology department. Psychology 23' - PSY 355 PSY 354 PSY 353 PSY 352 PSY 351 Psy 335 PSY 325 PSY 315 PSY 215 PSY 201 Relationship between brain and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal and altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 215) Biopsychology Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 215) Cognitive Psychology Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who study and work with the largest growing segment of our population-the elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Aging and Adulthood Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Adolescent and Young Adult Development Theory and scientific methods of examining development and behavior. Practical implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Child Development Application of psychological principles and research to legal processes, policy, and problems. Emphasis on three content areas: eyewitness issues, courtroom procedures, and forensic clinical practice. (Prereq: Psy 102 or 105) Psychology and Law Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence, attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 215) Social Behavior Part I1 of a two-term sequence. See PSY 215. PSY 315 should be taken in the term immediately following PSY 215. PSY 215 may be taken for one course credit without taking 315. (Prereq.: PSY 215 with a grade of 2.0 or higher, ENG 111) Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I1 Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientific method as practiced in psychology. This sequence emphasizes skills of bibliographic research, research design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data analysis, and APA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 215 must precede PSY 315. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105, MPG 3) Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Health Psychology 236 Psychology Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence of the physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Behavior Analysis Principles of lea&ing/behavior change and their application to self-management, family work, school, and clinic settings. ~ndihdualizedprojects. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105) Assessment Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement, personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 215) Psychology Laboratory (.5 credit) Laboratory research experience under the supervision of a faculty member. Concurrent enrollment in a full credit upper-level course (designated courses will vary depending on the semester) and approval by the instructor are required. (Prereq: Psy 102 or 105) Personality/Cultural Context Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and development of personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Abnormal Psychology An introduction to psychological disorders and treatment. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Sports Psychology Foundations of sports psychology. Psychological concepts applied to sports and enhancement of athletic performance. Topics include motivation, team development, leadership, psychological skills training, and goal setting. (Prereq: Psy 102 or 105) Behavioral Health Care Application of psychological theory, research, and clinical principles to health care practice. Emphasis on developmental health issues and a biopsychosocial health model. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Psychology of Gender Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Industrial/Organizational Psychology The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include personnel selection and evaluation, career development, conflict and decision-rnaking, group processes, and organizational change. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 356 PSY 357 PSY 359 Psy 360 PSY 361 PSY 362 PSY 363 PSY 368 PSY 371 PSY 373 Psychology 23 Historical Perspectives Discussion and exploration of contemporary professional issues and social policy from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research. (Prereq.: PSY 215 and junior standing) Seminar: Contemporary Issues Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students' knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary professional issues and implications for social policy. Recommended for students headed for graduate school and those electing an honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or comparable course approved by instructor) Advanced Research Seminar Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 215 and consent of instructor) Current Topics in Psychology Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: Two PSY courses plus PSY 102 or 105) Counseling Psychology Focus on the people in psychology's history their questions and positions, from the early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20thlcentury, inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual histoly. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 499 PSY 399 PSY 299 PSY 199 See description on page 92. (Prereq.: PSY 330) Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required. (Prereq.: PSY 330) lnternship See description on page 92. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Directed study See description on page 91. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other psychology course). Internship Internships and Independent Study Courses. PSY 493 PSY 491 PSY 490 PSY 385 PSY 381 ,313 Psychology ~e1i~i;i.i111, 221, or 33 1is prerequisite to all other courses. REL 111 or 221 is expected to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg. Junior or senior transfer students who are required to take two Christian Faith Perspective courses may take REL 331 as the prerequisite for other courses. I Prerequisites The Religion Department offers two majors: Religion ( E L ) and Youth and Family Ministry (YFM). Majors Beverly Stratton (Chair),Janelle Bussert, Nancy Going, Lori Brandt Hale, Bradley Holt, Rolf Jacobson, Lynne Lorenzen, Philip Quanbeck 11, Mark Tranvik Religion Faculty eligion asks fundamental questions of life and meaning: Who are we as human beings? Where did we come from? Where did the world come from?What do good and evil mean in this time and place? Students will wrestle with these questions and with responses from the Christian traditions and from the perspectives of the other major world religions. R GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the department by Dec. 30 of the student's senior year. Departmental Honors Graduation with Distinction requires application to the department chair in the junior year. Specific requirements are available from the chair. Graduation with Distinction All majors must have an adviser in the department. Advising All h-ansfer courses for majors and minors, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the chair. Only courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last ten years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be applied to elective or REL 111 credit for the major. Transfer Courses Courses designated REL and YFM are offered by the religion department. A maximum of 13 total REL and YFM courses may be applied toward the 32-course requirement for graduation. Taking extra electives in REL or YFM may require students to complete more than the minimum 32 courses required for graduation. Graduation Requirements A religion major encourages students to seek their future in the world andlor church through a sense of vocation, serving as pastors, associates in ministry, nurses, youth and family ministry lay professionals in congregations, and as social service and human resource professionals in a wide variety of settings. Through the study of religion, students will learn to understand, appreciate, and articulate the Christian faith, as based in the Bible, as lived in the Christian fellowship, as embodied in the Christian Church and its history, and as interactive in the contemporary world and with other world religions. Students will also develop the ability to read and interpret the Bible, other religious texts, and various expressions and practices of faith, so that their meaning for human life in relation to God becomes evident. In addition students will develop skills for becoming leaders in the religious communities to which they belong and for living as responsible citizens with others whose religious views and practices differ from their own. Note: Not all courses that meet Christian Faith Perspectives are REL courses and do not count toward the religion major or minor. Five religion courses including REL 111 or 331. At least two upper division courses must be taken at Augsburg College. Students are required to have at least a 2.0 GPA in courses counted toward the minor. Religion Minor Note: Seminar, especially for majors, should be taken in the junior or senior year. One New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. or Option B: REL 221 Biblical Studies and three additional religion courses, two of which must be upper division. Option A: REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament and two additional religion courses, one of which must be upper division. and Eight courses including: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 356 World Religions REL 481 Contemporary Theology REL 495 Religion Seminar Religion Major BACHELOR OF ARTS REL 309 REL 308 REL 306 REL 302 REL 301 REL 231 REL 221 REL 111 Religions themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature, holiness, faith and belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness and mercy will be explored through the medium of popular film. Religion at the Movies A study of poetry from the Christian tradition and its interpretation, focusing on biblical psalms and poems, religious poetry, and Christian hymns and songs. Psalms, Songs, and Religious Poetry A study of Christian belief and paitice in a variety of cultural settings different from those of Western Europe and North America. In addition to introductions to forms of this faith on other continents, the course will explore the deep questions of the relationship of culture and religion, and the ethnic and cultural location of Christianity. NonWestern Christianity Historical, literary, and theological interpretation of Paul's letters, the gospels, and other New Testament writings as persuasive literature for ancient and modem communities. Prerequisite REL 111. Interpreting the New Testament An investigation of the Torah, Prophets and Writings, including forms, genres, historical contexts, portrayal of God, and interpretation of these texts by ancient and modem Jewish and Christian communities. Prerequisite REL 111 and entry level critical thinking. Interpreting the Old Testament An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African backgrounds, religion under slavery, and evangelicalism. Religion in African-American History The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents; the task of biblical interpretation; and the history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 301 or 302. Biblical Studies An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine. Open only to freshmen and sophomores. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 331. Introduction to Theology REL 111, 221, or 331 is a prerequisite for a17 other religion courses. Religion 2 - REL 363 REL 362 REL 357 REL 356 REL 353 REL 346 REL 343 REL 331 REL 320 REL 313 :42 Religion Environmental Theology and Ethics A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Religion in America An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. Theology of the Reformers ures. Thinkers that may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther, Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr. Giants of Christian Faith Christian history is examined through the lives and theology of notable fig- An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. World Religions A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups. Some controversial religious movements will also be considered. Denominations and Religious Croups in America This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Taught in Namibia semester program. Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa An examination of the nature of modem marriage and family relationships within the context of the faith and practice of the Christian church. Theology of Marriage and Family An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of the Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking skills. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 111 or REL 221. Foundations in Bible and Theology An examination of Buddhism and the interface of Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand, with attention to the plurality of religions, the role of Christian mission, and religious responses to some of Thailand's contemporary problems such as AIDS and the sex industry. Short-term travel seminar. Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand An overview of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America. Taught in Mexico during spring semester program. REL 471 REL 441 REL 425 REL 390 REL 386 REL 383 REL 374 REL 370 REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus. Jesusand His Interpreters Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor. Feminism and Christianity A practical forum on "habits of the heart" that sustain Christian service. Students explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual disciplines such as prayer, meditation, journaling, and service to the poor. Christian Spiritual Practices A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modem medical technology. Theology of Death and Dying An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related biblical texts. Speaking of Genesis Influences of the relational world view of process philosophy on Christian faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality, and euthanasia). Process Theology larly physics and biology, and the ethical implications of some of the technologies that have derived from these sciences. A study of the implications for Christian theology of modem science, particu- Science and Religion Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: ENG 111, junior standing, and REL 111, 221,' or 331) American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology and sociavpolitical transformation. Taught in Mexico in short-term travel seminar or fall semester and in Central America fall or spring semester programs. Religion 24 Paul the Apostle This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics vary by instructor. Students will improve writing abilities through writing a major research paper. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall) Seminar Selected topics in religion. Topics in Religion A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Religion in Psychological Perspective The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Christian Ethics An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Prereq.: ENG 111and REL 111, 221, or 331) Contemporary Theology An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as attention to current issues facing the Jewish community Judaism A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings. (Prereq.: Pass or waiver of critical thinking entry level skills test) Internship See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on pages 91 and 246. Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. Limited to special cases Philosophy of Religion Religion and Society PHI 350 SOC 360 See department listing for a description of thefollowing approved elective: REL 499 REL 399 REL 299 REL 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: REL 495 REL 490 REL 486 REL 483 REL 481 REL 475 REL 472 44 Religion Youth and family ministry core: YFM 207 Contextual Education [required non-credit field experience] YFM 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church or YFM 316 Church and Culture in Context Theology core: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament REL 362 Theology of the Reformers REL 495 Religion Seminar Eleven courses including Youth and Family Ministry Major This major requires 150 hours of supervised contextual education (YFM 207) as preparation for a 150-hour internship (YFM 399) with a congregation or ministry organization. Students may satisfy the City perspective by taking GST 209 in conjunction with either of these experiential education components. Students are accepted into the program through a two-step candidacy process. Contact the youth and family ministry coordinator in the religion department about when and how to apply for candidacy The major in youth and family ministry prepares persons for faithful work as youth and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This major is interdisciplinary, combining a core study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training, using resources of the Youth and Family Institute of Augsburg College. Youth and Family Ministry Major one formal, supervised field work experience: YFM 207 Contextual Education (noncredit requirement) YFM 399 Internship or field work with youth and families, supervised through another major and approved by the Religion department youth and family ministry coordinator. one upper division YFM course from: REL 343 Theology of Marriage and Family YFM 316 Church and Culture in Context YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church one Bible survey course from: REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament The minor consists of the following six courses REL 111 Introduction to Theology YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry YFM 232 Peer Ministry Youth and Family Ministry Minor Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major or minor may not also major or minor in religion. and three supporting courses SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective PSY 105 Principles of Psychology or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World PSY 351 Child Development or PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult Development or SWK 260 Humans Developing YFM 399 Internship REL 343 Theology of Marriage and Family REL 425 Christian Spiritual Practices - YFM 399 YFM 358 YFM 316 YFM 235 YFM 232 YFM 207 Supervised practice of youth and family ministry during 150 hours in an approved congregational setting. Students complete a formal internship agreement and projects. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #2) Internship faith through Christian education and cuniculum, youth and family ministry, and parish life. A study of the role of congregations and families in shaping and nurturing Life and Work of the Church situation in Norway. Emphasis will be on the role of congregations and families in both Norway and the United States in shaping and nurturing faith through Christian education and curriculum, youth and family ministry, and parish life. Short term travel seminar, offered in the summer. A study of Norwegian culture and church life and the contemporary religious Church and Culture in Context Development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. Conceptual models and basic skills for holistic approach to youth and family ministry in a congregation. Basics in Youth and Family Ministry Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listenerhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief system. Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership Students reflect upon and relate their learning of theology, the youth and family ministry model, and supporting social science courses to experiences during 150 hours in an approved congregational setting. They discuss ministry issues with peers and supervisors and begin preparation of their professional portfolios. This is a non-credit requirement for the major. It may be done over two to three semesters. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #1) Contextual Education (.O course) :46 Youth and Family Ministry T Adviser Magda Paleczny-Zapp Courses are offered at Augsburg College, Harnline University, Macalester College, the College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing on the faculty and resources of the five ACTC institutions. his major, offered through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), seeks to give the broadest possible exposure to the history, politics, economics, literature, and philosophy of Central and Eastern Europe and Russia. This interdisciplinary major offers an opportunity to become well acquainted with societies in socio-economical and political transition as well as the rich literary and cultural achievements of the area. Experience with the Russian language or, through the University of Minnesota one of the Eastern European languages, is required. Russian, Central, and East European studies is a sound liberal arts major offering considerable flexibility and career opportunities, especially when combined with another major or minor in business, economics, history, language, and literature or political science. Major Eleven courses, including language and area studies courses: A. Language Courses: Two years of basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian, or equivalent competencies. B. Area Studies Courses: Track 1: Concentration in humanities Five courses: Four courses from the list of approved courses in Track 1,plus one course from Track 2, as approved by adviser. Track 2: Concentration in social sciences Five courses: Four courses from the list of approved courses in Track 2, plus one course from Track 1, as approved by adviser. C. Two other courses selected from either Track 1 or Track 2. D. Students are strongly recommended to take a third year of Russian or any other East European language. A program of study abroad in Russia or one of the Central or East European countries during a semester, Interim, or during the summer is strongly encouraged. All options should be discussed with the student's adviser. The current advisers are: Augsburg, Magda Paleczny-Zapp, 612-330-1761; Hamline, Karen Vogel, 651-523-2973; Macalester, Gary Krueger, 651-696-6222; and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary Shambour, 651-962-5164. Students should consult an adviser regularly in order to secure a coherent and effective program. Each ACTC institution has a faculty member on the Russian, Central, and East European Studies Committee. These advisers can help with selection of courses, recommendations for study abroad, and consideration of career options. Faculty Advising ECO 317 at Augsburg Comparative Economic Systems is equivalent to: ECON 25 M Comparative Economic Systems ECON 349 C Comparative Economic Systems ECON 349 T Comparative Economic Systems HIS 348 at Augsburg Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century is equivalent to: HIST 333 T Eastern Europe, 1914 to the Present HIST 373 H The Heart of Europe: Central & Eastern Europe in the 20th Century HIST 351 C Russia: The Last of the Romanovs, Bolshevik Interlude, and the Russian Republic See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES (Lettersfollowing course numbers designate location: H=Hamline; MzMacalester; C=St. Catherine; T=St. Thomas) Students may not receive credit for the same course taken on different campuses. Since courses with similar content may not always have similar titles, students are strongly encouraged to pay careful attention to the list below. The following courses are considered to be equivalent to one another: Students may take other Eastern European language courses that are offered at the University of Minnesota through ACTC. See the adviser or contact the ACTC office for further information. TRACK 2 SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems EC0 495 Topics (Requires permission of adviser) POL 351 Topics in CommunistlPost Communist Systems (Requires permission of adviser) POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy TRACK 1 HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION HIS 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the 20th Century REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church HIST 60 M State and Society in Tsarist Russia is equivalent to: HIST 337 H Modem Russia from the Empire to Revolution 4 8 Russian, Central, and East European Studies 7 s An interdisciplinary social studies major is available for persons holding a bachelor's degree and seeking licensure only. Plus a major in one of six fields-economics, history, political economics, political science, psychology, or sociology. Geography and anthropology are also acceptable fields, although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus. Social Studies Teaching Licensure Broad base requirements: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics HIS 220 America to 1815 or HIS 221 19th-Century United States or HIS 222 20th-Century United States POL 121 American Government and Politics PSY 105 Principles of Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 241 Foundations of Cultural Anthropology One course in geography (human or cultural) Coordinator Don Gustafson tudents -preparing - to teach social studies at the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. Students should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure Major Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the social studies coordinator. T Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the Department of Social Work. The Twin Cities area provides both a variety of field placements for social work students and extraordinary community resources for the classroom. The social, cultural, ethnic, and economic diversity in this metropolitan area enriches opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect, and work with people different from themselves. Augsburg's social work major provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg has offered a full-time Master of Social Work (M.S.W.) degree on a weekend schedule. he social work major prepares graduates for entry-level generalist practice in the field of social work. The baccalaureate social work (B.S.W.) program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and leads to a bachelor of science degree. Graduates are prepared to work with individuals, families, groups, organizations, and communities building on strengths, and to develop, analyze, and influence social policy. The mission of the department is to develop social work professionals for practice that promotes social justice and empowerment towards the well-being of people in a diverse and global society. Anthony Bibus (Chair), Vern Bloom, Laura Boisen (MSW Field Coordinator), Lois Bosch (MSW Program Director), Francine Chakolis, Sumin Hsieh, Barbara Lehmann, Rosemary Link, Sharon Patten, Curt Paulsen, Karen Robards, Nancy Rodenborg (BSW Program Director), Glenda Dewbeny Rooney, Michael Schock (BSW Field Coordinator), Maryann Syers (Field Education Coordinator) Social Work Faculty The social welfare minor and electives in the department allow students from other majors to gain knowledge about human needs and growth, human services, global social welfare, and the methods of effective citizenship. Using this knowledge, students are encouraged to apply their talents and skills to address the needs of society, always emphasizing social justice and the central importance of diversity in the social fabric of our world. and seven supporting courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 Principles of Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each core course and a 2.0 GPA is required in the supporting program. A statistics course is recommended for students planning on graduate school. Major Ten core courses: SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 306 Social Work Practice I: With Individuals SWK 307 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Groups SWK 317 Field Work 11: Integrative Seminar SWK 402 Research I: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation (.5) SWK 403 Research 11: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs (.5) SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Policies SWK 407 Field Work 111: Integrative Seminar SWK 417 Field Work IV Integrative Seminar SWK 419 The Social Worker as Professional and one course from: POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 325 Public Administration Six courses including: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Polices SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender Social Welfare Minor (for other majors) Consult the social work department student manual for graduation with distinction requirements. Graduation with Distinction Social work majors must be granted candidacy status before the beginning of the first practicum in the junior year. Certain 300- and 400-level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion or planned enrollment in all core and supporting program courses below the 400 level are necessary for candidacy. Candidacy Social Work 251 - Suggested c o u r s e ~ h o o s four: e REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363, 366,370,415,441, and 483. Social Ministries Minor in Religion Required course+hoose one: REL 111 Introduction to Theology or REL 221 Biblical Studies SWK 403 Research 11: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs (.5) SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Policies SWK 407 Field Work 111: Integrative Seminar SWK 417 Field Work IV Integrative Seminar SWK 419 The Social Worker as Professional Global Peace and Social Development This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in addition to many other disciplines that are vital to fostering peace. Exploring Human Services This experiential learning course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange to perform 60 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend the weekly seminar. The course also critically examines how economic and political structures affect diverse groups. Humans Developing This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. SWK 230 SWK 257 SWK 260 ELECTIVE COURSES ARE OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. This concentration helps to focus social workers on work in church congregations or church-sponsored social programs and projects. The concentration was designed by the Departments of Religion and Social Work. The concentration is achieved by completing the following course of study: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 306 Social Work Practice I: With Individuals SWK 307 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Groups SWK 3 17 Field Work 11: Integrative Seminar SWK 402 Research I: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation (.5) Social Ministries 252 Social Work History and the Analysis of Social Policy This course focuses on social change through community organization and influencing policies. Students build an understanding of communities, human service agencies, and policy practice in the local community. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) Social Work Practice Ill: With Communities and Policies This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The values and social movements that form charitable and governmental responses to human needs and the contribution of social workers historically will be explored. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) Social Work Practice I: With Individuals Field Work II: lntegrative Seminar SWK 317 SWK 402 Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Croups This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise, and regular class work focusing on generalist practice in group and family work. (Prereq.: SWK 306, SWK 307, and candidacy status) SWK 316 This is the first part of a sequence introducing students to basic research methods that social workers commonly use in their practice. Students learn not only to become knowledgeable consumers of social work research but also to develop beginning skills in evaluating social work practice and social service programs using quantitative and qualitative methods. Research I: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation (.5 course) Progressively-responsible, s u p e ~ s e dprofessional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service agency. A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading only) Field Work I: lntegrative Seminar Beginning supervised professional practicum experience in a social work agency that focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A total of 120 hours, plus a small-group integrative seminar. (concurrent &th SWK 301 in day program and SWK 306 in day and WEC. P/N grading only) This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles, and techniques of social work with individuals, and development of relationship building skills. Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Concurrent with SWK 307 Integrative Seminar and with SWK 301 in the day program, and junior standing) SWK 307 SWK 306 H COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY SWK 406 SWK 301 Social Work 25 This course reviews professional ethical practice, organizational analysis, strategies for agency change, and client empowerment, and social work career planning. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status) The Social Worker as Professional Continuation of SWK 407; a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only) Field Work IV: lntegrative Seminar Field work practicum, a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only) Field Work Ill: lntegrative Seminar This is the second part of a sequence in which students learn to use evidence in evaluating whether their practice and programs are helping or harming clients. Since these courses cover the graduation skill of Quantitative Reasoning, students learn to apply techniques of statistics and data analysis in research and evaluation. (Prereq.: SWK 402 and MPG 3) Research II: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs (.5 course) SWK 499 SWK 399 SWK 299 SWK 295 SWK 199 See description on page 92. lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study Special themes in social work specified in subtitle. Topics: See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and lndependent Study Courses: SWK 419 SWK 41 7 SWK 407 SWK 403 !54 Social Work s Diane Pike (Chair), Eric Buffalohead, Lars Christiansen, Gany Hesser, Michael O'Neal, Tim Pippert, James Vela-McConnell Sociology Faculty Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships, independent study, and field studies. The department urges students to use Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships, service learning, and cooperative education enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the human resources departments of both government and private corporations, in the criminal justice field, and as professors of sociology. Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, urban planning, and human services. The goal of the department is to guide students in gaining knowledge of the social order, how it affects them in their daily lives, and how it can be applied to their vocation. Sociology majors develop an understanding of the theories of society and social groups, learn to create and use scientific tools of analysis, and practice the application of sociological concepts to the solution of social problems. ociology is the study of society as a whole and of human social organization in groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social world and how human beings come to think and act as they do. Students interested in community crime prevention as well as the traditional aspects of criminal justice-courts, prisons, probation, and law-will be served by this concentration in the major. Additional courses required for the concentration are: SOC 211, SOC 231, SOC 265, SOC 277 and an upper division Internship approved by the department. See Diane Pike for advising and visit the department Web site for details. Concentration in Crime and Community This concentration is designed to give sociology majors a concentration in urban community studies, which includes an applied sociology focus emphasizing city and community planning with a required internship. In addition to the seven core courses, students are required to take four additional courses: SOC 211, SOC 381, SOC 399 and one additional elective. See Gany Hesser for advising and visit the department Web site for details. Concentration in Community Studies Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended. Majors must have a 2.0 or better in each required course to receive credit in the major. Major Ten courses including: SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 349 Organizational Theory SOC 362 Statistical Analysis SOC 363 Research Methods SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 485 Sociological Theory SOC 495 Senior Seminar and three additional sociology courses. - A course of study designed for students who plan to work in organizational settings including corporate, government, and non-profit sectors. Students will learn how organizations are structured, function, and change, how people relate in organizational settings, and how organizations succeed and why they sometimes fail. The concentration both theoretically and experientially equips students with skills to effectively lead and manage organizations, and to succeed within organizations while achieving their personal career and professional goals. Courses required beyond the core major requirements are: Work and Society (SOC 222), a practicum in Advanced Organizational Analysis and Development, and three courses in related fields-one from BUS 242 or ECO 113, one from PSY 373 or BUS 340, and one from SPC 345 or SPC 410. See Professor Lars Christiansen for advising and visit the department Web site for details. Concentration in Organizational Analysis and Development This concentration offers sociology majors an opportunity to examine and develop the methods and theoretical perspectives used by cultural anthropologists to study and understand the dynamics of culture. To complete the concentration, the sociology major must complete five additional courses beyond the seven core courses. Two of those courses must be SOC 241 and SOC 499. The remaining three courses must be selected one each from three course groupings: World Cultures, Anthropological Research, and Theoretical perspectives. See Eric Buffalohead for advising and visit the department Web site for details. Concentration in Cultural Anthropology 256 Sociology To complete departmental honors in sociology and graduate with distinction from the college, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall. In addition, students must: (1) successfully complete an internship, independent study, or cooperative education experience; (2) submit a portfolio including an honors essay and completed papers and projects. See department chair and website for specific requirements. An appli- Departmental Honors/Craduation with Distinction The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure Major The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide sociology andlor psychology students with a solid disciplinary foundation along with specific coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Coursework will emphasize research skills, theoretical analysis, and applied work in areas intended to prepare students for careers in law, consulting, research, and social policy, as well as many other areas. In addition to the seven required sociology major courses, students must take: PSY 105, PSY 325, SOC 399, and PSY 491. See James Vela-McConnell for advising and visit the department Web site for details. Concentration in Social Psychology Introduction to Human Society What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions with each other. (Fall, spring) Community and the Modern Metropolis How is community possible in the context of multicultural, social, and ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this theme. (Fall, spring) Work and Society Through a sociological analysis of the social and technical organization of work in capitalist society, this course explores the various meanings of work, the work ethic, the functions and schools of management, social relations at work, and the character of past and contemporary occupations and industries. Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the United States. Family systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among families, and modem cultural and social patterns. (Fall, spring) Foundations of Cultural Anthropology Course objectives include giving students an understanding of anthropological methods and theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and awareness of differing cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding contemporary human problems. (Fall, spring) Race, Class and Gender Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse backgrounds-race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality-receive unequal portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality. (Fall, spring) SOC 21 1 soc 222 SOC 231 SOC 241 SOC 265 Five courses including SOC 121 and at least two upper division courses taken at Augsburg College. Students are required to have at least a 2.0 GPA in courses counting toward the minor. Minor SOC 121 cation for departmental honors/graduation with distinction must be completed by spring of the junior year. Successful completion of honors in socioloqualifies the student for gy graduation with distinction from the college. Sociology 25 Cultures of Violence What are the dynamics underlying different forms of violence? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives to conflict. (Offered on rotating schedule) SOC290 Organizational Theory What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring) Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in tenns of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) Statistical Analysis This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis-be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall) Research Methods Good research40 you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis. (Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) Social Psychology How does society construct the individual? How does the individual construct society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring) The City and Metro-Urban Planning Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to planning and shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 349 SOC 360 SOC 362 SOC 363 SOC 375 SOC 381 SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Introduction to Criminology What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police, courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall) SOC 277 258 Sociology - Topics: Senior Seminar This capstone experience provides the opportunity for majors to integrate the sociology program and general education, develop an understanding of the applied value of sociology, and articulate a sense of vocation and professional identity. Pass/No Pass grading. Seniors only. (Spring) SOC 495 Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. lndependent Study-Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 andfor consent of instructor. Fall, spring) lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and department chair. Fall, spring) SOC 299 SOC 399 SOC 498 SOC 499 See listing under Modem Languages. SPANISH lnternship See description on page 91. SOC 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) SOC 485 Social Problems Analysis How do social problems develop? What can be done about them? This course engages the sociological imagination in an attempt to draw connections between micro-level analysis and macro-level analysis, linking our own private troubles with public issues. (Prereq: Soc 121 or consent of instructor) Sociology 259 O Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty Martha Johnson (Chair), Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, Darcey Engen, Robert Groven, Daniel Hanson, David Lapakko, Deborah Redmond Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. The Augsburg communication major focuses on competency in both speech and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics, and research methods in their programs. Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields such as business, economics, English, history, international relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work, sociology, or theatre arts. ur quality . . of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. A . . communication major at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communication skills. Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329, SPC 345, SPC 399, SPC 495, SPC 499; THR 350, THR 360; BUS 301. BUS 302; PHI 120, PHI 241, PHI 260; POL 380, POL 326, POL 342, POL 370, POL 375; PSY 325, PSY 371; REL 383; SOC 362, SOC 363 Professional Communication Studies Emphasis Required of all communication majors: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking SPC 188 Forensics Practicum (non-credit) SPC 321 Business and Professional Speaking or THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen or THR 360 Interpretive Reading SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 355 Small Group Communication One of the following: ENG 223, 225, 226,227 12 courses overall-seven required core courses and five courses within one of seven emphases. For transfer students, at least six of these 12 courses must be upper division courses offered at Augsburg. Communication Major BACHELOR OF ARTS Five electives from: BUS 242, 340, 440; INS 325; MIS 175,379; PSY 373; SOC 349; SPC 329,345,399,410 Supervisory Management Emphasis Five electives from: INS 325; PSY 373,485; SOC 231,265,349,375; SPC 329,345, 399,410,480 Human Relations Emphasis Five electives from: BUS 252, 352, 355, 357,450; SPC 329,399,410,480; POL 342 Marketing Communications Emphasis Five electives from: ART 132, 224, 225; BUS 242,252,355; MIS 379; PSY 373; SOC 349; SPC 345,399,410,480; POL 342 Students interested in this emphasis are strongly urged to take ENG 227 Journahsm as part of the major. Public Relations and Advertising Emphasis Mass Communication and journalism Emphasis Five electives from the following: SPC 343, 347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,225, 330; ENG 226,227,241,327,347; POL 342,375; THR 232,325,350,360; SPClTHR 333 Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,345,399,410,480,495, 499; ART 132,225,330; SPC 345; BUS 340,355 or 450; CSC 160; INS 325; PSY 325,371,373; SOC 265,349,375 Organizational Communication Emphasis The honors major is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as part of their major program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Departmental Honors Students may petition the department to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the departmental adviser for prior approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the adviser or depament chair. All day majors should plan to include at least one internship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. We encourage all majors to participate in Augsburg's interscholastic forensics program. Day students are required to attend at least two interscholastic speech tournaments. Registering for and completing SPC 188 (Forensics Practicum) is required to document participation. Students should be aware that the tournament season is essentially from October through midMarch, and should plan schedules accordingly For All Seven Emphases Option #2: A 20 page research paper with complete documentation (using M U Handbook as a style sheet) Option #1: A 30-40 page research paper with complete documentation (using M U Handbook as a style sheet) The project must result in one of the following options: Criteria for project: the graduation with distinction project must: be centered on a topic in the SCT majors be original and distinguished "by depth of insight, by thoroughness of research, by creativity;" build on previous coursework in the major as well as demonstrate proficiency in General Education graduation skills of writing, critical thinking, and speaking; have an outcome made public through public forum, symposium or performance; result in the product or copy of the product retained by the college and archived in the library Eligibility: Students graduating with distinction in SCT must: be a senior maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major; maintain a 3.5 GPA overall; complete an individual project that is departmentally approved according to departmental criteria for graduation with distinction; have appropriate coursework for this project; register for 499 either in the fall or spring of their senior year. Please consult with your department adviser regarding guidelines and procedures. Graduation with Distinction Six courses including: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking POL 342 Mass Communication in Society or SPC 343 Broadcast Production I SPC 351 Argumentation or SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 345 Organizational Communication or SPC 355 Small Group Communication ENG 223,225,226 or 227 Communication Minor Note: The department will make attempts to provide some budget and resources (equipment, space) for graduation with distinction candidates on a firstcome, first-serve basis. However such arrangements must be made early and are purely up to discretion of the department, depending on resources available at the time. Availability of equipment, supplies, budget and other resources cannot be guaranteed. AND: the carrying out of a substantial directing project with a director's notebook, or the execution of a substantial stage or lighting design project including design renderings and models, or the execution of a substantial acting recital including role analyses; notebook, or the execution of a substantial video or film project including video scripts, story boards of video/film project Contest Public Speaking Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students must attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate, speaking to entertain, andlor communication analysis. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111 or 112 for credit, but not both.) Forensics Practicum SPC 112 SPC 188 SPC/THR 216 Introduction to 16 mm Film This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm. filmmaking. The student will make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W. A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, spring) Public Speaking The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, spring) This major, which includes secondary education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of communication arts and literature in public schools and allows them to become licensed to teach at the middle school through the secondary level. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who complete the requirements for this program with a minimum grade of 2.0 in major courses and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major. All requirements in the major must be completed prior to student teaching. The course requirements for this program are listed in the Department of English section of the catalog. Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major SPC 111 Note: For transfer students, at least three of these six courses must be upper division courses offered at Augsburg. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication faculty adviser. Plus one of the following: SPCJTHR 295 Topics: Screenwriting THRIENG 325 Playwriting THR 328 Stage Design SPC 347 Documentary Video SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1 THR 366 Stage Direction Six courses including: ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art SPCJTHR 216 Introduction to 16mm Film SPCJTHR 333 Acting for Camera SPC 343 Broadcast Production I SPCJTHR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema Film minor Business and Professional Speaking This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. (Fall: alternate years) Intercultural Communication This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction, and speaker credibility The class uses a series of speeches, ranging from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job interviewing and sales presentations, in order to hone students' speaking skills. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or 112) SPC 352 SPC 351 SPC 348 SPC 347 SPC 345 SPC 343 Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor. Spring) Persuasion Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor. Fall) Argumentation This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.: SPC 343 or 347) Broadcast Production II A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Documentary Video An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems. (Fall alternate years) Organizational Communication Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. Should be taken concurrently with THR 333. (Fall) Broadcast Production I An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies to on-camera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology elements which support acting on camera. Students are strongly encouraged to take SPC 343 concurrently or prior to taking this course. Alternate years. Prereq: THR 232 SPCITHR 333 Acting for Camera SPC 329 SPC 321 Interpersonal Communication The Self and the Organization Understanding through dialogue of the functions of communication in organizational settings with particular emphasis on the self-defining aspects of the social contract between the individual and the organization in a changing world. Collateral readings, open dialogue, and individual projects. (WEC only) ,A leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring) A study of g o u p dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making, Small Croup Communication messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring) A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal Communication Topics Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. SPC 495 lnternship See description on page 91. Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. Independent Study/Research See description on page 92. SPC 199 SPC 299 SPC 399 SPC 499 Internships and Independent Study Courses. Public Relations/PromotionaI Communication Public relations in the modem world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and nonprofit organizations. (WEC only) SPC 480 SPC/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today Our purpose is to help students both contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways; and to provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read film as texts and to interpret the cinema's larger societal value and impact. (Prereq: ENG 241 and JR/SR standing) SPC 410 SPC 355 SPC 354 See department listings for the following approved electives: ART 132 ART 224 ART 225 ART 330 BUS 242 BUS 252 BUS 340 BUS 352 BUS 355 BUS 440 BUS 450 CSC 160 ENC 226 ENC 241 ENC 347 INS 325 MIS 379 PHI 120 POL 342 POL 375 PSY 325 PSY 371 PSY 373 PSY 485 SOC 231 SOC 265 SOC 349 SOC 362 SOC 375 THR 232 THR 325 THR 350 THR 360 T In addition to learning skills specific to theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions: collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking, leadership, creativity, and self-expression. Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, education, business, communication, and jour- Augsburg's location in the heart of a major theatre center makes it an ideal place to study theatre. At Augsburg we seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and scholars, by encouraging connections between our campus and the greater arts community while also exploring connections between theory and application. Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist Series (an annual series of events featuring visiting theatre professionals from the Twin Cities community who work closely with students,) and attendance at numerous professional productions in the Twin Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are treated as unique learning laboratories where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional artists-in-residence. he study of theatre is firmly grounded . in the liberal arts, integrating knowledege and principles from many academic and artistic disciplines, including speecWcommunication, art, music, history, English, literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the curriculum and dramatic productions by the Theatre Arts Program offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while also providing a solid base in classical, modern, contemporary, and multicultural theatre. Ten theatre practicum units distributed as follows: 1-5 Practicum Units in the performance area from THP 111 or THP118; 4-8 Practicum Units in the production area from THP 112, THP 113, THP 114, THP 115 or THP 116; 1-2 Practicum Units in the artistic area from THP 117, THP 119 or THP 120. Two electives from: THR 116 Creative Drama THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen THR 360 Interpretive Reading THR 365 Advanced Acting Eight core courses: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft THR 232 Acting THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre THR 328 Theahical Design THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction I Ten THR courses-eight required core courses and two courses chosen from THR electives, plus 10 theatre practicum units taken as THP courses. Theatre Arts Major BACHELOR OF ARTS nalism, as well as prepare theatre students for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the workplace, the department strongly encourages a second major or minor in such fields as speecWcommunication, art, English, education, music, or religion. Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPAin the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (THR 499). Honors candi- Departmental Honors Majors must participate in two out of three dramatic productions every year. Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA to have major participation in productions. Note: Some courses are offered alternate years only. Freshmen planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses THR 116, 222, 232; sophomores: THR 228, 245, 361, 362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361, 365; seniors THR 365,366. Unless you are a transfer student, all eight core courses must be taken at Augsburg; therefore, careful, early planning is required. Students may take a maximum of 13 credits in the major. The following cross listed and capstone courses are encouraged, but not required: THRIMUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre THRENG 325 Playwriting THRISPC 333 Acting for the Camera THR 399 Internship THR 499 Independent Study THR 002 or 005 is recommended to fulfill one of the lifetime sports requirements. Please note that all Theatre Practicum courses count as one theatre practicum unit except for THP 116, Stage Management (3 practicum units) and THP 115 Assistant Stage Managements (2 practicum units), because of the exceptional time requirement of these two practicum areas. Theatre Arts Plus one of the following: SPCITHR Topics 295: Screenwriting THRENG 325 Playwriting THR 328 Stage Design SPC 347 Documentary Video SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1 THR 366 Stage Direction Six courses including: ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art SPCrrHR 216 Introduction to 16mm Film SPC 343 Broadcast Production I THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera SPCrrHR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema Film Minor Five theatre practicum units including THP 111plus 4 theatre practicum units from THP 112, 113, 114, 115, or 116. See note above about THP 1151116. Five courses including: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft or THR 328 Theatrical Design THR 232 Acting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I or THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction I Theatre Arts Minor Transfers: Transfer students are required to take a minimum of three Augsburg upper division theatre arts courses. Please refer to departmental guidelines and procedures under Speech/Communication. Graduation with Distinction dates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. 11 required theatre (THR) courses (nonpracticum) : THR 116 Creative Drama THR 222' Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft This major, combined with secondary education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of theatre and dance in public schools and allows them to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary level. The major is limited to licensure for teachers of dance and theatre arts with a theatre specialization and does not include licensure with dance specialization. All theatre courses are taught in Day School only. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who complete the requirements for this major with a minimum grade of 2.0 in major and practicum courses, and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major. All theatre requirements must be completed prior to student teaching. For additional education requirements, see the secondary education section of this catalog and consult with the education department. Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure Major Five courses: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 325 Playwriting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 A directed studies course in dramaturgy or theatre criticism or theatre history Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy Minor One recommended, but not required, theatre course: THR'h4US 235 Skills of Music Theatre 'THR 222 is linked to an AUG SEM course, but may be taken separately 'THR 295 has the following two prerequisites: THR/HPE, 002, Introduction to Dance and THR/HPE 005, Modem Dance and Improvisation (non-credit Lifetime Sports classes) or an approved ACTC dance course or consent of instructor. For secondary education licensure coursework, see the secondary education section of thls catalog and consult with the education department. Also required: ESE 320 Special Methods in Teaching Theatre and Dance Five total practicum units: THP 111, 112, 113, 114 (light board operator); and one of the following: THP 115, 116, 117 (Assistant Director, Choreographer or Assistant Choreographer), or 120. THR232 Acting THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre THR 2952 Topics: Modem Dance, Improvisation and Choreography THR/ENG 325 Playwriting THR 328 Theatre Design THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction Theatre Arts 26 Creative Drama A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, acting with an emphasis on active participation and reflective writing. Teaching and instructional methods of creative drama are included in course content. lntroduction to Theatre An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring) Acting Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre tours. Open to all students. Lab required. (Fall) lntroduction to Stagecraft An introduction to dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall) An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques to develop the student's basic skills of Music-Theatre. Concepts of diverse music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing, research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions. THRIMUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre THR 232 THR 222 This course demonstrates the basics of 16 rnm. filmmaking. The student will make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W. THRISPC 216 lntroduction to 16 mm Film THR 116 Dance and Improvisation Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern. Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THR/HPE 002, 003, or instructor's permission. NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THR/HPE 002,003, 004, or 005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.) THRIHPE 005 Lifetime Sports-Modern (.O course) to Dance (.O course) This course offers an overview of various exercises and gives an introduction to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and stretches. Each class includes a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modem dance. THRIHPE 002 Lifetime Sports-Introduction !70 Theatre Arts Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures, films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. (Fall: alternate years) Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class will take theatre tours, have visiting designers, and practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed. (Prereq.: THR 228 or permission of instructor. Spring) Theatrical Design Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen Theatre History and Criticism II THR 362 An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 361. (Spring: alternate years) Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall: alternate years) Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry, and drama. Study written analysis, discussion, practice, and performance of readings before small and large groups. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Spring) Interpretive Reading A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Alternate years) THR 361 THR 360 THR 350 An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies to on-camera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology elements which support acting on camera. Students are strongly encouraged to take SPC 343 concurrently or prior to taking this course. Alternate years. Prereq: THR 232 THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera THR 328 An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111 and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended. Alternate years) THRIENC 325 Playwriting THR 245 Theatre Arts 27 Stage Direction Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission from instructor required. (Prereq.: THR 361, or 362, or 328, or consent of instructor. Spring, alternate years) THR 366 Theatre Topics Selected topics in theatre. Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. THR 299 THR 399 THP courses involve practicum teaching and learning in the 'Ontext of play Productions and are required for the Theatre Arts Majorminor and the Dance-Theatre Licensure Major. All THP Theatre Practicum Courses are taken for non-credit with Pass/No Pass grading. Evaluation by the faculty mentor will be based on: 1. successful and timely completion of practicum area for which student is registered, 2. pos- THP courses require: ' Supervision by theatre faculty ' C ~ n ~ eof n tinstructor itive and professional attitude and work ethic demonstrated by the student and 3. demonstrated competency in practicum area. The positive evaluation of each of the areas must be sufficient enough to lead to a minimum grade of 2.0 in order to receive a P grade. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. THR 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: THR 495 THRISPC 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and to interpret the cinema's larger societal value and impact. Prereq: ENG 241 and JWSR standing Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics (Shakespeare, French neocl&sicism,~estorationcomedy, realism, and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.: THR 222 and THR 232. Fall or spring) THR 365 !72 Theatre Arts Theatre Practicum: Acting/Performance 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Participation as performer (or as orchestra member) in a main stage theatrical production; in a main stage dance performance or recital (for DancdLicensure majors only); or substantial participation as an actor in a Senior Directing Project, in final scenes for Stage Direction (THR 366), or in interpretive presentations at 2 Forensics tournaments (at least 20 hours coaching and competition). Theatre Practicum: House Management 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Substantial participation (20 hour minimum) in house management, ushering, or box office. Theatre Practicum: Set, Lights, Costumes 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Set or costume building, light hanging, for main stage production. Theatre Practicum: Running Crew 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Work on running crew for main stage production: light or sound board operation, dresser/costume crew; stage and production manager for final scenes from Stage Direction class. Theatre Practicum: Assistant Stage Management 2 Practicum units (.O course) Assistant stage management for main stage production. Theatre Practicum: Stage Management 3 Practicum units (.O course) Stage management for main stage production. THP 112 THP 113 THP 114 THP 115 THP 116 tively because of the extraordinary amount of time required of the student. All other THP courses count as one practicum unit each. Transfer students are still responsible for the full unit requirements (10 major/5 minor.) Six practicum units (major) or three units (minor) must be completed while at Augsburg, and units to be credited from previous schools should have program verification or a letter from a previous theatre adviser. THP 111 Please note: THP courses may be repeated. Crew work required for classes/coursework does not count towards Practicum. Work-study hours do not count towards Practicum. Completion of THP 115 and 116 count as two and three practicum units respec- A minimum of 20 hours of assessed participation by the student Registration for THP course for semester when practicum is completed Registration for practicum before deadline dates set by the registrar's office Theatre Arts 27 - Theatre Practicum: Senior Directing Project 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Must be taken with THR 499. See Metro-Urban Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. URBAN STUDIES THP 120 Theatre Practicum: Senior Design Project 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Must be taken with THR 499. A senior design project may be done in the area THP 119 of scenery or lights in collaboration with another student's Senior Directing Project if the student carries the design project out as a THR 499TTHP 119 combination. Theatre Practicum: Senior Acting Recital 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Must be taken with THR 499. Assistant to the designer (scenery, lights, costumes, sound), assistant to the director (dramaturgy, choreography/assistant choreography for main stage production). Theatre Practicum: Artistic Assistance 1 Practicum unit (-0 course) THP 118 THP 117 274 Theatre Arts Cass Dalglish (Coordinator),Kristin M. Anderson, Janelle Bussert, Candyce Clayton, Jacqueline devries, Grace B. Dyrud, Darcey Engen, Doug Green, Milda Hedblom, Sophia Jacobsen, Barbara Lehrnann, Lynne Lorenzen, Anita Luttennan-Aguilar, Kathleen McBride, Norma Noonan, Michael O'Neal, Timothy Pippert, Judy Shevelev, Beverly J. Stratton, Kathryn Swanson,Joan Thompson, James Vela-McConnell Women's Studies Faculty The Women's Studies Program offers both a major and a minor, and provides students with academic preparation for careers in human services, education, and social work as well as graduate study. he Women's Studies Program provides students with the oppo&nityto examine critically women's contributions and experiences in various historical and cultural contexts. his is an inter-college program with course offerings at Augsburg College, Hamline University, the College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas. Courses are drawn from many disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women's experiences. T Five courses that must include WST 201; three electives, one of which must be upper division; and WST 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the women's studies program coordnator. Minor Both majors and minors are encouraged to participate in one of the gender-focused semester study abroad programs offered through Augsburg's Center for Global Education. Two programs have been preapproved for women's study credit: Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica (offered fall semester) and Gender and the Environment: Latin American Perspectives (offered spring semester). Ten courses that must include WST 201 Foundations in Women's Studies, WST 495 (Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399 (internships). The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved women's studies courses, and should include at least two courses in the social sciences, two in the humanities, and one in cross-cultural studies. At least three courses must be upper division courses. Students may take courses at any of the colleges participating in the Women's Studies Program. However, at least three courses must be completed at Augsburg. The writing component of the graduation skills requirements for the women's studies major must also be completed at Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the women's studies program coordinator. Major Foundations in Women's Studies WST 481 WST 366 WST 359 WST 341 INS 320 WST 313 Gender, Health, and Development WST 311 in Latin America Topics in Women's Studies (CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica.) The Church and Social Change in Latin America (CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica.) Women in Comparative Politics-Women (CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental Justice in Latin America.) Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Politics (See American Indian Studies for course description.) American Indian Women (CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental Justice in Latin America.) Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica.) Topics in Women's Studies U.S. culture including various disciplinary perspectives and theory. The course includes guest speakers, a service-learning component at local glbtlsupporting agencies, and some travel and experiences in the T e n Cities, including an immersion experience outside of class time. Required experiential education fee. Prerequisites: WST 201 or prior coursework in related fields (history, sociology, psychology) or consent of the instructor(s). A study of basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in the contemporary lssues in Cay and Lesbian Studies This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class. WST 281 WST 305 INS 233 WST 201 276 Women's Studies Women's Studies Seminar This advanced course will include student research and presentations that incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors who do not elect to do an independent study (499). It is offered at a different college each year. lnternship See description on page 91. Independent Study/Research See description on page 92. WST 399 WST 499 Women and Art Women and Fiction Criticism Topics in Women's History History of Women t o 1870 History of Women Since 1870 Human Sexuality American Women and Politics Topics in American Politics Topics in Comparative Politics Psychology of Gender Family Systems Gender, Race, and Ethnicity Feminism and Christianity ART 352 ENC 236 or 436 ENC 480 HIS 311 HIS 380 HIS 381 HPE 316 POL 124 POL 421 POL 459 PSY 371 SOC 231 SOC 265 REL 441 See department listingsfor descriptions of thefollowing approved electives: Any must be approved in writing by the women's studies coordinator Directed Study See description on page 92. WST 299 Internships and Independent Study Courses: WST 199 lnternship See description on page 91. WST 495 women's Studies 277 1 Campus Maps - 301,302 Faculty Emeriti - 298 Faculty and Administration - 282 Officers - 282 Administration - 282 Faculty - 284 ELCA, Division for Education - 281 Board of Regents - 280 Treasurer Ron Nelson '68 Vice Chair James E. Haglund "Philip Sty'lmd '79 (2006) MVP-Channels, ADC Telecommunications, Minneapolis, MN Dean C. Kopperud (2004) Senior Vice President, National Sales: Director for Oppenheimer Funds, New York, NY "Jean M. Taylor '85 (2006) President, ~ a ~ l Corporation, or Eagan, MN Glen J. Skovholt (2006) President, Government and Community Strategies, St. Paul, MN *Dr. Ruth Johnson '74 (2006) Assistant Professor of Medicine, Mayo Clinic; Mayo Breast Clinic, Rochester, MN David J. Larson (2002) Retired Businessman, Golden Valley, MN *Glen E. Person '47 (2005) Retired Businessman, Eden Prairie, MN Ronald J. Peltier (2004) President and CEO, Edina Realty Home Services, Edina, MN *Ronald G. Nelson '68 (2002) Vice President and Controller, 3M Company, Minneapolis, MN *Julie R. Nelson '83 (2002) Executive Director, The Dwight D. Opperman Foundation, Minneapolis, MN Jennifer Martin (2007) Senior Vice President Corporate and Human Resources, Lutheran Brotherhood, Minneapolis, MN Rev. Jose Antonio Machado (2004) Pastor, El Milagro, Minneapolis, MN Gloria C. Lewis (2005) Director, Office of Minority and Multicultural Health, Minnesota Department of Health, St. Paul, MN Beverly Thompson Hatlen (2005) Founder and Board Chair, Minnesota Life College, Richfield, MN James E. Haglund PresidentIOwner, Central Container Corporation, Minneapolis, MN "Michael R. Good '71 (2007) Executive Vice President, NRT, Parsipanny, NJ , *H. Theodore Grindal'76 (2002) AttorneyFartner, Lockridge Grindal Nauen EL.L.P, Minneapolis, MN Michael 0.Freeman (2006) Attorney, Lindquist & Vennum, Minneapolis, MN *Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81 (2002) President, Customized Employer Solutions, LCC, Edina, MN *Rev. Gary E. Benson '70 (2002) Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran Church, Rochester, MN The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate. Secretary Joan Volz '68 Chair Kathryn H. Tunheim *Joan L. Volz '68 (2006) Welch, MN Rev. Harold Usgaard ex oficio (2002) Bishop, Southeastern Minnesota Synod ELCA, Rochester, MN Executive Director Leonard G . Schulze Secretary, Board of Directors Dr. Dean Baldwin Chair, Board of Directors Raymond E. Bailey Asst. Director for Colleges and Universities Sue Edison-Swift Director for Colleges and Universities Dr. Arne Selbyg Director for Administration and Planning Vacant DIVISION FOR HIGHER EDUCATIONAND SCHOOLS THEEVANGELICALLUTHERAN CHURCH IN AMERICA (ELCA) Kathryn H. Tunheim (2004) President and General Manager, GCI Tunheim, Minneapolis, MN "Dr. P. Dawn Taylor '78 (2002) Des Moines, IA Board of Regents 28 Came Carroll (1997). Co-director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., Hamline University. Peggy Cemto (1991). Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University. Emiliano C h a d (2000). Director, HispanicLatino Student Services. M.A., St. Paul Seminary School of Divinity-University of St. Thomas. Nadia M. Christensen (1991). Director, International Partners. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A. University of Minnesota; Ph.D.; University of Washington. Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College. Robert Doljanac (1999). Director, Center for Learning and Adaptive Services. B.A., Indiana University; M.A., Western Michigan University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. Barbara A. Edwards (2000). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., College of Saint Benedict, M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Women's Athletic Director. Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University. Ann L. Garvey (1998). Associate Dean for Student Affairs. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Loyola University;J.D., University of Minnesota. Orval J. Gingerich (2001). Associate Dean for International Programs. B.A., University of Iowa; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ed.D., University of Virginia. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director. Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Neb.; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Administration William V. Frame (1997). President. B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of Washington. Richard S. Adamson (1989). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Certdied Public Accountant. Christopher W. Kirnball (1991). Vice President for Academic and Learning Services and Dean of the College. Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Susan J. Klaseus (2001). Vice President for Institutional Advancement and Community Relations. B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.P.A., John F: Kennedy School of Government, Haward University; M.A., Hamline University. Thomas E Morgan (1983). Vice President for Enrollment and Market Development. Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Betty A.Wade (2000). Chief Operating Officer. Director of Human Resources. B.A., M.P.A., Hamline University. Officers of the College Beginning year of service of faculty is indicated with parenthesis. AND Nancy Guilbeault (1980). Director, Counseling and Health Promotion. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., L.P., University of Minnesota. Herald A. Johnson (1968). Director, Financial Aid. B.A., Augsburg College. Daniel E Jorgensen (2000). B.A., M.S., South Dakota State University. Wayne Kallestad (2000). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Southern California. Adrienne Kaufmann (2000). Program Director, Academic Program Development, Center for Global Education. B.S., Mundelein College; M.A., Antioch University; Ph.D., George Mason University. Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Academic Advising. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.S., University of Oregon. Ann M. Klamer (1993). Director, Residence Life. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point; M.S., Ohio University Liz Knight (1994). Co-director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College. Mark Lester (1987). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. B.A., St. Pius X Seminary; M.A., Mt. St. Mary Seminary. Ann Lutterman-Aguilar (1993). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University. Janeen McAllister (2001). Program Director, International Travel Seminars, Center for Global Education. B.A., Macalester College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Kathleen McBride (1988). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University. Regina McGoff (1992). Director of Marketing and Administration, Center for Global Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Phoebe Milliken (2001). Acting site director, Namibia, Center for Global Education. B.A., Bates College; M.A., George Washington University. Barbara E Nagle (1998). Director, Marketing. B.S., Ohio University. Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A., University of Sioux Falls; M.A., University of Minnesota. Julie A. Olson (1991). Director, Enrollment Center. B.A., Augsburg College. Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Mankato State University. Cindy G. Peterson (1981). Director, American Indian Student Services. B.A., University of Minnesota. John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Dean for Adult Programs. Associate Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., University of Texas. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Dean for Professional Development. Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Judith Shevelev (1991). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A., University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University. Bao L. Thao (1998). Director, Pan-Asian Student Services. B.A., Colgate University. Richard J. Thoni (1972). Assistant to the President. Director, Rochester Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Administration 28 - Nancy J. Baker (2000). Consulting Medical Director, Assistant Professor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.D., University of MissouriColumbia. Karen G. Ballen (1998). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Kalamazoo College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio ArtistRercussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Michigan. Carol E. Barnett (2000). Studio Artist/Composition, part-time, Music. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Joy E. Bartlett (2000). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., West Virginia State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. B Phillip C. Adamo (2001). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., SUNY-Albany; M.A. and Ph.D., Ohio State University. Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University. Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Beth J. Alexander (2000). Assistant Professor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.S. and D.Pharm., University of Minnesota. Thomas M. Allen (2001). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.EA., Wayne State University; M.EA., University of Minnesota. Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Seminary. Sheldon M. Anderson (1988). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio ArtistFlute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College; M.M., Northwestern University. Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Div., Luther-Northwestem Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. A Faculty Jim Trelstad-Porter (1990). Director of International Student Advising. M.A., The American University. Donald M. Warren (1978). Director, StepUP Program. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministries. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Seminary. Joe Young (1998). Director, Pan-African Center. B.A., University of Minnesota. 284 Augsburg College Faculty William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Tami M. Carpenter (2001). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. Two B.S. degrees, University of Minnesota. C Aroti G . Bayman (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Edinburgh. Anthony A. Bibus, 111 (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. William I! Bierden (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W, University of Minnesota. Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Laura S. Boisen (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; MIA., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton (1975). Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.EA., University of Minnesota. Lois A. Bosch (1997). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College; M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Christine A. Bosquez-Heman (1999). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. A.N., College of St. Catherine; B.H.S., Wichita State University; M.P.A.S., University of Nebraska. Nora M. Braun (1997). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S.B.A., University of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed., Boston College. Eileen M. Bruns (2000). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.S., Florida State University. Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology, Director of American Indian Studies. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University of Minnesota. Janelle M. Bussert (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale University. Ralph J. Butkowski (2001). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., PbD., University of Minnesota. Marcia M. Byrd (2000). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. A.A., Mount St. Mary's College; B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty 28 - Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor of English. B.A., College of St. Catherine; MIA., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute. Robert J. Danforth (2001). Instructor, part-time, Sociology, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Jill A. Dawe (1994). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music. Donna K. DeGracia (1998). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Ohio State University; PA., Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Jacqueline R. deVries (1994). Associate Professor of History. Director of A.C.T.C. Women's Studies. B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana. Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A., Saint Mary's University. Jay D. Dobberstein (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College; M.A. coursework completed, University of Minnesota. D John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Margaret M. Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Hamline University. Nina N. Chenault (2000). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., University of Minnesota. Lars D. Christiansen (2001). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Clark University; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University. Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.EA., Minneapolis College of Art and Design. C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Capital University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Nicholas A. Coult (2000). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Carleton College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lany J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 286 Augsburg College Faculty Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Sally Gibson Dorer (1998). Studio ArtistJCello, part-time, Music. B.M., New England Conservatory of Music. Linda A. Dorschner (2000). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Mankato State College; M.A., Mankato State University. Steven A. Draheim (2001). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.EA., University of Minnesota-Duluth; M.EA., University of Minnesota. Susan Sacquitne Dmck (1993). Studio Artisnoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A., University of Iowa. Rebekah N. Dupont (1995). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Barbara A. Edwards (2000). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., College of St. Benedict; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine A. Egenberger (2000). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst. David L. 0.Ehren (2001). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., Macalester College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Ruth C. Enestvedt (1999). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Darcey Engen (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; MIA., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist~Tmmpet,part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College; M.EA., D.M.A., University of Minnesota. Marilyn L. Erickson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.S., St. Cloud State University. Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio ArtistlFiano, part-time, Music. B.EA., B.A., Central Michigan University; M.M., University of Minnesota. Mary L. Ewert-Knodell (1998). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Mankato State University. E - Augsburg College Faculty 287 - Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Meny Beth Gay (1998). Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.L.A., Bethel College; A.N., Anoka Ramsey Community College; B.S., Metropolitan State University; M.S., University of Colorado. Annette M. Gerten (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio ArtistlClarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University. Sandra E Gilbert (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf College;J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Keith E Gilsdorf (2001). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.A., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of NebraskaLincoln. Nancy Schmidt Going (2001). Assistant Professor.of Religion. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., Covenant Seminary. Janet L. Goldstein (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Hebrew University, Jerusalem; M.S.W., Yeshiva University. C Cherie L. Farseth (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Montana. Phillip E Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison;J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University. Richard M. Flint (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Iowa State University. Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University. Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Stacey R. Freiheit (2000). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Central Florida; M.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.M., Aquinas College. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leola E. Dyrud Furman (2001). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Chicago; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. 288 Augsburg College Faculty Matthew J. Haines (2001). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. John's University; M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University. Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Assistant Professor of Religioin. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., University of Chicago. Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMoms; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University. Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo. Philip L. Harder (2000). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire. H Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas. Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. William D. Green (1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota. Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. Music studies at The University of Minnesota. John C . Gregg (2001). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Stanford University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Robert C . Groven (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.EA., University of Minnesota. Satya I?Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty 289 - L John U. Harkness (2001). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Harvard University. Lee Ann Hartmann (2001). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., Augsburg College. Kathryn M. Hathaway (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University. Robert G . Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Associate Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University; D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Angela K. Hochhalter (2001). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minneso ta-Winona. Stella K. Hofrenning (2000). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., University of Illinois. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.EA., University of Iowa. David R. Holmes, 111 (2001). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., Carleton College. Bradley P Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. Linda M. Holt (2000). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Minnesota; M.N., University of Washington-Seattle. James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota. Marilyn B. N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio ArtistNiolin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M., Indiana University. Sumin Hsieh (1999). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., Tunghai University, Taiwan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lee (Charles L.) Hurnphries (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.M., M.M., C.Ph., Indiana University Mary A. Hunt (2000). Studio Artistmian0 Accompaniment, part-time, Music. B.A., Fort Wright College of the Holy Names; M.M., Boston University; D.M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison. 290 Augsburg College Faculty Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University. Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., University of California;J.D., University of Minnesota. Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.A., University of Delhi; M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Temple University. Robert A. Karlen (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. W. James Kattke (1999). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Augustana College; M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Deborah D. Katz (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. A.B., Stanford University; Ed.M., Haward Graduate School of Education; Ed.D., National-Louis University K Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California. Mary J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of North Dakota; M.A.Ed., Hamline University. Rolf A. Jacobson (2000). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.Div., Luther Seminary; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Sophia J. Jacobson (1999). Instructor of Sociology (American Indian Studies). B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas. William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathleen A. Johnson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.. University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.S., Mankato State University. Martha B. Johnson (1988). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Daniel E Jorgensen (2001). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.S., South Dakota State University. J Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa; M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark D. Isaacson (1998). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. I - Augsburg College Faculty 291 - Stephanie L. A. Lach (2001). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. A.A., Rochester Community College; B.S., Augsburg College; M.B.A., M.S.N., University of Texas-Austin. Bonita S. LaDuca (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mercyhurst College; M.S., Ohio University. Steven J. LaFave (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., PbD., University of Minnesota. Velma J. Lashbrook (2000). Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., Illinois State University; Ed.D., West Virginia University. Barbara A. Lehmann (2001). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Knox College; M.S.W., Tulane University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio ArtistFrench Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam College of Arts and Science, SUW, M.M., Northwestern University. Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; M.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah. Susan Rector Li (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S.N., Duke University; J.D., University of North Carolina. Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Grinnell College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Lynn E. Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton; C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L Anne M. Kaufman (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio ArtistHarp, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard School; M.M., University of Arizona. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee I. H e m p (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. 292 Augsburg College Faculty Sara G. MacDonald (2001). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Augsburg College. Sharon B. Mahowald (2001). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; M.S., Emporia State University; Ph.D., Forest Institute of Professional Psychology. David C. Matz (2001). Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Bemidji State University; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Texas A & M University. Paul K. McAlister (2001). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., Minnesota Bible College; M.Div., Lincoln Christian Seminary; Ph.D., Bethel Theological Seminary. John C. McCaffrey (2000). Assistant Professor of Art. B.EA., University of WisconsinMadison; M.EA., University of Miami-Coral Gables. Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley. Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University. Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., Lindenwood College; M.A., Tulane University. Laurie H. Merz (2001). Studio ArtistBassoon, part-time, Music. B.M., Eastman School of Music; M.M., University of Minnesota. Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., California State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge. Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. M J. Lynne E Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The Claremont Graduate School. Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., PA. Certification, University of Colorado Health Science Center; Ph.D., Capella University. Steven F! Lund (1982). Studio Artisflrombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of Minnesota. Kyle M. Lundby (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. Dee A. Lundell (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Augsburg College Faculty 29 - - Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas. Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M., University of Cincinnati. P Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artisfliano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University Susan E. O'Connor (1994). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Michael E. O'Neal (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S. University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jack Osberg (1991). Head Football Coach. Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A. Augsburg College. Paul H. Ousley (1993). Orchestra Director, Instructor of Music. B.M., University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire; M.M., Eastman School of Music. 0 Susan K. Nash (1998). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Julie D. Naylor (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. N James B. Moen (1998). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. William D. Morris (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. 294 Augsburg College Faculty - Larry C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. 0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio ArtisdGuitar, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Minnesota. Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modern Languages. M.A., Middlebury College. Karen Robards (2002). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Beloit College; M.S.W., Ph.D., Washington University. Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College; M.A., University of St. Thomas. M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Associate Professor of Psychology B.S., Indiana University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University. Nancy A. Rodenborg (2000). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Indiana University; M.S.W, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Glenda Dewberry Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David A. Ross (2001). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Yale University; A.B.D., Oxford University, St. Anne's College. R Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Q Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., United Theological Seminary. Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A. Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University; M.S.W, Barry University. Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Augsburg College Faculty 29 Milo A. Schield (1985). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Dean for Adult Programs. Associate Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas. Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W.,University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington. Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Designer-in-Residence, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M I A , University of Minnesota. David G. Schwain (1995). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University. Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Dean for Professional Development. Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Trygve R. Skaar (2000). Studio Artist/, part-time, Music. Katharine E. Skibbe (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Saint Mary's College. Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana. John P: Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A., University of Illinois. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Linda Lee Stevens (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., University of Northern Colorado; MS., Mankato State University. Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University; M.A., D.Th., Luther Seminary. S 296 Augsburg College Faculty - - - Anthony R. Wagner (1993). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., B.L., J.D., University of Pittsburgh. Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.F!H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia E Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. W Joseph Underhill-Cady (1998). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of California-Berkeley; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. Eileen Kaese Uzarek (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., Mankato State University James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Loyola University; Ph.D., Boston College. David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Iowa State University Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., University of California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. U-v Joan E. Thompson (1997). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Fort Lewis College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Minnesota; M.M., The Juilliard School. Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale University; Th.D., Luther Seminary. Cynthia K. Troy (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. T Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen T. Sutherland (1999). Associate Professor of Computer Science. A.B., Augustana College; two M.S. degrees; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maryann Syers-McNairy (1998). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Arizona State University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty 29 - - ' Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Earl R. Alton. Professor Emeritus of ChemistryDean Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe College. John W. Yaeger (2001). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.S.W., Loyola University. Larry J. Zimmerman (2000). Studio Artist, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Boston University. Steven M. Zitnick (2000). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Shimer College; M.S., University of Utah. X-Y-z Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; MS., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. J. Ambrose Wolf (1999). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., MS., University of Muenster; Ph.D., University of Cologne and KFA-Julich, Germany. Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio ArtistISaxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University. Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Calvin coliege; M.B.A., Western ~ i c h i ~ University. an 298 Augsburg College Faculty Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Norman B. Ferguson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., M.S., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., MS., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist-in-Residence Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marie 0 . McNeff. Professor Emerita of EducationIDean Emerita. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mildred "Mike" Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Gordon L. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J. Nilsson. Professor Emerita of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean ~fnerita.B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. ~ a c d t yEmeriti 29 - Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University. Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus., Lakeland College. Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Marjorie H. Sibley. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Clarice A. Staff. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., D.S.W., Columbia University. Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M I A . , University of Iowa. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rita R. Weisbrod. Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Cornell University. Mary Louise Williams. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.EA., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. 7 300 Faculty Emeriti COLLEGE M A P INFORMATION 1. Admissions Weekday Program 2. Admissions Annex and Wcckcnd Admissions 3. Air Structure Entrance (November through March) 4. Edor-Nelson Athletic Field and Seasonal Air Struchlic 5 . Christensen Center 6. East Hall 7. Faculty Guest House 8. Foss, Lobeck, Miles, Center forWorship, Drama and Communication 9. Sverdrup Ilnll 10. Husby-Strom~nenTennis Courts 11. Icc Arena 12. Dcvclopment, PR/Comrnunications, and Alumni/Parent Relations 13. Lindell Library 14. Maintennnce and Grounds Shop 15. Mortenscn Hall 16. Murphy Place 17. Murphy Park 18. Music Hall 19. Ncw Rcsidence Hall 20. Old Main D. Faculty/Staff/Commutcr/Residcnt Parking E. Resident Parking F. Resident Parking G. Admissions/Faculty/S taff Parking H . Faculty/Staff Parking I. Visitor Parking J. FacultylStaff Parking K. FacultylStaff Parking L. Visitor Parking M . Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking N. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking 0. Fairview-University Parking Ramp PARKING INFORMATION A. Visitor Parking B. Resident Parking C . Commutcr Parking 21. Anderson Hall 22. Quad 23. Scicncc Hall 24. Security Dispatch Center 25. Shipping and Receiving 26. Melby Hall 27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 28. Urness Hall Street parking on campus is posted for one-, two-, or four-hour limits. For certain major events on campus during evenings and weekends, parking is also available in the commuter and visitor lots. I-35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (curves right to become Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. I-35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue South. PUBLIC PARKING DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS 4 MINNEAPOLIS d Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, natlonal or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, qr disability in its education ~olicies,admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg Collegt is committed to providing reasonable accommodations t c its employees and Its students. A About Augsburg 10, 18 Academic and Achievement Scholarships 31-32 Academic Advising 56 Academic Calendar 4-7, 54 Academic Divisions 56 Academic Information 53 Academic Internships 66 Academic Policies and Procedures 69 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal 85 Academic and Learning Services 44 Academic Skills Center 44 Access Center 45 Accessibility 18 Accounting 104, 110-1 12 Accreditation and Memberships 11, 17, 18 Activities 43 Admissions 14, 20-24 Administrative Officers of the College 282 Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 83 Advanced Transfer Students 74 African American Student Services (see Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 47 Air Structure 44 Alumni Center 15 American Indian Studies 166-167 American Indian Student Services 47 American Sign Language 191 AmeriCorp Scholarship 32 Anderson Hall 14, 50 Application Procedures 20, 31 Applied Economics 131 Architecture Minor 94 Art 93-97 Art History 93, 96-97 Asian American Student Services (see Pan Asian Student Services) 47 Asian Studies (see East Asian Studies) 128-129 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program 83-84 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 59, 62 Associated Support Organizations 16 Athletic Affiliation 18 Athletic Training Internship 155 Athletics 43 Audit Fee 26 Auditing Courses 82 Augsburg Echo 43 Augsburg Experiences 73 Augsburg Seminar 73, 98 Augsburgian, The 43 Calendar 4-7, 54 Campus Location 14, 18, 301-302 Campus Map 301-302 Campus Ministry 42 Campus Tours 20 Canadian Program 69 Career Services 67 Carlson (JeroyC. Carlson) Alumni Center 1 Center for Global Education 15, 63, 176-18 Center for Global Education Courses 63-65, 177-181 Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) 44 Center for Service, Work, and Learning 66 Change of Program 71 Chemistry 118-123 Chinese 191 Chapel 15,42 Choir 43, 203, 21 1 Christensen Center 14 Class Schedule 90 Classification (Class Year) 82, 85 Coaching Endorsement 155 College Costs 2002-03 26 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 83 College of the Third Age 16, 69 Commencement 86 Commons 51 Communication 260-266 Communication ArtsILiterature Teacher Licensure 147 Community Service-Learning 66 Community Studies Concentration (Sociology) 255 Computational Economics 124 Computational Philosophy 125, 218 Computer Science 123-127 Concert Band 43, 203, 21 1 Continuing Education Program 69 Cooperative Education 67 Costs 26-27 Counseling 48 Counseling and Health Promotion 48 Course Descriptions 90-277 Credits 90 C Biology 99-103 Board of Regents 280-281 Books and Supplies 27 Business Administration 104-109 Business Administration and Economics Major 106, 131 B Early Admission of Freshmen 21 East Asian Studies 128-129 East European Studies 247-248 East Hall 14 Echo 43 Economics 130-134 Economics/Business Admin. Major 106, 131 Economics/Political Science Teaching Major 229 Edor Nelson Field 14 Education 135-144 Education for Service 11 Education (Master of Arts) 68 Elementary Education 136-137, 139-140 Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities 142-143 Employment 35 Engineering 144-145 English 146-152 English as a Second Language (ESL) Program 84-85 English Placement Test 148 Enrollment 18 Enrollment Center 8, 70 Enrollment Deposit 27 Ensembles 203, 21 1 Entry-level Skills 74 Ethnic Studies 168 Evaluation and Grading 79, 82 Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) 18, 281 E Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure Major 269 Dean's List 85 Degrees Offered 18, 54 Departmental Comprehensive Exams 83 Departments and Programs 90-277 Deposits 27 Development 8 Directed Study 92 Directory 8 Directory Information 87-88 Dismissal 85 Discrimination Complaints 52 Divisions and Departments 56 Dormitories 14, 50-51 Dual Degree Programs 59, 68, 144-145 D Crime and Community Concentration (Sociology) 255 Crossover Registration 71 Cultural Anthropology Concentration (Sociology) 256 Gage Family Endowment (CLASS) 45 General Education Curriculum 72-78 General Education Requirements 72-78, 80-81 General Studies 153 German 190, 193-194 Gift Assistance 33 Global Education Center 15, 63, 176-181 Global Education Program Courses 63-65, 177-181 Grade Point Average 73, 82 Grading 79, 82 Graduate Programs 67 Graduation (Applying for) 72 Graduation Level Skills 75-76 Graduation Requirements 72-78, 80-81 Graduation With Distinction 86 Grants 33 Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 15 C Facilities and Housing 14, 50-51 Facts and Figures 18 Faculty 18, 55, 284-298 Faculty Emeriti 298-300 FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student Aid 31 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) 51-52, 87-88 Federal Work Study Program 35 Fees 26-27 Film Minor 263, 268 Finance Specialization (Business Administration) 106 Financial Aid 18, 30-40 Financial Policies 28-30 Fine Arts 43 Fitness Center 49 Food Service 51 Foreign Languages (See Modern Languages) Forensics 261 Former Students 23, 72 Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication 15 Four-Year Assurance Program 86 French 190-192 Freshmen 20, 21 F Experiential Education Programs 66-67 Explanation of Grades 79 Exploring Our Gifts 42 Index 30 Language Courses 190-197 Leadership (Master of Arts) 67-68 Leadership Studies Minor 168-169 Leadership, Service, and Performance Scholarships 32-33 L Karen M. Housh Tutor Center 44 K Japanese 190, 194 JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center 15 john Evans Learning Laboratory 44 J Ice Arena 15 Incomplete Grade 79, 82 Independent Studies 91, 92 lnformation Technology Resources 55 Inter-Institutional Programs 62 Inter-Race 16 Intercollegiate Athletics 43 Interdisciplinary Studies 165-173 lnternational Baccalaureate Program (IB) 83 lnternational Business Minor 107 lnternational Business Specialization (Business Administration) 106 lnternational Partners 176 lnternational Relations 174-175 lnternational Relations (International Business) 174 lnternational Student Advising 49 lnternational Student Services 24, 49 lnternational Students 24, 49 lnternational Studies 175-183 Internships 66-67, 91 Intertribal Student Union 47 Intramural Athletics 43 I Health and Physical Education 154-158 Health Clinic Services 49 Health Education 154-156 Health Insurance 49 Health Promotion 48 HECUA Courses 65, 181-183 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) 62, 65, 176, 181-183 HispanicILatino Student Services Program 48 History 159-164 History of Augsburg College 10 Honors Program 61-62, 164-165 Housing 14-16, 26, 50-51 Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center 49 H 306 Index - Majors and Minors 56-59, 89-277 Management lnformation Systems 113-11 Management Specialization (Business Administration) 106 Maps 301, 302 Marketing 116-117 Master's Degrees 54, 67-68 Math Placement Group (MPG) 75, 185-18 Mathematics 184-189 McNair Scholars Program (TRIO) 45-46 Medical Refund 30 Melby Hall 15 Membershi~s17. 18 Memorial i a l l (sverdrup-~ftedalMemorial Hall) 16 ~ e t r o b r b a nStudies 170-171 Middle East Studies Minor 172 Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership (MNIlTP) 47 Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) 16 Minnesota Work Study Program 35 Minors 56-59, 89-277 MIS Courses 113-115 Mission Statement 10 Modern Language Skill 75 Modern Languages 190-197 Mortensen Hall 15, 50 Murphy Place (2222 Murphy Place) 15 Murphy's 51 Music 198-212 Music Business Minor 202 Music Education Major 199-200 Music Ensembles 203, 21 1 Music Hall 15 Music Performance Major 200 Music Re~ertoireTests 204 Music ~ h ' e r ~a~~u~i v a l e n ~ ~ l ~ e r t i f i c a t 202-203 Music Therapy Major 201, 209-210 M Learning Disabilities Program 44-45 Legacy Scholarship 32 Liberal Arts Perspectives 76-78, 80-81 Library and lnformation Technology Center 15, 18, 55-56 Licensure (Teaching) 60, 135-144 Lifetime Sports 76 Lindell Library 15, 18, 55 Loan Assistance 34-35 Location 14, 18, 301-302 Lutheran Leader Scholarships 33 Q Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards 32 Pan-Afrikan Student Services 47 Pan-Asian Student Services 47 Part-Time Students 26-27 Pass/No Credit 73, 79 Pastor 42 Payments 28 Performance Studies 203, 212 Performing Arts Scholarships 32 Perspective Requirements 76-78, 80-81 Philosophy 218-221 Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships 32 Physical Disabilities Program (Access Center) 45 Phvsical Education 155. 157-158 ~hisicalScience ~ e a c h i nLicensure ~ 119, 214 Physician Assistant Studies (Master of Science) 68 Physics 222-227 Piano Proficiency Test 204 Policies 17, 18, 51-52, 87-88 Political Science 228-233 Political Science/Economics teaching major 229 PortFolio Assessment Program 83-84 Pre-Professional Programs 60-61 Prerequisites 91 P, Off-Campus Programs 18 Officers of the College 282 Official Notices 51 Ojibwe 190, 196 Old Main 15 Orchestra 43, 203, 21 1 Organizational Analysis and Development Concentration (Sociology) 256 Orientation (AUG) 73, 98 0 NASA Scholarship 33 Natural Science Teaching Licensures 21 3-214 New Hall 15, 50 No-Credit Grades 79 Nordic Area Studies 172-173 Norwegian 190, 194-195 Notification of Admissions Decision 21, 22 Number Grades 79 Numbering of Courses 90 Nursing 215-21 7 Nursing (Master of Arts) 68 N Scandinavian Studies (See Nordic Area Studies) Scandinavian Urban Studies 65, 181 Scholarships 31-33, 35-40 School Year 4-7, 18 Science Hall 15 Science Scholarship 32 Secondary Education 137-138, 140-141 Service-Learning 66 Sigma Pi Sigma 224 Skills Requirements 74-76 Smiley's Point 16 Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 43 Social Psychology Concentration 235, 256 Social Studies 249 Social Welfare Minor 251 Social Work 250-254 Social Work (Master of Social Work) 68 Society of Physics Students 224 Sociology 255-259 Solid State Physics 223 Space Physics 223 Spanish 190, 196-197 Special Education 142-144 Special Interest Housing 51 Special Students (Non-Degree or Second Degree) 23 Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts 260-274 Sponsored Scholarships 35-40 Sports 43-44 5 Re-Admitted Students 72 Refunds 28-30 Regents 280-281 Regents' Scholarships 32 Registration 69-72 Religion 239-244 Religious Affiliation 18 Residence Life Program (see also Housing) 50-51 Residence Requirements 74 Rochester Program 13, 70 ~oom'bndBoard 26 ROTC 62 Russian, Central, and East European Studies 247-248 R President's Greeting 2 President's Scholarships 31 PRIME Scholarship 32 Probation 85 P~y~h010gy 234-238 Public Relations and Communication 15 Index 30 308 Index Teaching Licensure (see also individual majors) 60, 135-144 Test Scores 20 Theatre Arts 267-274 Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy Minor 269 T StepUP Program 46-47 Student Activities 43 Student Affairs (see Academic and Learning Services) 44 Student-Designed Major 57 Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 35 Student Employment 35 Student/Faculty Ratio 18 Student Government 42 Student Life 41 -52 Student Newspaper 43 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) 18 Student Publications 43 Student Rights 51-52 Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records 50 Student Support Services (TRIO) 46 Student Teaching Abroad 65, 135 Studio Art 93-96 Study Abroad 63-65, 175-183 Summer Session 8 Support Programs 44-49 Sverdrup Hall 16 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 16 7 Yearbook 43 Youth and Family Institute 16 Youth and Family Ministry Major 245-246 Youth and Family Ministry Partner Scholarship 32 x, y, z Weekend College 12-13, 21, 27-28, 70-71 Withdrawal From College 30, 72 Women's Studies 275-277 Work Study Program 35 W Veterans 86 Vocation 42 v Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE) 18 Urban Studies 169-171 Urness Hall 16, 50 U Theatre Practicums 272-274 Transcripts 20, 21, 28 Transdisciplinary Major 57-58 Transfer Regents' Scholarship 32 Transfer Students 22-23 TRIO Programs 45-46 Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 26-27 Tutor Center 44 C O L L E G E AUGSBURG SUPPLEMENT WITH ADDITIONS AND CHANGE 2 0 0 2 T O 2 0 0 4 C A T A L O G Minneapolis, Minnesota C O L L E G E AUGSBURG I I I Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained in this publication and the 2002-2004 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this supplement or the Catalog, consult a faculty adviser, the dean of the College, or the registrar. Supplement information is listed under the same headings in the printed Catalog, followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages in the Catalog for complete information. This catalog supplcmun t amends inrormatiou given in the 2002-2004 Augsburg Catalog. OnIy those sections that havc srths~rentinlchni~gesare included. Coust~ltthe registrar's of~icror the Augsburg C a l a l online ~~ at cww.augshur~.eriu/catal~)g> [or inronnaltion im ncw or deleted courses, changes in course titlcs, or descriptions. Checklist and Summary of Requirements for Graduation (page 80) . . . . . .12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. . Graduation Requirements (page 72) Transfer Students (page 22) 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . Academic Calendar. Weekend College (page 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic Calendar. Day Program (page 5) Table of Contents Spring Term 2004 Jan. 12Non. ................................ Classes begin Jan. 19/Mon. ............................. Martin Luther King Day-no classes Mar. 15/Mon. ............................. .Mid-term break begins Mar. 22/Mon. ............................... Classes resume .Early registration for fall Apr. 5-16/Mon.-Fri. .................... Apr. 9/Fri. ....................................Easter break Apr. 23/Fri. ..................................Classes end Apr. 26-29Non.-Thurs. .............Final exams May M a t . ................................ .BaccalaureatdCommencement Fall Term 2003 Summer...................................Freshman registration Aug. 31-Sept. 2/Sun.-Tues. .........New student orientation Sept. 3fWed. ............................... Classes begin Oct. 24/Fri. ............................... Mid-term break (one day only) Nov. 17-Dec. 5Non.-Fri. ............Spring term registration Thanksgiving recess begins Nov. 271Thurs. ............................. Classes resume Dec. l/Mon. ................................. ,.,,.Classes end Dec. 12/Fri. ............................ Dec. 15-18/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar's Web page for updated calendar and registration information at ~www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>. Spring Term 2004 Class weekends: Apr. 16-18, Apr. 23-25, May 7-9, May 21-23, June 4-6, June 11-13, June 25-27 Winter Term 2004 Class weekends: Jan. 9-11, Jan. 23-25, Feb. 6-8, Feb. 13-15, Feb. 27-29, Mar. 12-14, Mar. 26-28, Apr. 2-4 Fall Term 2003 Class weekends: Sept. 5-7, Sept. 19-21, Oct. 3-5, Oct. 17-19, Oct. 31-Nov. 2, Nov. 14-16, Nov. 21-23, Dec. 5-7 The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar's Web page for updated calendar and registration information at cwww.augsburg.edu/enrolI/registrar>. Students transferring from the Minnesota State College and University System who have completed the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum, have earned the Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA or higher will be given transfer status as outlined below. Acceptance of courses submitted for transfer is done by the registrar's office based upon the official student transcript(s1. Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires approval of the department. The major or minor department may require certain courses or a minimum number of courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work for admission to the College. Augsburg College limits transfer coursework from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. Students may transfer a maximum of 64 semester credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges. Once a student reaches junior status, no additional credits will transfer from two-year institutions toward the minimum of 32 Augsburg credits required for a baccalaureate degree. These courses can, however, be used to meet Augsburg Core Curriculum and major requirements. Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer from other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. TRANSFER STUDENTS Replaces "ALL TRANSFER STUDENTS" on pages 22-23 of current catalog & Note: No student who falls below the standards for automatic admission to the College will be considered for admission by the Admissions Committee after August 15 for entry in fall semester or December 15 for entry in spring semester. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Office of Undergraduate Admissions and consult the departmental section of this catalog. 3. Courses with D grades will not be accepted as prerequisites or for application to majors. Some Augsburg majors require additional prerequisite coursework beyond the A.A. degree. Students are advised to consult major departments for major requirements upon transfer. One Foundations of Fitness or activity course if the student has transferred an equivalent Foundations course. This requirement is waived for students who have transferred in two equivalent courses. College algebra or Math Placement 3 One graduation skill writing course in the major One course that meets the Quantitative Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement The Modern Language requirement One Augsburg Experience Senior Keystone Course REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation Course 2. All Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements will be waived except: 1. Admission will be with junior standing following the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum. A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent courses (64 semester credits or 96 quarter credits from a community college) will be accepted once junior status is reached. No additional courses may be transferred from a community college. The following applies only to the MNSCU A.A. graduate: 1. Completion of 32 course creditsNo more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) - 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy (B.S.) - 17; and social work (B.S.) - 15. Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the Augsburg Core Curriculum, a minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and in total course work, and residence. Requirements f o r Undergraduate Graduation: All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). Students should apply before the start of their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available at the Enrollment Center. Each student must apply for graduation at the end of his or her junior year. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the registrar's office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. See page 23 in the printed catalog in Undergraduate Admissions-Special Students (Second Degree). Faculty advisers, the Academic Advising staff, department chairs, and the registrar staff are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. All students are required to file a graduation application with the registrar's office one year prior to graduation. Replaces "GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM" on pages 72-78 of current catalog -7 An Augsburg Experience integrates experiential learning with academic learning. It demonstrates enhanced learning and reflects research and best practices in experiential education. Approved Augsburg Experiences meet two criteria: ( I ) Integrates experiential learning with academic learning and (2) Links on-campus learning to the goals, mission, needs, or ideas of off-campus people, organizations and/or communities, either through community partners, 4. Augsburg Experiences-All student must complete at least one approved Augsburg Experience as a requirement for graduation. Augsburg Experiences highlight the College's commitment to experiential education and active participation in the broader community, both locally and globally Five categories of approved experiential learning opportunities are recognized as Augsburg Experiences: internships, facultystudent research, community service, study abroad, and off-campus immersion experiences. 3. Completion of t h e Augsburg Core Curriculum-Requirements for the Ausburg Core Curriculum are listed in the next section 2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 32 total course credits required: two courses by independent1 directed study; four courses of internship; an six course credits with a grade of Pass (P). To graduate with Latin honors, students may take no more than two P/N graded courses. Each department sets its own limitations on the number of P/N graded courses that may be applied toward the major and minor programs, but normally students may apply no more than two course credits with P grades toward a major and no more than one course credit with a P grade toward a minor. The Departments of Education and Social Work are examples of departments that allow students to apply more than two course credits with P grades within the major program (two in major field courses plus student teaching or field work practicums). Cultivates the transformative discovery of, and appreciation for, one's place of leadership and service in a diverse world-vocatio and caritas. Calls for common inquiry into questions of Christian faith and the search for meaning; and -Provides a liberal arts foundation and promotes the acquisition of intellectual and professional skills: The Augsburg Core Curriculum is designed to prepare students to become effective, informed, and ethical citizens through their engagement in a curriculum that: THE AUGSBURG CORE CURRICULUM 6 . Residence-The last year of full-time study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 creditslrequirements) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the registrar's office if an official inlerpretation is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required to be taken in residence within the major and minor. Consult the catalog description of the majorlminor or the chairperson of the department. 5. Grade Point Average-2.0 for most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken and specifically for all courses that apply toward a major or special program. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental section for details. professional activities, and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may be embedded in designated courses that are part of the regular class schedule or may be completed for zero credit outside of the regular class schedule. The length of time required, creditlno-credit status, and grading options for approved Augsburg Experiences will vary All students must complete at least one approved Augsburg Experience as a requirement for graduation. Augsburg Experiences highlight the College's commitment to experiential education and active participation in the broader community, both locally and globally Five categories of approved experiential learning opportunities are recognized as Augsburg Experiences: internships, faculty-student research, community service, study abroad, and off-campus immersion experiences. Augsburg Experience Transfer students entering with advanced transfer status will take one Search for Meaning course: REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation. In these courses students articulate and critically reflect upon Augsburg's concept of vocation and ils meaning; Christian theological concepts as well as concepts from other religious traditions; and the meaning of the Bible in Judeo-Christian thought, its cultural contexts, and concepts of human identity and vocation. Two Search for Meaning course credits are required except for the following: Augsburg's Signature Curriculum is centered on its identity as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepls outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. Search f o r Meaning THE AUCSBURG SIGNATURE CURRICULUM Skills Requirements The Liberal Arts Foundation The Augsburg Signature Curriculum The curriculum has three major components: The Liberal Arts Foundation courses THE LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATIOL Engaging Minneapolis courses are specially designed courses that make intentional and substantial use of the resources of the Twin Cities as they orient first-year weekday students to the community where they will be studying, living, and working during their college careers. Most Engaging Minneapolis courses also fulfill an Augsburg Core Curriculum or major requirement. They normally are taken during the first year, but may be taken in the second year. Engaging Minneapolis All students who enter the College as first-year students in the weekday schedule program must satisfactorily complete fall orientation and the Augsburg Seminar. The Seminar is attached to a first-semester major or Augsburg Core Cuniculum course. Its purpose is to introduce students to what it means to have an Augsburg education and to help them make the transition to college work. Augsburg Seminar In order to help them make the transition to college and their new community, first-year weekday program students are required to take Augsburg Core Curriculum and introductory major courses containing the following components: The Augsburg First Year The Senior Keystone course connects the broad liberal arts foundation with the professional skills and in-depth study of the major. It thus asks graduating students to think critically, reflectively, and ethically about their place in the world as leaders and servants. The Senior Keystone course provides a final opportunity for exploring the central themes of an Augsburg education- vocation and the search for meaning in a diverse and challenging world. Students will reflect upon the meaning of their educational experiences and consider issues of transition as they prepare for their lives after Augsburg. Senior Keystone Writing *Mathematics Placement in writing, math, modern languages, and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments. These tests are a prerequisite for (not completion of) core and graduation skills course requirements. *Modern Languages *Critical Thinking There are entry level skills assessments in: Entry Level Skills Assessments SKILLS REQUIREMENTS Art, Music, Speech/Communications and Theatre Arts. Two courses or approved activities from two different departments: Fine Arts Note: The signature Search for Meaning courses do not count as Humanities Liberal Arts Foundation requirements. English, History, Philosophy, Religion, Modern Language (literature courses) Two courses from two different departments: Humanities Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Two courses from two different departments: Social and Behavioral Sciences One course must be a lab science course. Two courses from two different departments: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics. Natural Sciences and Mathematics Students choose two courses from two different departments in each domain. (Exceptions may be made for specially designed interdisciplinary Connections courses.) The list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Foundation requirement is available online and from the registrar's office. introduce students to knowledge and modes of inquiry across a wide range of disciplines and subjects. The course offerings in the traditional liberal arts provide the opportunity for students to acquire a broad and solid foundation for their specialized study and professional preparation. , Based on the math assessment result, students will be enrolled in the appropriate courses or advised on preparation for retaking the math placement exam. Students may retake the Math Placement Exam once during their first term of enrollment. Students are required to take the Math Placement Exam before registering for the first term and should achieve MPG 3 by the end of their first year at Augsburg. u All students are required to have their math placement group (MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred a mathematics course taken at another college may have their MPG determined by the registrar's office. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by the Academic Advising Office. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Practice questions and other information are available from Academic Advising. Mathematics Requirement Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking assessment. Students who do not achieve the minimum entry score on the placement exam are reauired to take GST 100 Critical Thinking. Critical Thinking - Requirement The Mathematics assessment and requirement as described below. The Modern Language assessment as described below. The Writing assessment and requirement as described below. Advanced transfer students (who enter with 1 3 course credits or more or an A.A. degree accepted in transfer) take only the following entry level skills assessments and fulfill the following requirements: Freshmen (all students entering with fewer than seven Augsburg course credits) and sophomore transfer students with fewer than 1 3 course credits are required to take entry level skills assessments and satisfy all skills requirements. ~n Students should complete ENG 111 by the middle of their sophomore year since it is a prerequisite for Writing Graduation Skill courses. ENG 111 Effective Writing or the equivalent with a grade of 2.0, ,'F or higher, is required. Attendance the first day of class is required. Students should complete ENG 111 by the middle of their sophomore year since it is a prerequisite for Writing Graduation Skill courses. Effective Writing Core Skills Students who have transferred in an equivalent course to ENG 111 are excused from the entry level exam. The entry level assessment determines readiness for ENG 111 Effective Writing. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing before ENG 111. Writing Requirement The BW-CAPE language assessment is offered to students who have had at least a year of Spanish, French, or German language studies in high school. It is designed to assess and place students at the appropriate course level for language study Students may waive the modern language requirement by completing this assessment and placing at the 311 level or above. Modern Language Requirement Students are encouraged to advance their MPG as soon as possible. Students must achieve Math Placement Group (MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3 , or 4 as a prerequisite. Students in MPG 1 must take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 must take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3 . Students in MPG 3 must take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student's MPG. A grade of Pass or 2.0 or higher is required to advance to the next math level. Two Foundations of Fitness courses are required. HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness (or a transfer equivalent) is required of all students. The second course may be chosen from a variety of different lifetime activities. Students who are not health and physical education majors or intercollegiate athletes may test out of one lifetime activity course. Students may demonstrate proficiency from a selected list of lifetime activities. There is a fee to take the lifetime activity proficiency test. Foundations of Fitness Students whose first language is not English and whose score is below the minimum on the ESL placement test must fulfill the English as a Second Language (ESL) requirement. The requirement is satisfied by successfully completing the ESL course(s) and achieving a score above the minimum on the ESL placement exam. Students who complete the ESL requirement fulfill the Modern Language Graduation Skill requirement. Contact Academic Advising or the English Department for additional information. Students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled the Modern Language Skill. There is a seven-year time limit on language courses presented for transfer and automatic waiver. Requirements for the Modern Language Skill are determined by placement test. For a language previously studied, successful completion (minimum grade of 2.0 or P) of one language course at your placement level (112 or higher) satisfies the requirement. For a language not previously studied, successful completion of a two-course sequence in the same language with the minimum grade of 2.0P in both courses is required. Students whose placement test is at 31 1 or higher will be exempted from further language study Modern Language All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111 or its equivalent. All Quantitative Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequisite of Math Placement Group 3 , and all Critical Thinking Skill courses have the prerequisite of passing the entry level Critical Thinking Assessment or GST 100. Graduation skill requirements typically are embedded in required courses in the major. Some departments, however, designate courses outside the major or elective courses in the major that fulfill this requirement. Academic advisers will provide a list of these courses. An Augsburg education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Critical thinking, quantitative reasoning, speaking, and writing skills are deliberate components of certain courses. Students are required to have one course each with Critical Thinking, Quantitative Reasoning, and Speaking skill components, and two courses with a Writing Skill component. These requirements are modified for advanced transfer students (see page 10). Graduation Skills Requirements Foundations of Fitness courses are non-credit courses and are not included in the 32-course graduation requirement. Complete at least one Augsburg Experience Complete the Augsburg First Year requirements. (Sophomore transfer students are exempt from these requirements.) Complete the Signature Curriculum: Complete two (2) Search for Meaning courses. Complete a Senior Keystone course. Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum. Complete a major. Maintain minimum cumulative grade point average in major, minor, and in total courses completed. Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Other maximums are described on page 7 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . 17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . 20 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . 17 Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 All new freshmen and all freshman and sophomore transfer students must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: This quick reference checklist is an abbreviated version of the requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the complete degree requirements that begin on page 7. Students are advised to read carefully the full graduation requirements and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for graduation are met. Replaces "CHECKLIST AND SUMMARY OF GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION" on pages 80-81 of current catalog One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component. One course with a Critical Thinking component. One course with a Speaking component. One course with a Critical Thinking component. Two courses with Writing components. Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or F! (Courses meeting these requirements are designated by the major.) Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness and one HPE activity course. Complete Modern Language requirement (0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.) Complete Eng 111 Achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. Modern Language Assessment Critical Thinking Assessment Writing Assessment Mathematics Assessment Fine Arts Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments and Core Skills Requirements: Humanities Social and Behavioral Sciences Natural Sciences and Mathematics Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation requirements: Complete two courses from two different departments in each domain. (Exceptions may be made for specially designed interdisciplinary Connections courses.) 2. Complete an Engaging Minneapolis course. 1. Complete the fall orientation and Augsburg Seminar. ........... 14 Complete Modern Language requirement (0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.) Achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. Complete Entry Level Skill Assessments and Core Skills Requirements: Satisfy entry level skill requirements in writing. Fine Arts Humanities Social and Behavioral Sciences Natural Sciences and Mathematics Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation requirements: Complete two courses from two different departments in each domain. (Exceptions may be made for specially designed interdisciplinary Connections courses.) Complete one Augsburg Experience Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation course Complete a Senior Keystone course. Complete the Signature Curriculum: W Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum. Complete a major. W Maintain minimum cumulative grade point average in major, minor, and in total courses completed. Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Other maximums are described on page 7. Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . 17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . 20 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . 17 Accounting (B.A.) . All advanced transfer students (those entering with 13 or more credits) must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): W Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: Complete one Augsburg Experience Complete a Senior Keystone course. Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation course. Complete the Signature Curriculum: W Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum W Complete a major. W Maintain minimum cumulative grade point average in major, minor, and in total courses completed. Other maximums are described on page 7. Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . .15 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . 17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . 20 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . 17 Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . 14 W Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component. Students entering under the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum with an A.A. degree must complete the following requirements prior to graduation: One course with a Speaking component. One course with a Critical Thinking component. One course with a Writing component. Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (Courses meeting these requirements are designated by the major.) Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness or one HPE activity course (depending on transcript assessment.) All students are required to file a graduation application with the registrar's office one year prior to graduation. One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component. One course with a Writing component. Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P (Courses meeting these requirements are designated by the major.) Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness or one HPE activity course (depending on transcript assessment) Complete Modern Language requirement (0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.) Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments and Core Skills Requirements: Complete one college algebra course course or achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. AucssuR~ \IV\IVW aunchurn d u 22 1l Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 C O L L E G E
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2001
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG ......................2 ......................4 Visiting Students ................ 5 About This Catalog................. 5 Calendar ........................6 Interim Courses ................... 7 Lifetime Sports ...................45 Interim Abroad ..................4 7 Introducti...
Show more AUGSBURG ......................2 ......................4 Visiting Students ................ 5 About This Catalog................. 5 Calendar ........................6 Interim Courses ................... 7 Lifetime Sports ...................45 Interim Abroad ..................4 7 Introduction Options Other Courses ................... 5 1 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change; and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration and will be charged WEC tuition $1258 per course credit and a $25 technology fee. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Betty Wade, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <wadeb@augsburg.edu>. Introduction Options International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 47. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 8. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Introduction Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements or major requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,726 for the Interim course plus a $25 technology fee. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199, 299, 399, or 499 courses. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. Interim Calendar 2001 November 13 to December 1 . . . . . . . . . . Interim registration January 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time II-1:15 p.m January 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 12 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses January 15. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no class January 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Interim ends January 30 ......................Spring semester begins February 2 ................Interim grades due to registrar The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at (612) 330-1150. Calendar Accounting (ACC) See listing under Business Administration. Drawing ART 107-J Instructors: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg and Tara Christopherson The legendary light and geography of Provence has shaped art history for centuries. In the last hundred years alone, it has inspired countless works of art. Using French language and personal art, students will immerse themselves in place, documenting their own inspiration with text and images of Provence through journal, discussion, sketching and assemblage. The language, culture and art of Provence will come alive for students, resulting in a very personal memoir grounded in site-specific content. Students will spend the majority of their time in Provence, winding up the program with four days in Paris. For more information, contact Prof. Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg, (612) 330-1090 or Prof. Tara Christopherson, (612) 330-1232. Note: This course is being taught in France and is listed in the UMAIE booklet as Topics: The Artist's Book, Provence to Paris. Liberal Arts Perspective: ART 107 -Aesthetics Life Drawing ART 247-J Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee for $45 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Laboratory Biochemistry BIO 368-J Instructor: Karen Ballen This course is an introduction to techniques commonly used in biochemistry. Techniques include (but not limited to): protein extraction, dialysis, spectrophotometry, SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, ion exchange chromatography, Western blots, measurement of enzyme activity, and thin layer chromatography. Note: BIO 368 cannot be used to satisfy an upper division elective in the biology major. Prerequisites: 2.0 in BIO 367 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Science 212 Internal Audit and Management Consulting ACC 424-J Instructor: Staff Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in a ~ - ~ o i t , ~ t i~nig~, ~ i ~nli~rl,lgcmcrlf, ncc, marketing, and MIS, we c x ; ~ n l i ~ l ae i~iisincss'iolcr-na1 cuii~rolsystems and operating c l l i z i c l ~ c y .13y s~cypingaway from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning, and report writing. Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project, and final examination. Prerequisites: ACC 221&222, BUS 242,252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175&379 Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking, Writing 1 & 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Old Main 11 Biology d, The Music Business: Marketin Promotion, Publishing, Recor Ing BUS 105-Jl305-J MUS 105-Jl305-J Instructor: Ned K a n t a r An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics included are music and theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. Objectives include giving students a basic working knowledge and an understanding of the necessary survival skills to succeed in the music industry, the ability to access and lwowss i ~ i i i ~ r n l a t i oncctlccl r~ I;II. solvi~lerylriciil t n i ~ s i c (11' 111e liur~(lr.t'tlaol' I,usir~uss ~ ~ ~ ~ o l ) :unil l ~ ~nn n siIw,li-rnc.ss , cirrcci. c ~ l , q ) o l + ~ u ~ ~c iv~i li le~ si l l~lic111~1sicind~uirl-y.'l'hc L,I)LII'SC is OI>C'I\ I { ) l)o!l~i t l l j l ~ ';IIICI ~ . IOWC'I- tlivision sl i ~ d c ~ l l Illlllcr s. cliviilrc r , e c l u i r c d Io ri~riilllclc.:~ litla1 r . ~ s c ; ~ prw. ~~~Ii s i r ~ nslucler~~s ject. Examples include devising a specific marketing plan for a venue, concert series or performing ensemble; researching a specific career opportunity; or another approved project. For interested students, an optional four-day trip to the American Performing Arts Presenters (APAP) Annual Conference in New York City, the largest booking conference for concert presenters in the world, is scheduled for January 6-9, 2001. Students are responsible for the cost of transportation, room and board. Students will be evaluated on written and oral presentations, including quizzes, research assignments and classroom projects-individual and/or symposium format. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: II Room: MUS 4 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-J Instructor: Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 International Marketing BUS 466-J Instructor: Wolfgang Winter Issues and activities unique to marketing in an international context. [Required for the new major in Marketing.] Prerequisite: BUS 252 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Old Main 29 Personal Financial Management BUS 295-J BUS 495-J Instructor: Ashok Kapoor This is an introductory course in personal financial planning. Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investment, and retirement planning. BUS 295: Quizzes and exams. BUS 495: All of the above plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 43 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-J Instructor: Jim Kattke C3bjcctivus arc tcl lcnrti conccpls unilc.~.lyi~lg crr,;~tiitnof Web 1ugcs and b i u i ~ ~ cco~minunicatic~n ss v i ' ~(he I n~crnrl.Usc o l r ~ l ~ t i i ) l ~latilb:1scs i.~l [or u c l v a ~ i ~ cqucrics, d fi~rms,altd rcpnr ts. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooper;~lionw i ~ hl'cllow sluiltn(s in 1e;irning to aoply col-1cepts is cncou ~,i~p,cd. A good gr~ispof blS Access is rcquiruil or the williilgntss lo cxcrcisc cxccplic)nal effort in lt.;lri\ing tllc tool. Prerequisites: MIS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instructor, or Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tme: II Room: Lindell 16 Chemistry for Changing Times CHM 100-J Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in modern, high-technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 315 Chemistry I Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 160-J Instructor: Noel Petit This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 202 UNlX and C CSC 272-J Instructor: Karen Sutherland Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments and quizzes. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 202 Topics: Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme One and Two CSC 273-J CSC 373-J Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or computer science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based on a series of programming projects. CSC 373 is a continuation of CSC 273. Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking Prerequisite: CSC 273, none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 205 Topics: Forecasting Economic & Business Activity ECO 495-J Instructor: Steve Huchendorf This course is designed to prepare students for analyzing primary and secondary economic and business data in making business decisions. Skills will be developed in various forecasting techniques as well as skills in using the statistical software package MINITAB. Course outcomes include building knowledge of qualitative and quantitative forecasting techniques; identification of data patterns, scatter diagrams, Economics I correlation analysis, moving averages, exponential smoothing techniques, regression models, classical decomposition, regression of time series, box-jenkins time series analysis, and various qualitative forecasting techniques. Skills in the selection of the appropriate forecasting technique will be developed with a comparison of the characteristics of each technique. In addition to the forecasting techniques that are learned in the course, students will also apply the concepts with the statistical software package MINITAB. Course evaluation will include homework, computer assignments, exams and a forecasting project. The forecasting project will apply the course concepts to a student selected data series. Prerequisite: ECO 112 or 113 or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I I Room: Sverdrup 201 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education EDU 491-J Instructor: Susan OIConnor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor, or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 206 The Cuban Story: Quantitative Journalism in Cuba ENG 347-A Instructor: Cass Dalglish Students will research and write stories with a statistical issue at the core, doing their work where few U.S. citizens have been able to travel or study-Cuba. They will study how to evaluate and analyze information both numerically and verbally and how to communicate quantitative data. They will study the Cuban economy and both the gains and challenges politics have brought to Cuba. During the 10-day seminar, students will interview economists, meet government officials, travel to the country to consider food and farming, study health care and education, and meet students and journalists. Finally, students will write lucid investigative stories which demonstrate that they have gained an ability to gather, handles, and present quantitative information in a precise and readable style - in oral and written formats. The class will have several meetings at Augsburg before the Cuba travel and several following the group's return to the U.S. [This is a joint day Interimlwinter WEC course with enrollment limits.] Prerequisite: ENG 225, ENG 227 or consent of the instructor, Math Placement Group 3 Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Time: arranged Topics: Which West? The American West in Film and Literature ENG 282-A ENG 382-A Instructor: Joan Thompson In this class you will read literature and view films in order to learn about ways in which ideas about the American West have helped to shape American identity and cohstructions of the West. Although over 100 years have passed since Frederick Jackson Turner announced the closing of the American frontier at the 1893 meeting of the American Historical Society, the West has not lost its associations with the frontier and its attendant mythology. You will learn that even as formulaic fiction and film popularized this vision of the West, serious writers and, more recently, filmmakers have been exploring other possible versions of the West. Through focusing on these explorations of the West as place, you will gain an understanding of the role of myths, such as the romantic gunfighter's conquest of both Native peoples and land, in American views of the West. You will also explore ideas such as Manifest Destiny, individual freedom, and appropriate land use. Because the West has always been filled with a plurality of voices, you will look'at ways writers and filmmakers who have visited, imagined, or lived in the West have both affirmed and countered these myths and ideas in their work. Course grades will be based on readinghiewing journals, a three to four page paper, a final exam, and class participation. Additionally, if you are enrolled in 382, you will read several critical articles on reserve at Lindell Library, as well as an additional novel. You will then write an additional short paper on the novel using the critical ideas you have studied. You will also give a brief presentation on your additional reading. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 26 Topics: Investigating the Victorian Thriller ENG 282-D ENG 482-D Instructor: Dallas Liddle This course will study the phenomenon in nineteenth-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery and terror. From Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its end, the nightmares imagined by novelists of Great Britain have continued to interest and horrify readers throughout the 20th century. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860's however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, Eliza Wood and Wilkie Collins were producing a stunningly successful series of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes, and the villains (as one reviewer remarked) seemed like people the reader might meet at dinner. Often challenging and sometimes subversive, these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the politer genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides of urban life, industrial poverty, and empire. We will read several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture that produced them. We will read original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and share the results of their research with the class. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Foss 20 Topics: The Heroic Journey ENG 282-M ENG 382-M Instructor: Joan Griffin "The hero," says Joseph Campbell, "Is the man or woman who has been able to battle past his personal and local historical limitations to the generally valid, normally human forms." This struggle, the heroic journey, is a quest for wholeness, for harmony with oneself, one's society, and even the universe. The journey may be physical, moral, psychological, or spiritual, but it always concludes with the regeneration of the hero and/or the redemption of the hero's society. This course will study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey as well as specific examples of such journeys, emphasizing the work of Joseph Campbell, but also citing studies of the hero by Lord Ragland, Carol Pearson, and Richard Slotkin, among others. We will note that major heroic genres in western tradition-the epic and romance-almost always assume that the hero is usually a warrior and aristocrat. Thus we will analyze typical elements of the heroic warrior myth as depicted in ancient and medieval epics and romance, but will also pay particular attention to works that challenge or enlarge the tradition. We will consider the implications of the enduring popularity of warrior-hero renditions of the heroic journey. Evaluation is based primarily on papers. Class attendance is mandatory. Do not take this course if you know that you will need to miss more than two classes. Prerequisite: ENG 111 recommended but not required. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Foss 20 English Beginning French I FRE I l l - J Instructors: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg and Tara Christopherson This course is the same as ART 107-J Drawing. See p. 7 for course description. Note: This course is being taught in France and is listed in the UMAIE booklet as Topics : The Artist's Book, Provence to Paris. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 C.S. Lewis and the Christian Imagination HON 401 -J Instructor: Larry Crockett For information, contact Prof. Larry Crockett, (612) 330-1 160 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3. Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 Dance (men only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232-M Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I- 1/3,1/5,1/8,1/9,1/11,1/16,1/17 Room: Melby Gym - center court Honors Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232-W . Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Xme: I - 1/3,1/5,1/8,1/9,1/11,1/16,1/17 Room: Melby Gym - center court Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit) HPE 275-J Instructor: Missy Strauch Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 - 1/4,1/5,1/8,1/10,1/12,1/18,1/19,1/22,1/23,1/24,1/25 Room: Melby 119 School Health Curriculum(O.5 course credit) HPE 320-J Instructor: Staff Techniques for developing a course of study in school health based upon growth and development for grades 5-12. Examination of "Standards" and pedagogy for health education, curriculum and assessment included. Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I - Mondays, Wednesdays, and Alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 Administration and Supervision of School Health (0.5 course credit) HPE 41 0-J Instructor: Staff Historical background, legal basis, school health services in relation to community and school health programs and resources. Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 - Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying interim exchange students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Health & Physical Education 1 Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper divislon Maximum Enrollment 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled) The Use and Misuse of "Lessons" of History in 20th Century European Diplomacy HIS 195-J Instructor: Sheldon Anderson This interim seminar examines several important 20th-century leaders and their impact on the course of European political and diplomatic history. Topics will include Lenin, Woodrow Wilson and the Versailles Treaty, Neville Chamberlain and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's decision to sign a non-aggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11, Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies, and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist systems of Europe fell in 1989. Through discussion of common readings and several small research assignments, the course will focus on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders and these conferences, and some of the "lessons" that scholars and policymakers have drawn from them. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 20 Paideia Seminars INS 120-J Instructor: Anne Jensen Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and /or hone skills of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluation as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 43 Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion: Experiencing History INS 200-J INS 300-J Instructors: Garry Hesser and Joseph Young Learn by visiting the historic sites and visiting with those who brought about the most important changes in the 20th - century U.S. It could change your life, too. During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers, videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on January 15. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock, Memphis, Selma, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta and Nashville-the places where history was made and the museums that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course objectives Interdisciplinary include learning about the history and sociology of race and ethnic relations in the U.S.; gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s and 1960s; documenting our personal and group experiences so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the Augsburg community and others; and increasing our skills for cross cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower division: Students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course, including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20 resources. Cost: $600, plus the cost of your ineals and personal expenses for 11 days. Covers all transportation and lodging for 11 nights. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 **Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning Monday, January 15, and ending on Friday, January 26. Introduction to Islam INS 225-J Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Work in the City Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to Twin City businesses and community organizations and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options, complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises and self assessments and give individual and group presentations. Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan area. PIN grading only. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Lindell 16 Dakota History and Culture INS 495-J Instructor: Eric Buffalohead This course examines Dakota culture and history from 1650 to the present. Emphasis will be on cultural changes and development affecting the Dakota tribes in Minnesota. Students will be required to conduct in-depth research and to write a major paper of their findings. There will be an inclass final examination and questions will be given weekly to facilitate discussions. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: II Room: Music 23 Room: Murphy 111 * To ics: The Czaeh Republic: Social and Cu bra! Impact of the Emerging Free 7 Market Economy INS 495-K Instructor: ~ t StoHer u This intensive experience in contemporary Czech culturr and society will allow you the opportunity to develop an appreciation for the many diverse cultures that intersect in Central Europe. Students will reflect critically on how their own life experiences have shaped their perspectives in the world, and how this differs from people in other countries. During week one, there will be excursions and field trips, that will explore the environs of Olomouc and study the history, culture, art, and architecture of the Czech Republic. Week two will focus on the Czech Republic's recent membership in NATO. Students will study the roots of the divisions of modern Europe, the concerns of the Czech government as it approaches membership in the EU. The final week will concentrate on developing a capitalist enterprise in the ex-communist world, looking at how models are succeeding, and how different sectors of Czech society are responding to the changes in social norms and values which underlie these new economic initiatives. For more information and costs for the trip contact Stu Stoller at (612) 330-1772 Management Information Systems (MIS) See listing under Business Administration Social Justice in America POL 140-J Instructor:Andrew Aoki In this course, students will develop their ideas about social justice, and apply them to urban issues. This is a course for those who like discussing ideas, and who wish to become better thinkers. Students will develop their arguments in papers and class discussions. Reading is light, and most of the material is covered only in class, so attendance is essential. Students who anticipate having to miss one or more classes should not take this course. The most successful students will be those who are willing and able to engage in a rigorous and critical examination of their own views. Participation is required, including evaluating and commenting on the ideas of classmates. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 Environmental and River Politics POL 241-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady We live and work on the shores of the largest river in North America. It is the reason the Twin Cities are located where they are, and it continues to define the city, as human settlement here in turn has profoundly shaped the river ecosystem. Of late in cities across America there has been "a return to the river," and in this class we will be doing the same. The River stands as a remarkable symbol for the community, of continuity and change, of cycles and transformation, of the power and beauty of the natural world, and there is much to be learned from studying it. Using the Mississippi as the focus, this course looks at the changes in thinking about the relationship between humanity and the natural world, as the relationship has been expressed in literature, law, science, religion, political philosophy, and popular culture. Particular attention will be paid to legal and cultural conceptions of the natural world, including the ideas of property and ownership. We will explore the distinction between wilderness and civilization and the political function of the line dividing those two realms. We will explore the river through the eyes and experiences of those who have worked and lived their lives along it, and through site visits to locations along the river, speakers in class, and on the Internet. Students will have an opportunity to explore their own interests in the river through individual projects, ranging from boat building, to lobbying at the State Capital, to the various Mississippi floods, to river ecology and "green consumerism." There will be opportunities to work with local river-related groups on those projects. Throughout the course students will be encouraged to dream, and to work on taking that vision and making it a reality, in building support for a project, in networking, in having patience, in following through, in working hard, and at the end, having something concrete to show for their efforts. These projects can be a prototype for the future pursuit of a vocation to contribute to their world in whatever way one is called to do so. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tme: I Room: Old Main 25 Principles of Psychology PSY 105-J Instructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two tests and two lab reports. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 10 Psychology and Law PSY 335-J Instructor: Nancy Steblay Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection, jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on exams and one paper. Prerequisite: PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 25 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry REL 235-J Instructor: Richard Hardel This course will provide students with the history and development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. It will provide students with basic skills and understanding for designing an effective youth and family ministry in a congregation. Students will study the latest research on children, youth, and families from Search Institute and learn the new paradigm of home and congregation in partnership for teaching and nurturing faith. They will learn the latest conceptual model of a holistic approach to youth and family ministry. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 mme: II Room: Music 24 Psychology I Theology of Death and Dying REL 390-J Instructor: John Benson This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions and Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since some of our theological material will come form Roman Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the hospice movement in the United States and current medical practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes and written assignments will be the format. Grades will be based on class participation, two tests and oral presentation of a research project. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 'lime: I Room: Music 23 Topics: Psalms, Songs, and Religious Poetry REL 308-J Instructor: Rolf Jacobson A study of poetry from the Christian tradition, focusing on biblical psalms and poems, religious poetry, and Christian hymns and songs. An introduction to interpretation of poetry and poetry set to song. Students will be evaluated based on one major paper, leading three discussions of primary texts, and on class participation and preparation. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 Topics: Religion at the Movies REL 309-J Instructor: Lori Hale Religious themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature, holiness, faith and belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness and mercy will be explored through the medium of popular film. Movies including the "The Matrix'', "The Shawshank Redemption", "Babette's Feast'', and "Wings of Desire" will be coupled with directed theological or historical readings. Essays, class participation, and a final paper will serve as the basis for evaluation. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Music 22 The Vision of God in Nicholas of Cusa and Martin Luther REL 455-J Instructor: Mark Tranvik and Mark Fuehrer This course examines the thought of two major thinkers from the late medieval and reformation periods. We will read and discuss primary texts from Cusa and Luther, focusing on the theme of the "vision of God" Last three days of the course will be held at a lodge in northern Minnesota. Three extended essays will be the basis of evaluation. Team-taught by Professors Mark Fuehrer (philosophy) and Mark Tranvik (religion). A fee of $225.00 is required to cover lodging costs. This will need to be paid by December 1,2000. Transportation is student responsibility. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Religion I Exploring Human Services SWK 257-1 SWK 257-J Instructors: Vern Bloom and TBA Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 60 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to introduce the fields of practice in social work and to help students explore a possible major in social work or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and the Law SWK 295-J Intructor: Tony Bibus and Ragnhild Collin-Hansen This course will introduce students to social work practice in the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet with key policy makers, observe court procedures and discuss practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and possibly with families and children as well. There will also be opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in the US with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws; they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or project completed for the course. Prerequisite: Social Work Majors or permission of Instructor Maximum Enrollment: 8 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 20 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 307-J & K Instructor: Curt Paulsen and Joe Clubb Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis SOC 211-J Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment 25 Time: I Room: Foss 175 Social Work rrs - Foundations in Women's Studies WST 201-J Instructor: Julie des Jardins This course offers an introduction to the interdisciplinary field of women's studies. Students will explore the scope of women's studies; develop greater understanding of diverse women's status, contributions, and concerns nationally and globally; and consider how women's studies and other academic disciplines influence our perspectives on women and men, and on policies and actions affecting people's lives. Throughout the course, we will make connections between gender, racelethnicity, economic class, sexuality and other differences in our analysis of women's experiences. Finally, we will explore ways to put our knowledge into action. This course requires active participation, daily reading and several short writing assignments. In addition, we will take field trips to visit some women's organizations in the Twin Cities. Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Old Main 13 Women's Studies Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Badminton/Pickleball HPE 002-B Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton and pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room Melby Gym northlsouth courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F Instructor: Marilyn Florian Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Air Structure Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-G Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Air Structure Lifetime Sports Introduction to Dance HPE 002-T/THR 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin See course information listed under THR 002-T Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Satern Auditorium Interim Abroad Social Work in Nicaragua-Challenges in Social Justice + January 7-26, 2001 SWK 295 (Contact your social work adviser about credit options.) Instructor: Randy Herman, Univ. of St.Thomas; Augsburg Contact: Tony Bibus Will introduce students to social issues faced by Nicaraguan families and communities in both urban and rural settings. Experiential in design, this course will provide opportunities to meet Nicaraguan people in their homes, communities and places of work. Spanish language proficiency is not required, as interpretation will be provided as needed. The course will include excursions to both rural and urban settings, opportunities for field experience and hands-on service, and classes in Spanish conversation. Cost: $2595, This includes roundtrip airfare from Minneapolis to Managua, all meals, lodging, ground transportation, program expenses and course tuition. Register for course at Augsburg College, Office of Registrar. Also, make application at the Center for Global Education in Murphy Place. Application deadline: October 20, 2000. Maximum Enrollment: 20. For more information contact: Study Abroad Office, Center for Global Education, Murphy Place, (612) 330-1 159. + Topics: Social Work & Education in Norway January 3-26, 2001 EDC 495-PISWK 295-P (Social work majors should contact their adviser about credit options.) Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or Susan O'Connor Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health and welfare services to children, youth and families. Students may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter Recreation Programs with Children and Youth'', or "Social Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field study, and practicum experience will introduce students to the content and context of professional practice in Norway as well as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S. and Norwegian students. Prerequisites: Students signing up for the education track must have some experience in cross-country skiing. Cost: $2350. This includes roundtrip airfare from Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway; all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition. Register for course at Augsburg College, Office of Registrar. Also make application at the Center for Global Education in Murphy Place. Application deadline: October 20,2000. Maximum Enrollment: 20. For more information contact: Study Abroad Office, Center for Global Education, Murphy Place, (612) 330-1 159. UMAIE SPP 201-J Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Africa and the Middle East The Middle East: A Spiritual Geography Tradition and Modernity in Africa: The Experience of Ghana Asia Development and Community in Bangladesh Australia and the South Pacific Sustainable New Zealand: Ecology, Economy and Society Europe Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies: The Northern Ireland Context British Henlth Girt': Mecli~r,qSl~cr.irllNeeds , and Music Christian I,Viwslrip: 14r11t ~ j A r t Atz.l~itecture, ~ I N I orw~~y Sot:i(rl ht~rk1111tiEiiuci,~tiot~ 'lilt, (:zcc/l Kcprrtliic: Sorii~ln r d C.i:lrlrirral I~lipnrl(I)' the Kt1 I L : Y i11,q ~ lqrw M ~rk~+t J EL+O/KJI 71y 7'11~ E~ig!isIlScl~ooinlrtl Ft:llr~lily: A <A'o:nl~rl~nrri~ivc .St!aly Trikirr,qrr Qrrrrrr~ilr~rI.i:rrp irrlo Elrrgjr ' I ' h Ar!is~!sllook, ~ ' ~ O V C I I L to - L ,Pdris: f i c g i r ~ t ~ D i ~ I~ gY ~ W i411ii ~I~~ 7k;~irlrtirigI;ri,rr.l~ch Helkrrrzi~~g Br~~/nrt(l: !I ( ~ i A~li.it,ir/ u I ; r i ~ chcrs ~ Shaped the I,ito?~lurc.arlll Art oJ'R4nilcrrrI;r~~lnr~rt The I.r;tri/saipt,sc!il;rritl.r: C:IJ/III~J~IIJS, A h 6 t . ~ and , Parishes The L m / ( ; ( ~ t ~ r r t ~ ~ !Ai uj it~~ t: ~ r , i ~it1~ (Pf~ris ~~rs "Most German of the Arts": Music and German National Identity Psychoanalysis and Feminism: French, British, and American Perspectives Scandinavian Economy, Culture, and Society Latin America and the Caribbean The Cuba Story: Quantitative Journalism in Cuba Sailing in the Virgin Islands Social Work in Nicaragua Interim Abroad Other lnterim Abroad Courses HECUA Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala Development and Community in Bangladesh ACTC Peace and Conflict Studies in Northern Ireland ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at St. Thomas The Language of Desire: Theory and Practice of the Love Poem For Advanced Creative Writers Course will carry upper division English credit Instructor: Leslie Adrienne Miller What makes a poem hot? What gives language that extra charge and sparkle? Why are bad poems about sex really bad? What is the role of the erotic in a poem? In a love poem? How do poems seduce us, engage our sense of physical desire via our imagination? How can we be sure we've written a sexy poem rather than a mere sex poem? How have poets answered these and other questions across a variety of times and cultural contexts? This course will explore these and other related questions with the assumption that poetic language can and often should be sensual, erotic, sparky, a flirtation with the reader, and the understanding that the sexiest of poems are seldom actually about the sex act itself. In this course we will take a look at erotic elements in poems and explore how poets handle physical desires of all kinds to engage and seduce their readers. Students will explore a variety of ways to work with erotic language and subjects. We will examine what makes particular images and metaphors sensual and how poets transform potentially dull and lor unsexy subjects into vibrant and appealing answers to human desire. The class will include in-class discussions of text, writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for enrollment in this course, con- Interim Abroad tact Cass Dalglish, (612) 330-1009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612) 330-1423, before registration. Time: Monday through Thursday 1-4 p.m. Room: 108 Christ Child Hall. University of St. Thomas Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. The washington Center 2001 Academic Seminars The Presidential Inauguration January 7-20, 2001 Pol 398-A The Washington Center's "Campaign 2000" academic seminars will conclude with a two-week seminar focusing on the inauguration of the next president. It examines the presidential transition of power and explores how the new administration succeeds in moving from campaign rhetoric to hallmarks in public policy. Participants also join in the celebration, pomp, and ritual of a presidential inauguration. One half credit is available from the political science department for this twoweek program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars, and journals. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117A; call her at (612) 330- 1197; or e-mail <hedblom@augsburg.edu>. There are four scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through the political science department. Other
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1989
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1989 ................................................Interim Registration .............................................................Late Interim Registration ...........................................................................First Day of Interim October 31-November 4 December 5 January 3 Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1p.m. January 4 January 16 ................................................. Last Day for CanceYAdd ..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 27 ..................................................................................... I n t e r Ends January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration ................................................................ Spring Semester Begins February 1 The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock. About this Catalog The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit. Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art Calligraphy ART 106-490011306-49002 drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through and assignments center pecial attention given to cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus r division students are historical writing styles : er and mat board Room: Old Main 4 Biology Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts BIO 113-490051313-49006 I 4 , I .; Instructor: Neal Thorpe Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates, nd animal life, and mils, the survival mec ra a a. Studies will be conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina Mountains. H diskrk&sknied ' . Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be given to biology majors. I There will be some class days on campus both before and after the trip. . I The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment, and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping), admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4. Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 214 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-49003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. genes surrounded by a n and multiply only as eeming simplicity, some mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This major discoveries on of viruses, and their c will also look at the viral invasion, at the drugs, and at some g AIDS. Grades will during the course. Room: Science 213 , Botany, Birds and Blight BIO 117-49004 Instructor: Gloria Warner Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas of biology which may not be available to students in their regular be as exciting and arn various ways to plant structure and tification and Como 2. Studentswil of Natural Hist for a week at the Bell Museum tification and a t Grades will be based on class participation and exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 214 . Business Management Simulation Games BUS 278-49007/37&49008 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply 1 I I business concepts learncd. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112 or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Murpy Square 3 Entrepreneurship BUS 295.49009 Instructor: John Cerrito who are not majoring for starting and running a small business. The student will management aspcts of small busincss a business plan for ia studies. Business major&ay not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 3 . I Chemistry Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-49010 Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the human ct~ndition. d This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but +' does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: II Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-49011 Instructor: Jean C. Kunz This course seeks chemistryfrom ancien science of today. The on the discovused a few ele11 examine the I the powerful modem sed primarily upon a Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 Computer Science Fortran CSC 270-49012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 212 I I Economics Welfare Economics ECO 414-49013 Instructor: Ed Sabella The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory. Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects. Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 I I Education C( International Education EDS 245-49014 Instructor: Richard Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-49015 Instructor: JohnBollis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Students will survey current software materials for educational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 w Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 37549016 Instructor: Mary Endorf Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child. B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich are supported by current research and practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - "how to learn". E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student will be able to identify: 1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten. 2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination. is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Human Relations EDS 388-49017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this course. Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other profesiional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022 EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023 EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024 EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. English The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction ENG 240-490271340-49020 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson fiction? What elements of fiction What is fiction? What is should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in class discussions, write iw analysis a selected short story, write an original d~c>rl,itn ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final exam. I Students taking t